497 1 d497.htm LMP EQUITY TRUST LMP EQUITY TRUST

February 26, 2010

Filed under Rule 497(c)
File no. 33-43446

LOGO

 

Prospectus

Legg Mason

Batterymarch

Global

Equity

Fund

Class: Ticker Symbol

 

A : CFIPX
B : SILCX
C : SILLX
FI
R
R1
I : SMYIX
1

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED • NO BANK GUARANTEE • MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Contents     
Investment objective    2
Fees and expenses of the fund    2
Principal investment strategies    4
Certain risks    4
Performance    5
Management    6
Purchase and sale of fund shares    7
Tax information    7
Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries    7
More on the fund's investment strategies, investments and risks    8
Portfolio holdings    13

More on fund management

   14
Choosing a class of shares to buy    16
Comparing the fund's classes    18
Sales charges    20
More about contingent deferred sales charges    23
Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors    24
Buying shares    26
Exchanging shares    27
Redeeming shares    29
Other things to know about transactions    31
Dividends, distributions and taxes    34
Share price    35
Financial highlights    37

 

Investment objective

The fund seeks long-term capital growth. Dividend income, if any, is incidental to this objective.

Fees and expenses of the fund

The accompanying table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $25,000 in funds sold by Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the fund’s distributor. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial intermediary, in this Prospectus on page 20 under the heading “Sales charges” and in the fund’s statement of additional information (“SAI”) on page 41 under the heading “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions.”

Class 1 shares of the fund are not available for purchases or incoming exchanges.

 

Shareholder fees (paid directly from your investment) (%)
     Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class 1
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75   None   None   None   None   None   None   N/A
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption) (may be reduced over time)   Generally,
none
  5.00   1.00   None   None   None   None   N/A
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of
your investment)
(%)
     Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class 1
Management fees   0.85   0.85   0.85   0.85   0.85   0.85   0.85   0.85
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees   0.25   1.00   1.00   0.25   0.50   1.00   None   None
Other expenses   0.912   1.092   0.792   0.411   0.411   0.411   0.312   0.882
Total annual fund operating expenses   2.01   2.94   2.64   1.51   1.76   2.26   1.16   1.73
Fees foregone and/or expense reimbursed3   (0.51)   (0.69)   (0.39)   (0.01)   (0.01)   (0.01)     (0.48)
Total annual fund operating expenses after forgoing fees and/or reimbursing expenses3   1.50   2.25   2.25   1.50   1.75   2.25   1.16   1.25

 

1

“Other expenses” for Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares have been estimated because no Class FI, Class R or Class R1 shares were outstanding during the fund’s last fiscal year.

2

The expense information in the table has been restated to reflect current fees.

3

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.50% for Class A shares, 2.25% for Class B shares, 2.25% for Class C shares, 1.50% for Class FI shares, 1.75% for Class R shares, 2.25% for Class R1 shares and 1.25% for Class I shares. In addition, total annual fund operating expenses for Class 1 shares are expected to be at least 0.25% lower than total annual fund operating expenses for Class A shares. These arrangements cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2011 without the Board of Trustees’ consent. The manager is permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes:

 

Ÿ  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated

 

Ÿ  

Your investment has a 5% return each year and the fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

Ÿ  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

 

2   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

Number of years you
own your shares ($)
   1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
Class A (with or without redemption at end of period)    719   1,123   1,551   2,740
Class B (with redemption at end of period)    728   1,146   1,590   2,998
Class B (without redemption at end of period)    228   846   1,490   2,998
Class C (with redemption at end of period)    328   783   1,365   2,944
Class C (without redemption at end of period)    228   783   1,365   2,944
Class FI (with or without redemption at end of period)    153   477   823   1,800
Class R (with or without redemption at end of period)    178   554   954   2,074
Class R1 (with or without redemption at end of period)    228   705   1,208   2,592
Class I (with or without redemption at end of period)    118   368   637   1,408
Class 1 (with or without redemption at end of period)    127   497   893   2,000

Portfolio turnover. The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 113% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal investment

strategies

The fund invests primarily in the common stock of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, particularly issuers located in countries included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index (the “MSCI World Index”). The MSCI World Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure global developed market equity performance. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its assets in equity and equity-related securities, and under current market conditions invests at least 40% of its assets in non-U.S. issuers. Although the fund invests primarily in securities with a market capitalization of greater than U.S. $15 billion, the fund may invest in securities of any market capitalization, including medium capitalization and small capitalization securities.

Certain risks

Risk is inherent in all investing. There is no assurance that the fund will meet its investment objective. The value of your investment in the fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly. You may lose part or all of your investment in the fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The following is a summary description of certain risks of investing in the fund.

Stock market and equity securities risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the value of your investment in the fund will decline. The recent financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities.

Foreign investments risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and may suffer from political or economic instability. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses.

The risks of investing in foreign securities are heightened when investing in issuers in emerging market countries.

Issuer risk. The value of a stock can go up or down more than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole, often due to disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment. The fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on an individual stock. Historically, the prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies have

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   3


Certain risks cont’d

 

generally gone up or down more than those of large capitalization companies, although even large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Liquidity risk. Some securities held by the fund may be difficult to sell, or illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil. Illiquid securities may also be difficult to value. If the fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the fund may be forced to sell at a loss.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.

Large capitalization company risk. Large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Small and medium capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments in the securities of small and medium capitalization companies. Small and medium capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of large capitalization companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than large capitalization companies by changes in earnings results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small and medium capitalization companies may underperform large capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Valuation risk. The sales price the fund could receive for any particular portfolio investment may differ from the fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair value methodology.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

 

4   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Performance

 

The accompanying bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund’s performance from year to year for Class A shares. The table shows the average annual total returns of each class of the fund that has been in operation for at least one full calendar year and also compares the fund’s performance with the average annual total returns of an index or other benchmark. The fund makes updated performance information available at the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products/mutual-funds/annualized_performance (select share class), or by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432.

The fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Sales charges are not reflected in the accompanying bar chart, and if those charges were included, returns would be less than those shown.

 

Total returns (before taxes) (%)
LOGO   

Best quarter

(06/30/2003): 17.37

 

Worst quarter

(12/31/2008): (23.17)

 

Average annual total returns (for periods ended December 31, 2009) (%)
      1 year    5 years    10 years   

Since

inception

  

Inception

date

Class A                         
Return before taxes    13.92    (1.17)    (3.16)          
Return after taxes on distributions    13.28    (2.33)    (4.04)          
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares    9.04    (1.15)    (2.84)          
Other Classes (Return before taxes only)                         
Class B    14.98    0.99    (3.22)          
Class C    18.88    (0.85)    N/A    (1.43)    09/12/2000
Class I    21.43    0.36    N/A    6.62    05/20/2003
Class 1    21.28    N/A    N/A    (11.35)    12/01/2006
MSCI World Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)    29.99    2.01    (0.24)      

Prior to October 1, 2006, the fund invested at least 80% of its assets in large capitalization issuers and primarily in the common stock of foreign companies, including companies in developing countries.

The after-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares, are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. After-tax returns for classes other than Class A will vary from returns shown for Class A.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   5


Management

 

Investment manager: Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

Subadviser: Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (“Batterymarch”)

Portfolio managers: Adam J. Petryk, CFA and Michael McElroy, CFA. Mr. Petryk (Senior Director and Global Investment Strategist of Batterymarch’s Global Developed Markets Equity team) and Mr. McElroy (Director of Batterymarch’s Global Developed Markets Equity team and Senior Portfolio Manager) have been portfolio managers since April 2008 and December 2006, respectively.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open, at the fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge.

The fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are as follows:

 

Investment minimum initial/additional investment ($)
      Class A    Class B    Class C    Class FI    Class R    Class R1    Class I    Class 11
General    1,000/50    1,000/50    1,000/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts    1,000/50    1,000/50    1,000/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
IRAs    250/50    250/50    250/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
SIMPLE IRAs    None/

None

   None/

None

   None/

None

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
Systematic Investment Plans    50/50    50/50    50/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries    None/

None

   N/A    N/A    None/

None

   N/A    N/A    None/
None
   N/A
Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund    None/

None

   N/A    None/

None

   None/

None

   None/

None

   None/

None

   None/

None

   N/A
Other Retirement Plans    None/

None

   None/

None

   None/

None

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
Institutional Investors    1,000/50    1,000/50    1,000/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    1 million/

None

   N/A

 

1

Class 1 shares are not available for purchases or incoming exchanges.

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

For more information about how to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, and to learn which classes of shares are available to you, you should contact your financial intermediary, or, if you hold your shares or plan to purchase shares through the fund, you should contact the fund by phone (Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432) or by mail (Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 55214, Boston, MA 02205-8504).

Tax information

The fund’s distributions are taxable as ordinary income or capital gain, except when your investment is through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.

 

6   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries

 

The fund and its related companies may pay broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank) for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker/dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   7


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund was formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Global Equity Fund.

*  *  *

The fund seeks long-term capital growth. Dividend income, if any, is incidental to this objective.

The fund invests primarily in the common stock of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, particularly issuers located in countries included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index (the “MCSI World Index”). The MSCI World Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure global developed market equity performance. As of March 26, 2009, the MSCI World Index consisted of the following 23 developed market country indexes: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. Under normal circumstances the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity and equity-related securities, and under current market conditions invests at least 40% of its assets in non-U.S. issuers. Although the fund invests primarily in securities with a market capitalization of greater than U.S. $15 billion, the fund may invest in securities of any market capitalization, including medium capitalization and small capitalization securities. The fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets, determined at the time of purchase, in emerging market issuers.

The fund may, but is not required to, invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed income obligations of foreign and U.S. issuers that are rated at least investment grade at the time of purchase (i.e., rated Baa or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.) or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of the subadviser. If the credit quality of a bond held by the fund deteriorates below investment grade, the fund may continue to hold the bond (commonly known as a “junk bond”), but the portfolio managers will consider the change in rating in deciding whether to keep the security.

The fund usually invests in securities listed on securities exchanges, although it may also purchase securities which are not registered for sale to the general public, or, to a limited extent, securities that are not readily marketable.

The fund’s 80% investment policy may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

The fund’s investment objective and strategies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

Equity investments

Subject to its particular investment policies, the fund may invest in all types of equity securities. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) common and preferred stocks, warrants and rights, securities convertible into common stocks, and securities of other investment companies and of real estate investment trusts.

Fixed income investments

Subject to its particular investment policies, the fund may invest in all types of fixed income securities. Fixed income securities represent obligations of corporations, governments and other entities to repay money borrowed. Fixed income securities are commonly referred to as “debt,” “debt obligations,” “bonds” or “notes.” The issuer of the fixed income security usually pays a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest, and repays the amount borrowed, usually at the maturity of the security. Some fixed income securities, however, do not pay current interest but are sold at a discount from their face values. Other fixed income securities may make periodic payments of interest and/or principal. Some fixed income securities are partially or fully secured by collateral supporting the payment of interest and principal.

 

8   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

Foreign investments

Under current market conditions, the fund invests at least 40% of its assets in non-U.S. issuers. The fund may invest in foreign securities directly or in the form of depositary receipts representing an interest in those securities.

Portfolio turnover

The fund may engage in active and frequent trading to achieve its investment objective. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases costs, which could detract from the fund’s performance.

Currency transactions

The fund may enter into transactions to buy or sell currencies at a future date which may be a few days or a number of months. The fund may enter into these forward currency contracts to:

 

  Ÿ  

Settle transactions in securities quoted in foreign currencies

 

  Ÿ  

Attempt to protect against the economic impact of adverse changes in the value of the U.S. dollar

 

  Ÿ  

Manage cash flow

 

  Ÿ  

“Lock in” the price of securities denominated in a foreign currency that it anticipates purchasing

Cash management

The fund may hold cash pending investment, and may invest in money market instruments for cash management purposes. The amount of assets the fund may hold for cash management purposes will depend on market conditions and the need to meet expected redemption requests.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments, short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations.

Fund of funds investments

The fund may be an investment option for other Legg Mason-managed mutual funds that are managed as a “fund of funds.”

Other investments

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

Selection process

The portfolio managers seek a broadly diversified portfolio of securities of issuers located in the major regions covered by the MSCI World Index, including the United States, United Kingdom, Europe, Japan, other developed Asian countries, Australia, New Zealand and Canada, and at times the fund may be invested in all of the countries covered by the Index. Region and sector exposures are carefully monitored and the portfolio managers seek to maintain region and sector exposures within certain percentages of the weightings within the MSCI World Index. As of February 28, 2009, the MSCI World Index is approximately 50% weighted in the securities of U.S. issuers.

The portfolio managers utilize a bottom-up stock selection process for the fund, analyzing stocks from a fundamental perspective. Stocks in the broad investment universe are first screened for investability

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   9


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

(liquidity, analyst coverage and sufficient financial history). The resulting investable universe is then ranked daily across five fundamental dimensions (cash flow, earnings growth, expectations, value and technicals) and from multiple perspectives based upon region, sector, style, capitalization and risk to arrive at an overall rank for each stock. The portfolio managers utilize a strict buy/sell discipline, purchasing securities that are highly ranked and selling securities that are more poorly ranked under the subadviser’s ranking system. This discipline may result in a high portfolio turnover rate, which in turn may lead to higher portfolio transaction costs and the realization of short- and long-term capital gains.

More on risks of investing in the fund

Stock market and interest rate risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest or currency rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser. These market conditions may continue or get worse. Changes in market conditions will not have the same impact on all types of securities. The value of a security may also fall due to specific conditions that affect a particular sector of the securities market or a particular issuer.

When interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities generally falls. A change in interest rates will not have the same impact on all fixed income securities. Generally, the longer the maturity or duration of a fixed income security, the greater the impact of a rise in interest rates on the security’s value. In addition, different interest rate measures (such as short- and long-term interest rates and U.S. and foreign interest rates), or interest rates on different types of securities or securities of different issuers, may not necessarily change in the same amount or in the same direction.

Certain fixed income securities pay interest at variable or floating rates. Variable rate securities tend to reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities may reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, some securities do not track the underlying index directly, but reset based on formulas that may produce a leveraging effect; others may also provide for interest payments that vary inversely with market rates. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change.

Foreign investments risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than markets in the United States, may suffer from political or economic instability and may experience negative government actions, such as currency controls or seizures of private businesses or property. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Foreign withholdings may reduce the fund’s returns. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. Because the value of a depositary receipt is dependent upon the market price of an underlying foreign security, depositary receipts are subject to most of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities directly.

The risks of investing in foreign securities are heightened when investing in issuers in emerging market countries.

Issuer risk. The value of a security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole. The value of a company’s stock may deteriorate because of a variety of factors, including disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment.

 

10   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

Large capitalization company risk. Large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Small and medium capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments in the securities of small and medium capitalization companies. Small and medium capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of large capitalization companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than larger capitalization companies by changes in earnings results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small and medium capitalization companies may underperform large capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Liquidity risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to sell. Although most of the fund’s investments must be liquid at the time of investment, investments may become illiquid after purchase by the fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. When the fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the fund is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the fund may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain securities, the fund, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.

Cash management and defensive investing risk. The value of the investments held by the fund for cash management or defensive investing purposes may be affected by changing interest rates and by changes in credit ratings of the investments. If the fund holds cash uninvested it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash. If a significant amount of the fund’s assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, it will be more difficult for the fund to achieve its objective.

Portfolio turnover risk. Active and frequent trading may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher short-term capital gains, which would increase their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the fund’s performance.

Forward foreign currency transactions risk. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on forward currency transactions if changes in currency exchange rates do not occur as anticipated or do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings.

The fund’s ability to use forward foreign currency transactions successfully depends on a number of factors, including the forward foreign currency transactions being available at prices that are not too costly, the availability of liquid markets and the ability of the portfolio managers to accurately predict the direction of changes in currency exchange rates. Currency exchange rates may be volatile and may be affected by, among other factors, the general economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls and speculation. A security may be denominated in a currency that is different from the currency where the issuer is domiciled.

Currency transactions are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation.

Fund of funds investments risk. From time to time, the fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to rebalancings of a fund of funds’ portfolio. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so.

Credit risk. If an obligor (such as the issuer or party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund fails to pay, otherwise defaults or is perceived to be less creditworthy, a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   11


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

assets declines, the value of your investment in the fund could decline. In addition, the fund may incur expenses to protect the fund’s interest in securities experiencing these events. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the fund invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the companies issuing them and are not guarantees as to quality. The fund is subject to greater levels of credit risk to the extent it invests in junk bonds. These securities have a higher risk of issuer default and are considered speculative.

Prepayment or call risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the fund holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, it may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the fund would also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which would be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the fund purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the fund may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

Extension risk. When interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities, particularly asset- and mortgage-backed securities, may occur more slowly than anticipated, extending the effective duration of these fixed income securities at below market interest rates. This may cause the fund’s share price to be more volatile.

Securities of other investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to stock market and portfolio selection risk. In addition, if the fund acquires shares of other investment companies, shareholders may have to bear both their proportionate share of expenses in the fund and, indirectly, the expenses of the other investment companies.

Valuation risk. Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ—higher or lower—from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for illiquid securities and securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. If market conditions make it difficult to value some investments, the fund may value these investments using more subjective methods, such as fair value methodologies. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or greater or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology. The value of foreign securities and currencies may be materially affected by events after the close of the market on which they are valued, but before the fund determines its net asset value.

Recent market events risk. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser. These market conditions may continue or get worse.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective. More information about risks appears in the SAI. Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks that you will assume.

 

12   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Portfolio holdings

 

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the SAI.

For more information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, please visit the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   13


More on fund management

 

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”), is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. LMPFA was formed in April 2006 as a result of an internal reorganization to consolidate advisory services after Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) acquired substantially all of Citigroup’s asset management business in December 2005. As of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion.

Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (“Batterymarch” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund, except for management of cash and short-term instruments. Batterymarch has offices at John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. Batterymarch provides asset management services primarily for institutional accounts, such as corporate pension and profit sharing plans; endowments and foundations; investment companies (including mutual funds); and state, municipal and foreign governmental entities. As of December 31, 2009, Batterymarch had aggregate assets under management of approximately $20.3 billion.

LMPFA and Batterymarch are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

Portfolio managers

At Batterymarch, all portfolios are managed on a collaborative basis using a systematic, rules-based approach. The portfolio managers oversee the effectiveness of the overall investment process, including stock ranking and selection, portfolio construction and trading, and review trades before execution. Members of the investment team may change from time to time.

Adam J. Petryk, CFA, and Michael McElroy, CFA, have leadership responsibility for the day-to-day management of the fund. They are responsible for the strategic oversight of the fund’s investments. Their focus is on portfolio structure, and they are primarily responsible for ensuring that the fund complies with its investment objective, guidelines and restrictions and Batterymarch’s current investment strategies.

Mr. McElroy is Director of the Global Developed Markets Equity team and Senior Portfolio Manager. He has been employed by Batterymarch since 2006 and has managed the fund since December 2006. Mr. McElroy was previously at Citigroup Asset Management in London, where he held senior-level responsibilities related to portfolio management, marketing and client service. He has 19 years of investment experience.

Mr. Petryk is Senior Director and Global Investment Strategist of the Global Developed Markets Equity team. He joined Batterymarch in 2007 after spending eight years as Deputy Chief Investment Officer of Legg Mason Canada, with responsibility for domestic investment management, building the firm’s quantitative capabilities, product development and derivatives activities, and has managed the fund since April 2008. Mr. Petryk has 14 years of investment experience.

The SAI provides information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

The fund pays a management fee at an annual rate that decreases as assets increase, as follows: 0.850% of net assets up to and including $1 billion, 0.825% of net assets over $1 billion and up to and including $2 billion, 0.800% of net assets over $2 billion and up to and including $5 billion, 0.775% of net assets over $5 billion and up to and including $10 billion and 0.750% of net assets over $10 billion.

For the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund paid LMPFA an annualized effective management fee of 0.38% of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services, after waivers and reimbursements.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009.

 

14   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

Expense Limitation

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses), subject to recapture as described below. As a result, total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.50% for Class A shares, 2.25% for Class B shares, 2.25% for Class C shares, 1.50% for Class F1 shares, 1.75% for Class R shares, 2.25% for Class R1 shares and 1.25% for Class I shares. In addition, total annual operating expenses for Class 1 shares are expected to be 0.25% lower than total annual operating expenses for Class A shares. These arrangements are expected to continue until December 31, 2011, may be terminated prior to that date by agreement of the manager and the Board, and may be terminated at any time after that date by the manager. These arrangements, however, may be modified by the manager to decrease total annual operating expenses at any time. The manager is also permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the class’ total annual operating expenses exceeding these limits or any other lower limits then in effect.

Distribution

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A shares; up to 1.00% for Class B shares; up to 1.00% for Class C shares; up to 0.25% for Class FI shares; up to 0.50% for Class R shares; and up to 1.00% for Class R1 shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares and Class 1 shares are not subject to distribution and/or service fees under the plan.

In addition, the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates make payments for distribution, shareholder servicing, marketing and promotional activities and related expenses out of their profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. These payments are not reflected as additional expenses in the fee table contained in this Prospectus. The recipients of these payments may include the fund’s distributor and affiliates of the manager, as well as non-affiliated broker/dealers, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, including your financial intermediary. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities. The payments described in this paragraph are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” Revenue sharing arrangements are separately negotiated.

Revenue sharing payments create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it receives or may receive. Revenue sharing payments, as well as payments under the shareholder services and distribution plan (where applicable), also benefit the manager, the distributor and their affiliates to the extent the payments result in more assets being invested in the fund on which fees are being charged.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   15


Choosing a class of shares to buy

 

Individual investors can generally invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares. Individual investors who held Class I shares prior to November 6, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions).

Retirement Plan and Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and Institutional Investors – eligible investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose a class that may be appropriate for you.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

 

  Ÿ  

How much you plan to invest

 

  Ÿ  

How long you expect to own the shares

 

  Ÿ  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus

 

  Ÿ  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

 

  Ÿ  

Availability of share classes

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be more the economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C shares more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and/or your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and/or service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

Each class of shares except Class 1 shares is authorized to pay fees for recordkeeping services to Service Agents. As a result, operating expenses of classes that incur new or additional recordkeeping fees may increase over time.

You may buy shares:

 

  Ÿ  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

 

  Ÿ  

Directly from the fund

Your Service Agent may provide shareholder services that differ from the services provided by other Service Agents. Services provided by your Service Agent may vary by class. You should ask your Service Agent to explain the shareholder services it provides for each class and the compensation it receives in connection with each class. Remember that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest.

Your Service Agent may not offer all classes of shares. You should contact your Service Agent for further information.

 

16   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

 

  Ÿ  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To visit the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   17


Comparing the fund’s classes

 

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you choose a class that may be appropriate for you. Please contact your Service Agent regarding the availability of Class FI, Class R or Class R1 shares. You may be required to provide appropriate documentation confirming your eligibility to invest in these share classes. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution and/
or service fees
  Exchange privilege1
Class A  

ŸInitial sales charge

ŸYou may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

ŸGenerally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

  Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more   1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class B  

ŸNo initial sales charge

ŸContingent deferred sales charge declines over time

ŸConverts to Class A after approximately 8 years

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   Up to 5.00% charged if you redeem shares. This charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class B shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class C  

ŸNo initial sales charge

ŸContingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

ŸDoes not convert to Class A

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class C shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class FI  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

  None   None   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class FI shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class R  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

  None   None   0.50% of average daily net assets   Class R shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

18   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution and/
or service fees
  Exchange privilege1
Class R1  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class R

  None   None   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class R1 shares of funds sold by the distributor2
Class I  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to institutional and other eligible investors

ŸGenerally lower annual expenses than the other classes

  None   None   None   Class I shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class 1  

ŸClosed to all purchases and incoming exchanges

  N/A   None   None   Class A shares of funds available for exchange

 

1

Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

 

2

In this class, your options for exchange may be limited as the class is newly introduced.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   19


Sales charges

 

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends that you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. It also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by the distributor, the distributor will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will receive a distribution and/or service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of Investment      Sales charge
as % of
offering price
     Sales charge
as % of net
amount
invested
     Broker/dealer
commission as
% of
offering price
Less than $25,000      5.75      6.10      5.00
$25,000 but less than $50,000      5.00      5.26      4.25
$50,000 but less than $100,000      4.50      4.71      3.75
$100,000 but less than $250,000      3.50      3.63      2.75
$250,000 but less than $500,000      2.50      2.56      2.00
$500,000 but less than $750,000      2.00      2.04      1.60
$750,000 but less than $1 million      1.50      1.52      1.20
$1 million or more1      -0-      -0-      up to 1.00

 

1

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution and/or service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

 

20   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

 

  Ÿ  

you; or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter of intent, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase and any capital appreciation on those shares. In addition, you can include toward your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible holdings.

If you hold shares of funds sold by the distributor in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Service Agents

 

  Ÿ  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a fund sold by the distributor in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

 

  Ÿ  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

 

  Ÿ  

Investors investing through certain Retirement Plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase      1st      2nd      3rd      4th      5th      6th through 8th
Contingent deferred sales charge (%)      5      4      3      2      1      0

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   21


Sales charges cont’d

 

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. The fund pays annual distribution and/or service fees of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets of Class B shares. Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued: at initial purchase  

Shares issued: on reinvestment of

dividends and distributions

 

Shares issued: upon exchange

from another fund sold by LMIS

Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase   In same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)   On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares

You buy Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by Class FI shares serviced by them, up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R shares serviced by them and up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R1 shares serviced by them.

Class I shares

You may buy Class I shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. Class I shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

Class 1 shares

Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions).

 

22   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


More about contingent deferred sales charges

 

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

 

  Ÿ  

When you exchange shares for shares of another fund sold by the distributor

 

  Ÿ  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

 

  Ÿ  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then redeem the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeem shares of a fund sold by the distributor and pay a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

 

  Ÿ  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

 

  Ÿ  

On certain distributions from a Retirement Plan

 

  Ÿ  

For Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

  Ÿ  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

 

  Ÿ  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   23


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors

 

Retirement Plans

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or similar accounts.

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally invest in Class C, Class R, Class R1, Class FI and Class I shares.

Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary. The distributor may impose certain additional requirements. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Class C shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class R1 shares available. Please see below for additional information.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plan investors can generally invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may invest in Class A, Class FI or Class I shares. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares, which have different investment minimums, fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, defined benefit plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

Class A and Class B — Retirement Plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

 

  Ÿ  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares

 

24   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

  Ÿ  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account

 

  Ÿ  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants or has total assets exceeding $1 million

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that are permitted to purchase shares at net asset value, LMIS may pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class C — Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class FI shares

Class FI shares are offered only to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediaries and Retirement Plan programs.

Class R shares

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class R1 shares

Class R1 shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class I shares

Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, and other investors authorized by LMIS.

Certain waivers of these requirements for individuals associated with the fund, Legg Mason or its affiliates are discussed in the SAI.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher distribution and/or service fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

Your Service Agent may not offer all share classes. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   25


Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

 

ŸName of fund being bought

 

ŸClass of shares being bought

 

ŸDollar amount or number of shares being bought

 

ŸAccount number (if existing account)

Through a
Service Agent
  

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

Through the fund   

Investors should contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to open an account and make arrangements to buy shares. For initial purchases, complete and send your account application to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Subsequent purchases should be sent to the same address. Enclose a check to pay for the shares.

 

For more information, please call Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time).

Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

 

ŸAmounts transferred must meet the applicable minimums (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

ŸAmounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸIf you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

26   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares of the fund for the same class of shares of other funds sold by the distributor on any day that both the fund and the fund into which you are exchanging are open for business.

Legg Mason

offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of large and small investors

  

You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.

 

ŸIf you bought shares through a Service Agent, contact your Service Agent to learn which funds your Service Agent makes available to you for exchanges

 

ŸIf you bought shares directly from the fund, contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to learn which funds are available to you for exchanges

 

ŸNot all funds offer all classes

 

ŸSome funds are offered only in a limited number of states. Your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will provide information about the funds offered in your state

 

ŸRemember that an exchange is normally a taxable transaction unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account

 

ŸAlways be sure to read the prospectus of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

Investment minimums, sales charges and other requirements   

ŸIn most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange

 

ŸYour contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased

 

ŸYou will generally be required to meet the minimum investment requirement for the class of shares of the fund into which your exchange is made (except in the case of systematic exchange plans)

 

ŸYour exchange will also be subject to any other requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

 

ŸIf you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates, endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers, to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before the exchange is effective

 

ŸThe fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges

By telephone   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for information. Exchanges are priced at the net asset value next determined.

 

Telephone exchanges may be made only between accounts that have identical registrations and may be made on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   27


Exchanging shares cont’d

 

Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic exchanges of shares of the fund for shares of other funds available for exchange. All requirements for exchanging shares described above apply to these exchanges. In addition:

 

ŸExchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸEach exchange must meet the applicable investment minimums for systematic investment plans (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

28   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to redeem shares of the fund.

 

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

If you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before you may redeem.

 

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, partnership or similar entity, other documents may be required.

Redemption proceeds   

Your redemption proceeds normally will be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days, except that your proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your share purchase was made by check.

 

Your redemption proceeds may be delayed, or your right to receive redemption proceeds suspended, if the NYSE is closed (other than on weekends or holidays) or trading is restricted, if an emergency exists, or otherwise as permitted by order of the SEC.

 

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated by you. To change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers, you will be required to deliver a new written authorization and may be asked to provide other documents. You may be charged a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 

The fund reserves the right to pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Your written request must provide the following:

 

ŸThe fund name, the class of shares being redeemed and your account number

 

ŸThe dollar amount or number of shares being redeemed

 

ŸSignature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

 

ŸSignature guarantees, as applicable (see “Other things to know about transactions”)

By telephone   

If your account application permits, you may be eligible to redeem shares by telephone. Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at
1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for more information. Please have the following information ready when you call:

 

ŸName of fund being redeemed

ŸClass of shares being redeemed

ŸAccount number

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   29


Redeeming shares cont’d

 

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic redemptions of a portion of your shares. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for Retirement Plan accounts)and each automatic redemption must be at least $50.

 

The following conditions apply:

 

ŸYour shares must not be represented by certificates

 

ŸRedemptions may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸIf your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the charge will be required to be paid upon redemption. However, the charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the redemptions commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year

 

ŸYou must elect to have all dividends and distributions reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

30   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Other things to know about transactions

 

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

 

Ÿ  

Name of the fund

 

Ÿ  

Your account number

 

Ÿ  

In the case of a purchase (including a purchase as part of an exchange transaction), the class of shares being bought

 

Ÿ  

In the case of an exchange or redemption, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed (if you own more than one class)

 

Ÿ  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

 

Ÿ  

In certain circumstances, the signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered (see “Redeeming shares”)

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish accounts with the fund.

In certain circumstances, such as during periods of market volatility, severe weather and emergencies, shareholders may experience difficulties placing exchange or redemption orders by telephone. In that case, shareholders should consider using the fund’s other exchange and redemption procedures described above under “Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares.”

The transfer agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for these transactions.

The fund has the right to:

 

Ÿ  

Suspend the offering of shares

 

Ÿ  

Waive or change minimum initial and additional investment amounts

 

Ÿ  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

 

Ÿ  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

 

Ÿ  

Suspend telephone transactions

 

Ÿ  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

 

Ÿ  

Are redeeming shares with a value over $50,000

 

Ÿ  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

 

Ÿ  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

 

Ÿ  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

 

Ÿ  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

 

Ÿ  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   31


Other things to know about transactions cont’d

 

Anti-money laundering

Federal anti-money laundering regulations require all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you sign your account application, you may be asked to provide additional information in order for the fund to verify your identity in accordance with these regulations. Accounts may be restricted and/or closed, and the monies withheld, pending verification of this information or as otherwise required under these and other federal regulations.

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

The fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your account up to a minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent if the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period). You will be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. If your account is closed, you will not be eligible to have your account reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent trading of fund shares

Frequent trading in the fund’s shares increases the fund’s administrative costs associated with processing shareholder transactions. In addition, frequent trading may potentially interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio and increase the fund’s costs associated with trading the fund’s portfolio securities. Under certain circumstances, frequent trading may also dilute the returns earned on shares held by the fund’s other shareholders. The fund therefore discourages frequent purchases and redemptions by shareholders.

The fund reserves the right to refuse any client or reject any purchase order for shares (including exchanges) for any reason. In particular, the Board has determined that the fund is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the securities markets.

Under the fund’s frequent trading policy, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever the fund detects a pattern of excessive trading. The policy currently provides that the fund will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the fund if that shareholder has engaged in three or more “Round Trips” (defined below) during any rolling 12-month period. The restriction on the number of Round Trips may change from time to time by amendment of the frequent trading policy. The fund may determine to restrict a shareholder from making additional purchases prior to engaging in three Round Trips. However, the fund has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful to the fund. In making such a determination, the fund will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading and the amount of trading. Additionally, the fund has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the fund may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the fund.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of fund shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips.

 

32   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

With respect to accounts where shareholder transactions are processed or records are kept by third-party intermediaries, the fund uses reasonable efforts to monitor such accounts to detect suspicious trading patterns. For any such account that is so identified, the fund will make such further inquiries and take such other actions as shall be considered necessary or appropriate to enforce the fund’s frequent trading policy against the shareholder(s) trading through such account and, if necessary, the third-party intermediary (retirement plan administrators, securities broker/dealers and mutual fund marketplaces) maintaining such account. The fund may accept undertakings from intermediaries to enforce frequent trading policies on behalf of the fund that provide a substantially similar level of protection against excessive trading. Shareholders who own shares of the fund through financial intermediaries should examine any disclosures provided by the intermediaries to determine what restrictions apply to the shareholders.

Although the fund will monitor shareholder transactions for certain patterns of frequent trading activity, there can be no assurance that all such trading activity can be identified, prevented or terminated.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, the certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificates to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   33


Dividends, distributions and taxes

 

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends and makes capital gain distributions, if any, twice a year. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general and does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold shares in the fund through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

In general, unless your shares are held in a qualified retirement plan, IRA or other tax deferred arrangement, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction   Federal Tax Status
Redemption or exchange of shares   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
Distributions of net capital gain (excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss)   Long-term capital gain
Distributions of qualified dividend income   Qualified dividend income
Ordinary dividends (including distributions of net short-term capital gain)   Ordinary income

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Taxable dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares. Although dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund if the fund satisfies the holding period and other requirements as well. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than certain dividends from real estate investment trusts) and certain foreign corporations. Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a long-term capital gain distribution or a dividend because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment.

A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will, in certain circumstances, be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

34   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Share price

 

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, adjusted for any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares.

The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. The fund generally values its securities and other assets and calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). If the NYSE closes at another time, the fund will calculate its net asset value as of the actual closing time. The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at a certain day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes on that day. If the NYSE closes early on that day, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time. It is the responsibility of the Service Agent to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

Valuation of the fund’s securities and other assets is performed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. These procedures delegate most valuation functions to the manager, which, in turn, uses independent third party pricing services approved by the fund’s Board. Under the procedures, assets are valued as follows:

 

Ÿ  

Equity securities and certain derivative instruments that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing price or, if that price is unavailable or deemed by the manager not representative of market value, the last sale price. Where a security is traded on more than one exchange (as is often the case overseas), the security is generally valued at the price on the exchange considered by the manager to be the primary exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if exchange prices are not otherwise available, the prices are typically determined by independent third party pricing services that use a variety of techniques and methodologies.

 

Ÿ  

The valuations for fixed income securities and certain derivative instruments are typically the prices supplied by independent third party pricing services, which may use market prices or broker/dealer quotations or a variety of fair valuation techniques and methodologies. Short-term fixed income securities that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

 

Ÿ  

The valuations of securities traded on foreign markets and certain fixed income securities will generally be based on prices determined as of the earlier closing time of the markets on which they primarily trade, unless a significant event has occurred. When the fund holds securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time). The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to value foreign equity securities on days when a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index suggests that the closing prices on foreign exchanges may no longer represent the value of those securities at the time of closing of the NYSE. Foreign markets are open for trading on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

 

Ÿ  

If independent third party pricing services are unable to supply prices for a portfolio investment, or if the prices supplied are deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined by the manager using quotations from one or more broker/dealers. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. These procedures permit, among other things, the use of a matrix, formula or other method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments to determine fair value. Fair value of a security is the amount as determined by the manager in good faith, that the fund might reasonably expect to receive upon a current sale of the security. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   35


Share price cont’d

 

Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ — higher or lower — from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. Moreover, valuing securities using fair value methodologies involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities based on market quotations. A fund that uses fair value methodologies may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or higher or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology.

 

36   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


Financial highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years, unless otherwise noted. No financial highlights are presented for Class FI, Class R or Class R1 shares because no Class FI, Class R or Class R1 were shares outstanding for the periods shown. The returns for Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares will differ from those of the other classes to the extent that their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the Annual Report (available upon request). The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007, is that of the fund’s predecessor.

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class 1 Shares1      20092      20083      20073        20063,4  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $6.91       $12.60       $12.45         $12.19   
Income (loss) from operations:                

Net investment income (loss)

     0.11       0.21       0.10         (0.00) 5 

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     0.88       (5.73)       0.89         0.30   

Total income (loss) from operations

     0.99       (5.52)       0.99         0.30   
Less distributions from:                

Net investment income

     (0.03)       (0.17)       (0.10)         (0.04)   

Net realized gains

                 (0.74)           

Total distributions

     (0.03)       (0.17)       (0.84)         (0.04)   
Net asset value, end of period      $7.87       $6.91       $12.60         $12.45   

Total return6

     14.37    (43.75)    7.83      2.45
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $1,941       $1,935       $4,100         $4,166   
Ratios to average net assets:                

Gross expenses

     1.71 %7     1.40    1.75      1.04 %7,8 

Net expenses9

     1.23 7,10     1.19 11,12     1.09 12       1.03 7,8,12 

Net investment income

     1.93 7     2.01       0.80         0.44 7 
Portfolio turnover rate      113    166    154      228

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

For the period December 1, 2006 (inception date) to December 31, 2006.

 

5

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

6

Performance figures, exclusive of sales charges, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

7

Annualized.

 

8

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 1.01%.

 

9

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

10

As a result of an expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class 1 shares will not exceed the total net annual operating expenses of Class A shares less the 12b-1 differential of 0.25% until December 31, 2011.

 

11

As a result of a voluntary expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class 1 shares will not exceed 1.25%.

 

12

Prior to April 28, 2008, as a result of a voluntary expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class 1 shares would not exceed 1.18%. The voluntary expense limitation on Class 1 shares was 1.03% prior to July 30, 2007.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   37


Financial highlights cont’d

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class A Shares1    20092        20083        20073        20063        20053        20043  
Net asset value, beginning of period    $6.94         $12.65         $12.47         $11.90         $10.97         $9.45   
Income (loss) from operations:                            

Net investment income

   0.10         0.18         0.07         0.14         0.17         0.07   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

   0.87         (5.74)         0.89         2.75         0.91         1.55   

Total income (loss) from operations

   0.97         (5.56)         0.96         2.89         1.08         1.62   
Less distributions from:                            

Net investment income

   (0.03)         (0.15)         (0.04)         (0.10)         (0.15)         (0.10)   

Net realized gains

                   (0.74)         (2.22)                   

Total distributions

   (0.03)         (0.15)         (0.78)         (2.32)         (0.15)         (0.10)   
Net asset value, end of period    $7.88         $6.94         $12.65         $12.47         $11.90         $10.97   

Total return4

   13.97      (43.88)      7.60      24.79      9.88      17.24
Net assets, end of period (000s)    $79,268         $74,660         $145,618         $125,389         $37,449         $34,599   
Ratios to average net assets:                            

Gross expenses

   2.00 %5       1.76      1.69      1.45 %6       1.62      1.83

Net expenses

   1.50 5,7,8       1.46 7,8,9       1.33 7,9       1.43 6,7,9       1.62 9       1.69 7,9 

Net investment income

   1.64 5       1.77         0.56         1.09         1.48         0.73   
Portfolio turnover rate    113      166      154      228      29      60

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Performance figures, exclusive of sales charges, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

5

Annualized.

 

6

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would have been 1.40% and 1.38%, respectively.

 

7

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

8

As a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class A shares will not exceed 1.50% until May 1, 2010.

 

9

Prior to April 28, 2008, as a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class A shares would not exceed 1.43%. A voluntary expense limitation of 1.75% was in place for Class A shares prior to April 16, 2007.

 

38   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class B Shares1      20092        20083      20073        20063      20053        20043  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $6.59         $12.03       $11.96         $11.53       $10.62         $9.13   
Income (loss) from operations:                          

Net investment income (loss)

     0.05         0.09       (0.04)         (0.00) 4     0.07         (0.00) 4 

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     0.83         (5.43)       0.85         2.66       0.89         1.50   

Total income (loss) from operations

     0.88         (5.34)       0.81         2.66       0.96         1.50   
Less distributions from:                          

Net investment income

     (0.02)         (0.10)               (0.01)       (0.05)         (0.01)   

Net realized gains

                   (0.74)         (2.22)                 

Total distributions

     (0.02)         (0.10)       (0.74)         (2.23)       (0.05)         (0.01)   
Net asset value, end of period      $7.45         $6.59       $12.03         $11.96       $11.53         $10.62   

Total return5

     13.36      (44.37)    6.65      23.60    9.00      16.40
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $20,851         $23,533       $59,303         $64,293       $7,356         $7,617   
Ratios to average net assets:                          

Gross expenses

     2.96 %6       2.70    2.64      2.29 %7     2.48      2.61

Net expenses

     2.24 6,8,9       2.30 8,9,10     2.17 8,10       2.28 7,8,10     2.48 10       2.44 8,10 

Net investment income (loss)

     0.93 6       0.90       (0.28)         (0.01)       0.66         (0.03)   
Portfolio turnover rate      113      166    154      228    29      60

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

5

Performance figures, exclusive of CDSC, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would have been 2.25% and 2.24%, respectively.

 

8

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

9

As a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class B shares will not exceed 2.25% until May 1, 2010.

 

10

Prior to April 28, 2008, as a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class B shares would not exceed 2.40%. A voluntary expense limitation of 2.50% was in place for Class B shares prior to April 16, 2007.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   39


Financial highlights cont’d

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class C Shares1      20092        20083        20073        20063        20053        20043  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $ 6.98         $12.72         $12.60         $12.06         $11.11         $9.55   
Income (loss) from operations:                              

Net investment income (loss)

     0.06         0.10         (0.04)         0.01         0.06         (0.01)   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     0.87         (5.74)         0.90         2.76         0.93         1.57   

Total income (loss) from operations

     0.93         (5.64)         0.86         2.77         0.99         1.56   
Less distributions from:                              

Net investment income

     (0.02)         (0.10)                 (0.01)         (0.04)         (0.00) 4 

Net realized gains

                     (0.74)         (2.22)                   

Total distributions

     (0.02)         (0.10)         (0.74)         (2.23)         (0.04)         (0.00) 4 
Net asset value, end of period      $7.89         $6.98         $12.72         $12.60         $12.06         $11.11   

Total return5

     13.33      (44.30)      6.71      23.42      8.95      16.37
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $44,166         $41,892         $83,249         $69,239         $38,418         $19,040   
Ratios to average net assets:                              

Gross expenses

     2.61 %6       2.69      2.46      2.78 %7       2.74      2.65

Net expenses8

     2.19 6,9       2.23 9,10       2.20 10       2.52 7,10       2.50 10       2.42 10 

Net investment income (loss)

     0.96 6       0.98         (0.31)         0.07         0.53         (0.10)   
Portfolio turnover rate      113      166      154      228      29      60

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

5

Performance figures, exclusive of CDSC, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would have been 2.72% and 2.46%, respectively.

 

8

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

9

As a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class C shares will not exceed 2.25% until May 1, 2010.

 

10

Prior to April 28, 2008, as a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class C shares will not exceed 2.26%. A voluntary expense limitation of 2.50% was in place for Class C shares prior to April 16, 2007.

 

40   Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class I Shares1      20092        20083        20073        20063      20053        20043  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $6.92         $12.62         $12.46         $11.89       $10.96         $9.46   
Income (loss) from operations:                            

Net investment income

     0.12         0.16         0.10         0.19       0.22         0.09   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     0.88         (5.67)         0.88         2.74       0.92         1.56   

Total income (loss) from operations

     1.00         (5.51)         0.98         2.93       1.14         1.65   
Less distributions from:                            

Net investment income

     (0.03)         (0.19)         (0.08)         (0.14)       (0.21)         (0.15)   

Net realized gains

                     (0.74)         (2.22)                 

Total distributions

     (0.03)         (0.19)         (0.82)         (2.36)       (0.21)         (0.15)   
Net asset value, end of period      $7.89         $6.92         $12.62         $12.46       $11.89         $10.96   

Total return4

     14.52      (43.65)      7.75      25.13    10.38      17.60
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $14,555         $12,463         $1,613         $2,058       $2,174         $2,185   
Ratios to average net assets:                            

Gross expenses

     1.11 %5       1.01      1.18      1.15 %6     1.21      1.49

Net expenses

     1.11 5,7       1.01         1.18 8       1.14 6,8,9     1.21 8       1.43 8,9 

Net investment income

     2.00 5       1.84         0.73         1.43       1.94         0.94   
Portfolio turnover rate      113      166      154      228    29      60

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

5

Annualized.

 

6

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 1.09%.

 

7

As a result of a contractual expense limitation, from May 1, 2009 until May 1, 2010, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class I shares will not exceed 1.25%.

 

8

Prior to April 16, 2007, as a result of a voluntary expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class I shares will not exceed 1.50%.

 

9

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund   41


Privacy Policy

 

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

 

Ÿ  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about our customers or former customers, except to our affiliates (such as broker/dealers or investment advisers within the Legg Mason family of companies) or as is otherwise permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions or service an account. We may also provide this information to companies that perform marketing services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. When we enter into such agreements, we will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the Prospectus.]


Legg Mason

Batterymarch

Global Equity Fund

You may visit the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432, or by writing to the fund at 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-06444)

FD02534ST 02/10


Filed under Rule 497(c)
File no. 33-43446

February 26, 2010

LOGO

 

Prospectus

Legg Mason

ClearBridge

Appreciation

Fund

Class : Ticker Symbol

 

A :  SHAPX
B :  SAPBX
C :  SAPCX
FI :  LMPIX
R :  LMPPX
R1: LAPRX
I :  SAPYX
IS:  LMESX

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED • NO BANK GUARANTEE • MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Contents     
Investment objective    2
Fees and expenses of the fund    2
Principal investment strategies    3
Certain risks    3
Performance    5
Management    6
Purchase and sale of fund shares    6
Tax information    6
Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries    6
More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks    7
Portfolio holdings    11
More on fund management    12
Choosing a class of shares to buy    14
Comparing the fund’s classes    16
Sales charges    18
More about contingent deferred sales charges    21
Retirement and Institutional Investors—eligible investors    22
Buying shares    25
Exchanging shares    26
Redeeming shares    28
Other things to know about transactions    30
Dividends, distributions and taxes    33
Share price    34
Financial highlights    36

Investment objective

The fund seeks to provide long-term appreciation of shareholders’ capital.

Fees and expenses of the fund

The accompanying table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $25,000 in funds sold by Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the fund’s distributor. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial intermediary, in this Prospectus on page 18 under the heading “Sales charges” and in the fund’s statement of additional information (“SAI”) on page 43 under the heading “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions.”

 

Shareholder fees (paid directly from your investment) (%)
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class IS
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)    5.75   None   None   None   None   None   None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption) (may be reduced over time)    Generally,
none
  5.00   1.00   None   None   None   None   None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of
your investment)
(%)
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class IS
Management fees    0.59   0.59   0.59   0.59   0.59   0.59   0.59   0.59
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees    0.25   1.00   1.00   0.25   0.50   1.00   None   None
Other expenses    0.251   0.561   0.211   0.63   0.31   0.282   0.14   0.03
Total annual fund operating expenses    1.09   2.15   1.80   1.47   1.40   1.87   0.73   0.62
Fees forgone and/or expenses reimbursed    N/A   N/A   N/A   (0.42)3   3   3   3   3
Total annual fund operating expenses after forgoing fees and/or reimbursing expenses    1.09   2.15   1.80   1.053   1.403   1.873   0.733   0.623

 

1

“Other expenses” have been restated to reflect current fees.

2

“Other expenses” for Class RI shares are estimated for the current fiscal year because no Class R1 shares were outstanding during the fund’s last fiscal period.

3

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.05% for Class F1 shares, 1.45% for Class R shares, 1.95% for Class R1 shares and 0.90% for Class I shares. In addition, total annual fund operating expenses for Class IS shares will not exceed total annual fund operating expenses for Class I shares. These arrangements cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2011 without the Board of Trustees’ consent. The manager is permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to the class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes:

 

Ÿ  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated

 

Ÿ  

Your investment has a 5% return each year and the fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

Ÿ  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

 

2   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   3

 

Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

Number of years you
own your shares ($)
   1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
Class A (with or without redemption at end of period)    680   904   1,146   1,838
Class B (with redemption at end of period)    718   975   1,258   2,222
Class B (without redemption at end of period)    218   675   1,158   2,222
Class C (with redemption at end of period)    283   572   987   2,144
Class C (without redemption at end of period)    183   572   987   2,144
Class FI (with or without redemption at end of period)    107   424   763   1,721
Class R (with or without redemption at end of period)    143   444   766   1,680
Class R1 (with or without redemption at end of period)    190   588   1,011   2,192
Class I (with or without redemption at end of period)    75   234   407   908
Class IS (with or without redemption at end of period)    63   198   345   774

Portfolio turnover. The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal period, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 20% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal investment strategies

The fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund typically invests in medium and large capitalization companies, but may also invest in small capitalization companies.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in the securities of foreign issuers.

Certain risks

Risk is inherent in all investing. There is no assurance that the fund will meet its investment objective. The value of your investment in the fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly. You may lose part or all of your investment in the fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The following is a summary description of certain risks of investing in the fund.

Stock market and equity securities risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the value of your investment in the fund will decline. The recent financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities.

Issuer risk. The value of a stock can go up or down more than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole, often due to disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment. The fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on an individual stock. Historically, the prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies have generally gone up or down more than those of large capitalization companies, although even large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Large capitalization company risk. Large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Small and medium capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments in the securities of small and medium capitalization companies. Small and medium capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of large capitalization companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than large capitalization companies by changes in earnings


Certain risks cont’d

 

results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small and medium capitalization companies may underperform large capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Liquidity risk. Some securities held by the fund may be difficult to sell, or illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil. Illiquid securities may also be difficult to value. If the fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the fund may be forced to sell at a loss.

Foreign investments risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and may suffer from political or economic instability. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses.

The risks of investing in foreign securities are heightened when investing in issuers in emerging market countries.

Growth and value investing risk. Growth or value securities as a group may be out of favor and underperform the overall equity market while the market concentrates on other types of securities. Growth securities typically are very sensitive to market movements because their market prices tend to reflect future expectations. When it appears those expectations will not be met, the prices of growth securities typically fall. The value approach to investing involves the risk that stocks may remain undervalued. Although the fund will not concentrate its investments in any one industry or industry group, it may, like many growth or value funds, weight its investments toward certain industries, thus increasing its exposure to factors adversely affecting issuers within those industries.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.

 

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

 

4   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


Performance

 

The accompanying bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund’s performance from year to year for Class A shares. The table shows the average annual total returns of each class of the fund that has been in operation for at least one full calendar year and also compares the fund’s performance with the average annual total returns of an index or other benchmark. The fund makes updated performance information available at the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/ individualinvestors/products/mutual-funds/annualized_performance (select share class), or by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432.

The fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Sales charges are not reflected in the accompanying bar chart, and if those charges were included, returns would be less than those shown.

 

Total returns (before taxes) (%)     
LOGO   

Best quarter

(06/30/2009): 13.82

 

Worst quarter

(12/31/2008): (17.50)

 

Average annual total returns (for periods ended December 31, 2009) (%)
      1 year    5 years    10 years   

Since

inception

  

Inception

date

Class A                         
Return before taxes    14.35    0.93    1.40          
Return after taxes on distributions    13.73    (0.44)    0.31          
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares    9.32    0.29    0.75          
Other Classes (Return before taxes only)                         
Class B    15.08    1.02    1.31          
Class C    19.48    1.39    1.22          
Class I    21.78    2.52    2.37          
Class R    21.08    N/A    N/A    (2.68)    12/28/2006
Class FI    21.22    N/A    N/A    22.96    12/19/2008
Class IS    21.98    N/A    N/A    (3.25)    08/04/2008
S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)    26.46    0.42    (0.95)      

The after-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares, are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. After-tax returns for classes other than Class A will vary from returns shown for Class A.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   5


Management

 

Investment manager: Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

Subadviser: ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”)

Portfolio managers: Scott Glasser and Michael Kagan. Mr. Glasser (Senior Portfolio Manager and a Managing Director of ClearBridge) and Mr. Kagan (Senior Portfolio Manager and a Managing Director of ClearBridge) have been portfolio managers since 2001 and 2009, respectively.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open, at the fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge.

The fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are as follows:

 

Investment minimum initial/additional investment ($)
     Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI    Class R    Class R1   Class I   Class IS
General   1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A    N/A    N/A   N/A   N/A

Uniform

Gifts or

Transfers to

Minor Accounts

  1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A    N/A    N/A   N/A   N/A
IRAs   250/50   250/50   250/50   N/A    N/A    N/A   N/A   N/A
SIMPLE IRAs   None/None   None/None   None/None   N/A    N/A    N/A   N/A   N/A
Systematic Investment Plans   50/50   50/50   50/50   N/A    N/A    N/A   N/A   N/A
Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries   None/None   N/A   N/A   None/None    N/A    N/A   None/None   N/A
Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund   None/None   N/A   None/None   None/None    None/None    None/None   None/None   None/None
Other Retirement Plans   None/None   None/None   None/None   N/A    N/A    N/A   N/A   N/A
Institutional Investors   1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A    N/A    N/A   1 million/None   1 million/None

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

For more information about how to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, and to learn which classes of shares are available to you, you should contact your financial intermediary, or, if you hold your shares or plan to purchase shares through the fund, you should contact the fund by phone (Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432) or by mail (Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 55214, Boston, MA 02205-8504).

Tax information

The fund’s distributions are taxable as ordinary income or capital gain, except when your investment is through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.

Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries

The fund and its related companies may pay broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank) for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker/dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

6   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund was formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund.

*        *        *

The fund seeks to provide long-term appreciation of shareholders’ capital.

The fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund typically invests in medium and large capitalization companies, but may also invest in small capitalization companies.

The fund’s investment objective and strategies may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval.

Equity investments

Subject to its particular investment policies, the fund may invest in all types of equity securities. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) common and preferred stocks, warrants and rights, securities convertible into common stocks, and securities of other investment companies and of real estate investment trusts.

Foreign investments

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets (at the time of investment) in foreign securities. The fund may invest directly in foreign issuers or in depositary receipts.

Derivatives and hedging techniques

The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an asset, such as one or more underlying investments or indexes. The fund may engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives, such as futures and options on securities and securities indexes and options on these futures. Derivatives may be used by the fund for any of the following purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

As a hedging technique in an attempt to manage risk in the fund’s portfolio

 

  Ÿ  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

 

  Ÿ  

As a cash flow management technique

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more investments or indexes. When the fund enters into derivatives transactions, it may be required to segregate assets or enter into offsetting positions, in accordance with applicable regulations. Such segregation is not a hedging technique and will not limit the fund’s exposure to loss. The fund will, therefore, have investment risk with respect to both the derivative itself and the assets that have been segregated to offset the fund’s derivative exposure. If such segregated assets represent a large portion of the fund’s portfolio, portfolio management may be affected as covered positions may have to be reduced if it becomes necessary for the fund to reduce the amount of segregated assets in order to meet redemptions or other obligations.

Should the fund invest in derivatives, the fund will, in determining compliance with any percentage limitation or requirement regarding the use or investment of fund assets, take into account the market value of the fund’s derivative positions that are intended to reduce or create exposure to the applicable category of investments.

Cash management

The fund may hold cash pending investment, and may invest in money market instruments for cash management purposes. The amount of assets the fund may hold for cash management purposes will depend on market conditions and the need to meet expected redemption requests.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   7


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments, short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations.

Short sales

A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time.

Fund of funds investments

The fund may be an investment option for other Legg Mason-managed mutual funds that are managed as a “fund of funds.”

Other investments

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

Selection process

The portfolio managers’ investment strategy consists of individual company selection and management of cash reserves. The portfolio managers look for investments among a strong core of growth and value stocks, consisting primarily of blue chip companies dominant in their industries. The fund may also invest in companies with prospects for sustained earnings growth and/or a cyclical earnings record.

In selecting individual companies for the fund’s portfolio, the portfolio managers look for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Strong or rapidly improving balance sheets

 

  Ÿ  

Recognized industry leadership

 

  Ÿ  

Effective management teams that exhibit a desire to earn consistent returns for shareholders

In addition, the portfolio managers consider the following characteristics:

 

  Ÿ  

Past growth records

 

  Ÿ  

Future earnings prospects

 

  Ÿ  

Technological innovation

 

  Ÿ  

General market and economic factors

 

  Ÿ  

Current yield or potential for dividend growth

Generally, companies in the fund’s portfolio fall into one of the following categories:

 

  Ÿ  

Undervalued companies: companies with assets or earning power that are either unrecognized or undervalued. The portfolio managers generally look for a catalyst that will unlock these values. The portfolio managers also look for companies that are expected to have unusual earnings growth or whose stocks appear likely to go up in value because of market changes in the way they do business (for example, a corporate restructuring)

 

  Ÿ  

Growth at a reasonable price: companies with superior demonstrated and expected growth characteristics whose stocks are available at a reasonable price. Typically, there is strong recurring demand for the these companies’ products

The portfolio managers adjust the amount held in cash reserves depending on the portfolio managers’ outlook for the stock market. The portfolio managers will increase the fund’s allocation to cash when, in the

 

8   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

portfolio managers’ opinion, market valuation levels become excessive. If the fund holds a significant portion of its assets in cash during periods of stock market increases, that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

More on risks of investing in the fund

Stock market and equity securities risk. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of a particular security may decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as an increase in production costs, competitive conditions or labor shortages; or due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment.

Issuer risk. The value of a security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole. The value of a company’s stock may deteriorate because of a variety of factors, including disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment.

Large capitalization company risk. Large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Small and medium capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments in the securities of small and medium capitalization companies. Small and medium capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of large capitalization companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than large capitalization companies by changes in earnings results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small and medium capitalization companies may underperform large capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Liquidity risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to sell. Although most of the fund’s investments must be liquid at the time of investment, investments may become illiquid after purchase by the fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. When the fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the fund is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the fund may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain securities, the fund, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

Foreign investments risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than markets in the United States, may suffer from political or economic instability and may experience negative government actions, such as currency controls or seizures of private businesses or property. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Foreign withholdings may reduce the fund’s returns. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. Because the value of a depositary receipt is dependent upon the market price of an underlying foreign security, depositary receipts are subject to most of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities directly.

The risks of investing in foreign securities are heightened when investing in issuers in emerging market countries.

Growth and value investing risk. Growth or value securities as a group may be out of favor and underperform the overall equity market while the market concentrates on other types of securities. Growth securities

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   9


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

typically are very sensitive to market movements because their market prices tend to reflect future expectations. When it appears those expectations will not be met, the prices of growth securities typically fall. Growth securities may also be more volatile than other investments because they often do not pay dividends. The value approach to investing involves the risk that value stocks may remain undervalued.

Although the fund will not concentrate its investments in any one industry or industry group, it may, like many growth or value funds, weight its investments toward certain industries, thus increasing its exposure to factors adversely affecting issuers within those industries.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.

Cash management and defensive investing risk. The value of the investments held by the fund for cash management or defensive investing purposes may be affected by changing interest rates and by changes in credit ratings of the investments. If the fund holds cash uninvested it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash. If a significant amount of the fund’s assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, it will be more difficult for the fund to achieve its objective.

Derivatives risk. Using derivatives, especially for non-hedging purposes, may involve greater risks to the fund than investing directly in securities, particularly as these instruments may be very complex and may not behave in the manner anticipated. Certain derivatives transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a significant impact on the fund’s stock market or interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices or interest rates are changing. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond as anticipated to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. Using derivatives may increase volatility, which is the characteristic of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly in price within a short time period. Holdings of derivatives also can make the fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

Derivatives are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Short sales risk. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will realize a loss. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Fund of funds investment risk. From time to time, the fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to rebalancings of a fund of funds’ portfolio. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so.

Recent market events risk. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser. These market conditions may continue or get worse.

 

10   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective. More information about risks appears in the SAI. Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks that you will assume.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the SAI.

For more information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, please visit the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   11


More on fund management

 

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. LMPFA was formed in April 2006 as a result of an internal reorganization to consolidate advisory services after Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) acquired substantially all of Citigroup’s asset management business in December 2005. As of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion.

ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund, except for management of cash and short-term instruments. ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005, but traces back its asset management expertise over 45 years to several prominent firms including Smith Barney Asset Management, Davis Skaggs Investment and Salomon Brothers Asset Management. As of December 31, 2009, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $53.5 billion.

LMPFA and ClearBridge are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

Portfolio managers

Scott Glasser and Michael Kagan serve as co-portfolio managers of the fund. Mr. Glasser and Mr. Kagan have served as portfolio managers since 2001 and 2009, respectively.

Mr. Glasser is a Senior Portfolio Manager and a Managing Director of ClearBridge. He joined ClearBridge in 2005 in connection with the Legg Mason/Citigroup transaction. Previously, Mr. Glasser was a Managing Director of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGM”) and served as a Portfolio Manager at Smith Barney Asset Management. He joined CGM’s predecessor in 1993.

Mr. Kagan is a Senior Portfolio Manager and a Managing Director of ClearBridge. He joined ClearBridge in 2005 in connection with the Legg Mason/Citigroup transaction. Mr. Kagan is also a Managing Director of ClearBridge Asset Management Inc, which he joined in 1994. Previously, he was a Vice President at Salomon Brothers Inc.

The SAI provides information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

The fund pays a management fee at an annual rate that decreases as assets increase, as follows: 0.75% of assets up to and including $250 million; 0.70% of assets over $250 million and up to and including $500 million; 0.65% of assets over $500 million and up to and including $2 billion; 0.60% of assets over $1 billion and up to and including $2 billion; 0.55% of assets over $2 billion and up to and including $3 billion; and 0.50% of assets over $3 billion.

For the fiscal period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009, the fund paid LMPFA an annualized management fee of 0.59% of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services, after waivers and reimbursements.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

12   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

Expense limitation

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.05% for Class FI shares, 1.45% for Class R shares, 1.95% for Class R1 shares and 0.90% for Class I shares. In addition, total annual fund operating expenses for Class IS shares will not exceed total annual fund operating expenses for Class I shares. These arrangements are expected to continue until December 31, 2011, may be terminated prior to that date by agreement of the manager and the Board, and may be terminated at any time after that date by the manager. These arrangements, however, may be modified by the manager to decrease total annual operating expenses at any time. The manager is also permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the class’ total annual operating expenses exceeding these limits or any other lower limits then in effect.

Distribution

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A shares; up to 1.00% for Class B shares; up to 1.00% for Class C shares; up to 0.25% for Class FI shares; up to 0.50% for Class R shares; and up to 1.00% for Class R1 shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares and Class IS shares are not subject to distribution and/or service fees under the plan.

In addition, the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates make payments for distribution, shareholder servicing, marketing and promotional activities and related expenses out of their profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. These payments are not reflected as additional expenses in the fee table contained in this Prospectus. The recipients of these payments may include the fund’s distributor and affiliates of the manager, as well as non-affiliated broker/dealers, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, including your financial intermediary. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities. The payments described in this paragraph are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” Revenue sharing arrangements are separately negotiated.

Revenue sharing payments create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it receives or may receive. Revenue sharing payments, as well as payments under the shareholder services and distribution plan (where applicable), also benefit the manager, the distributor and their affiliates to the extent the payments result in more assets being invested in the fund on which fees are being charged.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   13


Choosing a class of shares to buy

 

Individual investors can generally invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares. Individual investors who held Class I shares prior to November 6, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares.

Retirement Plan and Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and Institutional Investors – eligible investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose a class that may be appropriate for you.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

 

  Ÿ  

How much you plan to invest

 

  Ÿ  

How long you expect to own the shares

 

  Ÿ  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus

 

  Ÿ  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

 

  Ÿ  

Availability of share classes

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be more the economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C shares more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and/or your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and/or service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

Each class of shares except Class IS shares is authorized to pay fees for recordkeeping services to Service Agents. As a result, operating expenses of classes that incur new or additional recordkeeping fees may increase over time.

You may buy shares:

 

  Ÿ  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

 

  Ÿ  

Directly from the fund

Your Service Agent may provide shareholder services that differ from the services provided by other Service Agents. Services provided by your Service Agent may vary by class. You should ask your Service Agent to explain the shareholder services it provides for each class and the compensation it receives in connection with each class. Remember that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest.

Your Service Agent may not offer all classes of shares. You should contact your Service Agent for further information.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

 

  Ÿ  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

 

14   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

  Ÿ  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To visit the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   15


Comparing the fund’s classes

 

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you choose a class that may be appropriate for you. Please contact your Service Agent regarding the availability of Class FI, Class R or Class R1 shares. You may be required to provide appropriate documentation confirming your eligibility to invest in these share classes. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution and/
or service fees
  Exchange privilege1
Class A  

ŸInitial sales charge

ŸYou may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

ŸGenerally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

  Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more   1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class B  

ŸNo initial sales charge

ŸContingent deferred sales charge declines over time

ŸConverts to Class A after approximately 8 years

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   Up to 5.00% charged if you redeem shares. This charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class B shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class C  

ŸNo initial sales charge

ŸContingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

ŸDoes not convert to Class A

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class C shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class FI  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

  None   None   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class FI shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class R  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

  None   None   0.50% of average daily net assets   Class R shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

16   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution and/
or service fees
  Exchange privilege1
Class R1  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class R

  None   None   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class R1 shares of funds sold by the distributor2
Class I  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to institutional and other eligible investors

ŸGenerally lower annual expenses than all classes except Class IS

  None   None   None   Class I shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class IS  

ŸNo initial contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to institutional and other eligible investors

ŸGenerally lower annual expenses than all other classes

  None   None   None   Class IS shares of funds sold by distributor

 

1

Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

 

2

In this class, your options for exchange may be limited as the class is newly introduced.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   17


Sales charges

 

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends that you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. It also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by the distributor, the distributor will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will receive a distribution and/or service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of Investment      Sales charge
as % of
offering price
     Sales charge
as % of net
amount
invested
     Broker/dealer
commission as
% of
offering price
Less than $25,000      5.75      6.10      5.00
$25,000 but less than $50,000      5.00      5.26      4.25
$50,000 but less than $100,000      4.50      4.71      3.75
$100,000 but less than $250,000      3.50      3.63      2.75
$250,000 but less than $500,000      2.50      2.56      2.00
$500,000 but less than $750,000      2.00      2.04      1.60
$750,000 but less than $1 million      1.50      1.52      1.20
$1 million or more1      -0-      -0-      up to 1.00

 

1

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution and/or service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

 

18   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter of intent, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase and any capital appreciation on those shares. In addition, you can include toward your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible holdings.

If you hold shares of funds sold by the distributor in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Service Agents

 

  Ÿ  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a fund sold by the distributor in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

 

  Ÿ  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

 

  Ÿ  

Investors investing through certain Retirement Plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase      1st      2nd      3rd      4th      5th      6th through 8th
Contingent deferred sales charge (%)      5      4      3      2      1      0

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. The fund pays annual distribution and/or service fees of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets of Class B shares. Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   19


Sales charges cont’d

 

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued: at initial purchase   Shares issued: on reinvestment of
dividends and distributions
  Shares issued: upon exchange
from another fund sold by LMIS
Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase   In same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)   On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares

You buy Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by Class FI shares serviced by them, up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R shares serviced by them and up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R1 shares serviced by them.

Class I and Class IS shares

You buy Class I and Class IS shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Class I and Class IS shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

 

20   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


More about contingent deferred sales charges

 

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

 

  Ÿ  

When you exchange shares for shares of another fund sold by the distributor

 

  Ÿ  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

 

  Ÿ  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then redeem the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeem shares of a fund sold by the distributor and pay a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

 

  Ÿ  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

 

  Ÿ  

On certain distributions from a Retirement Plan

 

  Ÿ  

For Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

  Ÿ  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

 

  Ÿ  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   21


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors

 

Retirement Plans

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or similar accounts.

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally invest in Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shares.

Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary. The distributor may impose certain additional requirements. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Class C shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class R1 shares available. Please see below for additional information.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plan investors can generally invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may invest in Class A, Class FI or Class I shares. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I and Class IS shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares, which have different investment minimums, fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, defined benefit plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

Class A and Class B — Retirement Plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

 

  Ÿ  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares

 

22   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

  Ÿ  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account

 

  Ÿ  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants or has total assets exceeding $1 million

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that are permitted to purchase shares at net asset value, LMIS may pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class C — Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class FI shares

Class FI shares are offered only to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediaries and Retirement Plan programs.

Class R shares

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class R1 shares

Class R1 shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class I shares

Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, and other investors authorized by LMIS. Individual investors who held Class I shares prior to November 20, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares. Certain waivers of these requirements for individuals associated with the fund, Legg Mason or its affiliates are discussed in the SAI.

Class IS shares

Class IS shares may be purchased only by Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund and Institutional Investors. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in one account with the fund, which account is not subject to payment of recordkeeping or similar fees by the fund to any intermediary.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher distribution and/or service fees than otherwise would have been

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   23


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors cont’d

 

charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

Your Service Agent may not offer all share classes. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

24   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

 

ŸName of fund being bought

 

ŸClass of shares being bought

 

ŸDollar amount or number of shares being bought

 

ŸAccount number (if existing account)

Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

Through the fund   

Investors should contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to open an account and make arrangements to buy shares. For initial purchases, complete and send your account application to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Subsequent purchases should be sent to the same address. Enclose a check to pay for the shares.

 

For more information, please call Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time).

Through a systematic Investment Plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

 

ŸAmounts transferred must meet the applicable minimums (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

ŸAmounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸIf you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   25


Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares of the fund for the same class of shares of other funds sold by the distributor on any day that both the fund and the fund into which you are exchanging are open for business.
Legg Mason
offers a distinctive
family of funds
tailored to help
meet the varying
needs of large and
small investors
  

You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.

 

ŸIf you bought shares through a Service Agent, contact your Service Agent to learn which funds your Service Agent makes available to you for exchanges

 

ŸIf you bought shares directly from the fund, contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to learn which funds are available to you for exchanges

 

ŸNot all funds offer all classes

 

ŸSome funds are offered only in a limited number of states. Your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will provide information about the funds offered in your state

 

ŸRemember that an exchange is normally a taxable transaction unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account

 

ŸAlways be sure to read the prospectus of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

Investment minimums, sales charges and other requirements   

ŸIn most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange

 

ŸYour contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased

 

ŸYou will generally be required to meet the minimum investment requirement for the class of shares of the fund into which your exchange is made (except in the case of systematic exchange plans)

 

ŸYour exchange will also be subject to any other requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

 

ŸIf you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates, endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers, to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before the exchange is effective

 

ŸThe fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges

By telephone   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for information. Exchanges are priced at the net asset value next determined.

 

Telephone exchanges may be made only between accounts that have identical registrations and may be made on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

26   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic exchanges of shares of the fund for shares of other funds available for exchange. All requirements for exchanging shares described above apply to these exchanges. In addition:

 

ŸExchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸEach exchange must meet the applicable investment minimums for systematic investment plans (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   27


Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to redeem shares of the fund.

 

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

If you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before you may redeem.

 

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, partnership or similar entity, other documents may be required.

Redemption proceeds   

Your redemption proceeds normally will be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days, except that your proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your share purchase was made by check.

 

Your redemption proceeds may be delayed, or your right to receive redemption proceeds suspended, if the NYSE is closed (other than on weekends or holidays) or trading is restricted, if an emergency exists, or otherwise as permitted by order of the SEC.

 

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated by you. To change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers, you will be required to deliver a new written authorization and may be asked to provide other documents. You may be charged a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 

The fund reserves the right to pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Your written request must provide the following:

 

ŸThe fund name, the class of shares being redeemed and your account number

 

ŸThe dollar amount or number of shares being redeemed

 

ŸSignature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

 

ŸSignature guarantees, as applicable (see “Other things to know about transactions”)

 

28   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

By telephone   

If your account application permits, you may be eligible to redeem shares by telephone. Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for more information. Please have the following information ready when you call:

 

ŸName of fund being redeemed

ŸClass of shares being redeemed

ŸAccount number

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic redemptions of a portion of your shares. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for Retirement Plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50.

 

The following conditions apply:

 

ŸYour shares must not be represented by certificates

 

ŸRedemptions may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸIf your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the charge will be required to be paid upon redemption. However, the charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the redemptions commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year

 

ŸYou must elect to have all dividends and distributions reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   29


Other things to know about transactions

 

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

 

Ÿ  

Name of the fund

 

Ÿ  

Your account number

 

Ÿ  

In the case of a purchase (including a purchase as part of an exchange transaction), the class of shares being bought

 

Ÿ  

In the case of an exchange or redemption, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed (if you own more than one class)

 

Ÿ  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

 

Ÿ  

In certain circumstances, the signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered (see “Redeeming shares”)

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish accounts with the fund.

In certain circumstances, such as during periods of market volatility, severe weather and emergencies, shareholders may experience difficulties placing exchange or redemption orders by telephone. In that case, shareholders should consider using the fund’s other exchange and redemption procedures described above under “Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares.”

The transfer agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for these transactions.

The fund has the right to:

 

Ÿ  

Suspend the offering of shares

 

Ÿ  

Waive or change minimum initial and additional investment amounts

 

Ÿ  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

 

Ÿ  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

 

Ÿ  

Suspend telephone transactions

 

Ÿ  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

 

Ÿ  

Are redeeming shares with a value over $50,000

 

Ÿ  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

 

Ÿ  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

 

Ÿ  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

 

Ÿ  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

 

Ÿ  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

 

30   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

Anti-money laundering

Federal anti-money laundering regulations require all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you sign your account application, you may be asked to provide additional information in order for the fund to verify your identity in accordance with these regulations. Accounts may be restricted and/or closed, and the monies withheld, pending verification of this information or as otherwise required under these and other federal regulations.

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

The fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your account up to a minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent if the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period). You will be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. If your account is closed, you will not be eligible to have your account reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent trading of fund shares

Frequent trading in the fund’s shares increases the fund’s administrative costs associated with processing shareholder transactions. In addition, frequent trading may potentially interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio and increase the fund’s costs associated with trading the fund’s portfolio securities. Under certain circumstances, frequent trading may also dilute the returns earned on shares held by the fund’s other shareholders. The fund therefore discourages frequent purchases and redemptions by shareholders.

The fund reserves the right to refuse any client or reject any purchase order for shares (including exchanges) for any reason. In particular, the Board has determined that the fund is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the securities markets.

Under the fund’s frequent trading policy, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever the fund detects a pattern of excessive trading. The policy currently provides that the fund will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the fund if that shareholder has engaged in three or more “Round Trips” (defined below) during any rolling 12-month period. The restriction on the number of Round Trips may change from time to time by amendment of the frequent trading policy. The fund may determine to restrict a shareholder from making additional purchases prior to engaging in three Round Trips. However, the fund has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful to the fund. In making such a determination, the fund will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading and the amount of trading. Additionally, the fund has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the fund may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the fund.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of fund shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   31


Other things to know about transactions cont’d

 

With respect to accounts where shareholder transactions are processed or records are kept by third-party intermediaries, the fund uses reasonable efforts to monitor such accounts to detect suspicious trading patterns. For any such account that is so identified, the fund will make such further inquiries and take such other actions as shall be considered necessary or appropriate to enforce the fund’s frequent trading policy against the shareholder(s) trading through such account and, if necessary, the third-party intermediary (retirement plan administrators, securities broker/dealers and mutual fund marketplaces) maintaining such account. The fund may accept undertakings from intermediaries to enforce frequent trading policies on behalf of the fund that provide a substantially similar level of protection against excessive trading. Shareholders who own shares of the fund through financial intermediaries should examine any disclosures provided by the intermediaries to determine what restrictions apply to the shareholders.

Although the fund will monitor shareholder transactions for certain patterns of frequent trading activity, there can be no assurance that all such trading activity can be identified, prevented or terminated.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, the certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificates to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

32   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


Dividends, distributions and taxes

 

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends and makes capital gain distributions, if any, typically once or twice a year. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general and does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold shares in the fund through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

In general, unless your shares are held in a qualified retirement plan, IRA or other tax deferred arrangement, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction   Federal Tax Status
Redemption or exchange of shares   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
Long-term capital gain distributions   Long-term capital gain
Dividend   Ordinary income, potentially taxable for individuals at long-term capital gain rates

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Taxable dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares. Although dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund if the fund satisfies the holding period and other requirements as well. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than certain dividends from real estate investment trusts) and certain foreign corporations. Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a long-term capital gain distribution or a dividend because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment.

A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will, in certain circumstances, be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   33


Share price

 

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, adjusted for any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares.

The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. The fund generally values its securities and other assets and calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). If the NYSE closes at another time, the fund will calculate its net asset value as of the actual closing time. The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at a certain day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes on that day. If the NYSE closes early on that day, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time. It is the responsibility of the Service Agent to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

Valuation of the fund’s securities and other assets is performed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. These procedures delegate most valuation functions to the manager, which, in turn, uses independent third party pricing services approved by the fund’s Board. Under the procedures, assets are valued as follows:

 

Ÿ  

Equity securities and certain derivative instruments that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing price or, if that price is unavailable or deemed by the manager not representative of market value, the last sale price. Where a security is traded on more than one exchange (as is often the case overseas), the security is generally valued at the price on the exchange considered by the manager to be the primary exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if exchange prices are not otherwise available, the prices are typically determined by independent third party pricing services that use a variety of techniques and methodologies.

 

Ÿ  

The valuations for fixed income securities and certain derivative instruments are typically the prices supplied by independent third party pricing services, which may use market prices or broker/dealer quotations or a variety of fair valuation techniques and methodologies. Short-term fixed income securities that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

 

Ÿ  

The valuations of securities traded on foreign markets and certain fixed income securities will generally be based on prices determined as of the earlier closing time of the markets on which they primarily trade, unless a significant event has occurred. When the fund holds securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time). The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to value foreign equity securities on days when a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index suggests that the closing prices on foreign exchanges may no longer represent the value of those securities at the time of closing of the NYSE. Foreign markets are open for trading on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

 

Ÿ  

If independent third party pricing services are unable to supply prices for a portfolio investment, or if the prices supplied are deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined by the manager using quotations from one or more broker/dealers. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. These procedures permit, among other things, the use of a matrix, formula or other method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments to determine fair value. Fair value of a security is the amount as determined by the manager in good faith, that the fund might reasonably expect to receive upon a current sale of the security. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated.

 

34   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ — higher or lower — from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. Moreover, valuing securities using fair value methodologies involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities based on market quotations. A fund that uses fair value methodologies may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or higher or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   35


Financial highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years, unless otherwise noted. No financial highlights are presented for Class R1 shares because no Class R1 shares were outstanding for the periods shown. The returns for Class R1 shares will differ from those of the other classes to the extent that their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the Annual Report (available upon request). The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class A Shares1      20092      20083        20073        20063,4      20053,4        20043,4  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $10.35       $15.24         $15.47         $14.42       $14.67         $13.79   
Income (loss) from operations:                          

Net investment income

     0.12       0.17         0.14         0.13       0.09         0.14   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     1.25       (4.46)         1.14         1.94       0.52         1.09   

Total income (loss) from operations

     1.37       (4.29)         1.28         2.07       0.61         1.23   
Less distributions from:                          

Net investment income

     (0.05)       (0.13)         (0.13)         (0.13)       (0.07)         (0.14)   

Net realized gains

           (0.47)         (1.38)         (0.89)       (0.79)         (0.21)   

Total distributions

     (0.05)       (0.60)         (1.51)         (1.02)       (0.86)         (0.35)   
Net asset value, end of period      $11.67       $10.35         $15.24         $15.47       $14.42         $14.67   

Total return5

     13.25    (28.98)      8.14      14.57    4.15      8.92
Net assets, end of period (millions)      $2,604       $2,513         $3,786         $3,817       $3,587         $3,575   
Ratios to average net assets:                          

Gross expenses

     1.07 %6     0.99      0.95      0.96 %7     0.96      0.95

Net expenses

     1.07 6     0.99         0.95         0.95 7,8     0.96         0.93 8 

Net investment income

     1.42 6     1.24         0.85         0.88       0.61         0.96   
Portfolio turnover rate      20    39      45      33    53      40

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

5

Performance figures, exclusive of sales charges, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would have been 0.94% and 0.93%, respectively.

 

8

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

36   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class B Shares1      20092      20083        20073        20063,4      20053,4        20043,4  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $10.03       $14.80         $15.08         $14.09       $14.40         $13.54   
Income (loss) from operations:                          

Net investment income (loss)

     0.03       0.03         (0.02)         (0.01)       (0.03)         0.02   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     1.21       (4.30)         1.12         1.89       0.51         1.06   

Total income (loss) from operations

     1.24       (4.27)         1.10         1.88       0.48         1.08   
Less distributions from:                          

Net investment income

     (0.02)       (0.03)                       (0.00) 5       (0.01)   

Net realized gains

           (0.47)         (1.38)         (0.89)       (0.79)         (0.21)   

Total distributions

     (0.02)       (0.50)         (1.38)         (0.89)       (0.79)         (0.22)   
Net asset value, end of period      $11.25       $10.03         $14.80         $15.08       $14.09         $14.40   

Total return6

     12.36    (29.76)      7.18      13.55    3.31      7.99
Net assets, end of period (millions)      $376       $414         $754         $912       $986         $1,078   
Ratios to average net assets:                          

Gross expenses

     2.14 %7     1.97 %       1.88 %       1.87 %8     1.80      1.78

Net expenses

     2.14 7     1.97         1.88         1.87 8,9     1.80         1.76 9 

Net investment income (loss)

     0.36 7     0.24         (0.10)         (0.04)       (0.23)         0.11   
Portfolio turnover rate      20    39      45      33    53      40

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

5

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

6

Performance figures, exclusive of CDSC, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

7

Annualized.

 

8

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 1.85%.

 

9

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   37


Financial highlights cont’d

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class C Shares1      20092      20083        20073        20063,4      20053,4        20043,4  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $10.08       $14.86         $15.12         $14.11       $14.42         $13.55   
Income (loss) from operations:                          

Net investment income (loss)

     0.06       0.06         0.02         0.02       (0.03)         0.02   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     1.22       (4.32)         1.11         1.90       0.51         1.08   

Total income (loss) from operations

     1.28       (4.26)         1.13         1.92       0.48         1.10   
Less distributions from:                          

Net investment income

     (0.03)       (0.05)         (0.01)         (0.02)       (0.00) 5       (0.02)   

Net realized gains

           (0.47)         (1.38)         (0.89)       (0.79)         (0.21)   

Total distributions

     (0.03)       (0.52)         (1.39)         (0.91)       (0.79)         (0.23)   
Net asset value, end of period      $11.33       $10.08         $14.86         $15.12       $14.11         $14.42   

Total return6

     12.67    (29.53)      7.37      13.80    3.31      8.08
Net assets, end of period (millions)      $373       $372         $606         $658       $661         $614   
Ratios to average net assets:                          

Gross expenses

     1.78 %7     1.73      1.67      1.70 %8     1.77      1.76

Net expenses

     1.78 7     1.73         1.67         1.66 8,9     1.77         1.74 %9 

Net investment income (loss)

     0.72 7     0.49         0.12         0.17       (0.20)         0.16   
Portfolio turnover rate      20    39      45      33    53      40

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 though October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

5

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

6

Performance figures, exclusive of CDSC, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

7

Annualized.

 

8

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would have been 1.67% and 1.64%, respectively.

 

9

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

38   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class FI Shares1      20092        20083  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $10.35         $10.26   
Income (loss) from operations:          

Net investment income

     0.10         0.01   

Net realized and unrealized gain

     1.26         0.20   

Total income from operations

     1.36         0.21   
Less distributions from:          

Net investment income

     (0.05)         (0.12)   

Total distributions

     (0.05)         (0.12)   
Net asset value, end of period      $11.66         $10.35   

Total return4

     13.19      2.12
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $8         $0 5 
Ratios to average net assets:          

Gross expenses6

     1.47      0.86

Net expenses6

     1.32 7,8       0.86   

Net investment income6

     1.19         4.05   
Portfolio turnover rate      20      39

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the period December 19, 2008 (inception date) to December 31, 2008.

 

4

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

5

Amount represents less than $1,000.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

8

As the result of an expense limitation, effective September 18, 2009 through December 31, 2011, the ratio of expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class FI shares will not exceed 1.05%.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   39


Financial highlights cont’d

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class R Shares1      20092      20083        20073        20064,5  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $10.34       $15.23         $15.47         $15.53   
Income (loss) from operations:                  

Net investment income (loss)

     0.10       0.14         0.14         (0.00) 6 

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     1.25       (4.45)         1.09         (0.06)   

Total income (loss) from operations

     1.35       (4.31)         1.23         (0.06)   
Less distributions from:                  

Net investment income

     (0.04)       (0.11)         (0.09)           

Net realized gains

           (0.47)         (1.38)           

Total distributions

     (0.04)       (0.58)         (1.47)           
Net asset value, end of year      $11.65       $10.34         $15.23         $15.47   

Total return7

     13.08    (29.17)      7.87      (0.39)
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $2,932       $1,450         $449         $10   
Ratios to average net assets:                  

Gross expenses

     1.40 %8     1.26      1.13      1.22 %8,9 

Net expenses

     1.34 8,10,11     1.26         1.13         1.22 8,9 

Net investment income (loss)

     1.11 8     1.11         0.85         (0.28) 8 
Portfolio turnover rate      20    39      45      33

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

For the period December 28, 2006 (inception date) to December 31, 2006.

 

5

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

6

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

7

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

8

Annualized.

 

9

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 1.20%.

 

10

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

11

As a result of an expense limitation, effective September 18, 2009 through December 31, 2011, the ratio of expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class R shares will not exceed 1.45%.

 

40   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class I Shares1      20092      20083        20073        20063,4      20053,4        20043,4  
Net asset value, beginning of year      $10.30       $15.19         $15.42         $14.38       $14.63         $13.76   
Income (loss) from operations:                          

Net investment income

     0.15       0.21         0.20         0.19       0.15         0.19   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     1.25       (4.46)         1.14         1.93       0.53         1.09   

Total income (loss) from operations

     1.40       (4.25)         1.34         2.12       0.68         1.28   
Less distributions from:                          

Net investment income

     (0.06)       (0.17)         (0.19)         (0.19)       (0.14)         (0.20)   

Net realized gains

           (0.47)         (1.38)         (0.89)       (0.79)         (0.21)   

Total distributions

     (0.06)       (0.64)         (1.57)         (1.08)       (0.93)         (0.41)   
Net asset value, end of period      $11.64       $10.30         $15.19         $15.42       $14.38         $14.63   

Total return5

     13.63    (28.79)      8.56      14.97    4.62      9.30
Net assets, end of period (millions)      $342       $162         $765         $720       $667         $642   
Ratios to average net assets:                          

Gross expenses

     0.73 %6     0.61      0.57      0.59 %7     0.57      0.57

Net expenses

     0.72 6,8,9     0.61         0.57         0.59 7,8     0.57         0.55 8 

Net investment income

     1.69 6     1.49         1.22         1.24       1.00         1.35   
Portfolio turnover rate      20    39      45      33    53      40

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

5

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 0.57%.

 

8

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

9

As a result of an expense limitation, effective September 18, 2009 through December 31, 2011, the ratio of expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class I shares will not exceed 0.90%.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund   41


Financial highlights cont’d

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class IS Shares1      20092        20083  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $10.31         $13.39   
Income (loss) from operations:          

Net investment income

     0.16         0.10   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     1.26         (3.02)   

Total income (loss) from operations

     1.42         (2.92)   
Less distributions from:          

Net investment income

     (0.06)         (0.16)   

Total distributions

     (0.06)         (0.16)   
Net asset value, end of period      $11.67         $10.31   

Total return4

     13.81      (21.75)
Net assets, end of periods (millions)      $351         $306   
Ratios to average net assets:          

Gross expenses5

     0.62      0.61

Net expenses5

     0.62 6       0.61   

Net investment income5

     1.86         2.14   
Portfolio turnover rate      20      39

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the period August 4, 2008 (inception date) to December 31, 2008.

 

4

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

5

Annualized.

 

6

As the result of an expense limitation, effective September 18, 2009 through December 31, 2011, the total annual operating expenses for Class IS shares are expected to be equal to or lower than those of Class I shares.

 

42   Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund


Privacy Policy

 

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

 

Ÿ  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose your nonpublic personal information about our customers or former customers, except to our affiliates (such as broker-dealers or investment advisers within the Legg Mason family of companies) or as is otherwise permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions. We may also provide this information to companies that perform services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. When we enter into such agreements, we will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the Prospectus.]


Legg Mason

ClearBridge

Appreciation Fund

 

You may visit the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/prospectuses for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432, or by writing to the fund at 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-06444)

FD0202ST 02/10


February 26, 2010

Filed under Rule 497(c)
File no. 33-43446

LOGO

 

Prospectus

Legg Mason

ClearBridge

Small Cap Growth

Fund

Class : Ticker Symbol

 

A  : SASMX
B  : SBSMX
C  : SCSMX
FI : LMPSX
R  : LMPOX
R1
I    : SBPYX
IS : LMOIX
1  : LMPMX

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED • NO BANK GUARANTEE • MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Contents
Investment objective    2
Fees and expenses of the fund    2
Principal investment strategies    3
Certain risks    3
Performance    5
Management    6
Purchase and sale of fund shares    6
Tax information    6
Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries    6
More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks    7
Portfolio holdings    12
More on fund management    12
Choosing a class of shares to buy    15
Comparing the fund’s classes    17
Sales charges    19
More about contingent deferred sales charges    22
Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors    23
Buying shares    25
Exchanging shares    26
Redeeming shares    28
Other things to know about transactions    30
Dividends, distributions and taxes    33
Share price    34
Financial highlights    36

Investment objective

The fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

 

Fees and expenses of the fund

The accompanying table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $25,000 in funds sold by Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the fund’s distributor. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial intermediary, in this Prospectus on page 19 under the heading “Sales charges” and in the fund’s statement of additional information (“SAI”) on page 69 under the heading “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions.”

Class 1 shares of the fund are not available for purchases or incoming exchanges.

 

Shareholder fees (paid directly from your investment) (%)
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class IS   Class 1
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)    5.75   None   None   None   None   None   None   None   N/A

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)

(may be reduced over time)

   Generally,

none

  5.00   1.00   None   None   None   None   None   N/A
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of
your investment)
 (%)
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class IS   Class 1
Management fees    0.75   0.75   0.75   0.75   0.75   0.75   0.75   0.75   0.75
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees    0.25   1.00   1.00   0.25   0.50   1.00   None   None   None
Other expenses    0.411   0.79   0.571   0.491   0.381   0.382   0.15   0.07   0.68
Total annual fund operating expenses    1.41   2.54   2.32   1.49   1.63   2.13   0.90   0.82   1.43
Fees forgone and/or expenses reimbursed    N/A   N/A   N/A   (0.14)3   (0.03)3   (0.03)3   3   3   (0.27)3
Total annual fund operating expenses after forgoing fees and/or reimbursing expenses    1.41   2.54   2.32   1.353   1.603   2.103   0.903   0.823   1.163

 

1

The expense information in the table has been restated to reflect current fees.

2

“Other expenses” for Class R1 have been estimated because no Class R1 shares were outstanding during the fund’s last fiscal period.

3

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.35% for Class FI shares, 1.60% for Class R shares, 2.10% for Class R1 shares and 1.05% for Class I shares. In addition, total annual fund operating expenses for Class IS shares will not exceed total annual fund operating expenses for Class I shares and total annual fund operating expenses for Class 1 shares are expected to be at least 0.25% lower than total annual fund operating expenses for Class A shares. These arrangements cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2011 without the Board of Trustees’ consent. The manager is permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes:

 

Ÿ  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated

 

Ÿ  

Your investment has a 5% return each year and the fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

Ÿ  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

 

2   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

Number of years you
own your shares ($)
   1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
Class A (with or without redemption at end of period)    710   996   1,304   2,176
Class B (with redemption at end of period)    757   1,092   1,454   2,606
Class B (without redemption at end of period)    257   792   1,354   2,606
Class C (with redemption at end of period)    335   726   1,244   2,665
Class C (without redemption at end of period)    235   726   1,244   2,665
Class FI (with or without redemption at end of period)    137   457   799   1,766
Class R (with or without redemption at end of period)    163   511   883   1,929
Class R1 (with or without redemption at end of period)    213   664   1,141   2,459
Class I (with or without redemption at end of period)    92   288   500   1,110
Class IS (with or without redemption at end of period)    84   262   456   1,015
Class 1 (with or without redemption at end of period)    118   426   756   1,690

Portfolio turnover. The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal period, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 25% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal investment strategies

Normally, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks of small capitalization U.S. companies.

Certain risks

Risk is inherent in all investing. There is no assurance that the fund will meet its investment objective. The value of your investment in the fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly. You may lose part or all of your investment in the fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The following is a summary description of certain risks of investing in the fund.

Stock market and equity securities risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the value of your investment in the fund will decline. The recent financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities.

Small capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments in the securities of small capitalization companies. Small capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of larger companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than larger companies by changes in earnings results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small capitalization companies may underperform larger capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Growth investing risk. The fund’s growth-oriented investment style may increase the risks of investing in the fund. Growth securities typically are very sensitive to market movements because their market prices tend to reflect future expectations. When it appears those expectations will not be met, the prices of growth securities typically fall. Growth stocks as a group may be out of favor and underperform the overall equity market while the market concentrates on value stocks. Although the fund will not concentrate its investments in any one industry or industry group, it may, like many growth funds, weight its investments toward certain industries, thus increasing its exposure to factors adversely affecting issuers within those industries.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   3


Certain risks cont’d

 

Issuer risk. The value of a stock can go up or down more than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole, often due to disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment. The fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on an individual stock. Historically, the prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies have generally gone up or down more than those of large capitalization companies, although even large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Liquidity risk. Some securities held by the fund may be difficult to sell, or illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil. Illiquid securities may also be difficult to value. If the fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the fund may be forced to sell at a loss.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

 

4   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


Performance

 

The accompanying bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund’s performance from year to year for Class A shares. The table shows the average annual total returns of each class of the fund that has been in operation for at least one full calendar year and also compares the fund’s performance with the average annual total returns of an index or other benchmark. The fund makes updated performance information available at the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products/mutual-funds/annualized_performance (select share class), or by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432.

The fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Sales charges are not reflected in the accompanying bar chart, and if those charges were included, returns would be less than those shown.

 

Total returns (before taxes) (%)

LOGO

  

Best quarter

(06/30/2003): 25.15

 

Worst quarter

(12/31/2008): (29.43)

 

Average annual total returns (for periods ended December 31, 2009) (%)               
      1 year    5 years    10 years   

Since

inception

  

Inception

date

Class A                         
Return before taxes    34.02    0.48    2.45          
Return after taxes on distributions    34.02    (0.39)    1.07          
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares    22.11    0.19    1.48          
Other Classes (Return before taxes only)                         
Class B    35.58    0.53    2.32          
Class C    39.97    0.76    2.20          
Class FI    42.44    N/A    N/A    (7.58)    12/20/2007
Class R    42.14    N/A    N/A    (2.88)    12/28/2006
Class I    42.97    2.12    N/A    4.11    11/01/2004
Class IS    43.08    N/A    N/A    (6.39)    08/04/2008
Class 1    42.65    N/A    N/A    (5.29)    03/02/2007
Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)    34.47    0.87    (1.37)          

The after-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares, are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. After-tax returns for classes other than Class A will vary from returns shown for Class A.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   5


Management

 

Investment manager: Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

Subadviser: ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”)

Portfolio managers: Jeffrey J. Russell and Aram E. Green. Mr. Russell (a Managing Director of ClearBridge) and Mr. Green (a Director of ClearBridge) have co-managed the fund since 2007.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open, at the fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge.

The fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are as follows:

 

Investment minimum initial/additional investment ($)
     Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class IS   Class 11
General   1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

Uniform Gifts or Transfers to

Minor Accounts

  1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
IRAs   250/50   250/50   250/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
SIMPLE IRAs   None/None   None/None   None/None   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Systematic Investment Plans   50/50   50/50   50/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries   None/None   N/A   N/A   None/None   N/A   N/A   None/None   N/A   N/A
Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund   None/None   N/A   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None   N/A
Other Retirement Plans   None/None   None/None   None/None   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Institutional Investors   1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   1 million/None   1 million/None   N/A

 

1

Class 1 shares are not available for purchases and incoming exchanges.

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

For more information about how to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, and to learn which classes of shares are available to you, you should contact your financial intermediary, or, if you hold your shares or plan to purchase shares through the fund, you should contact the fund by phone (Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432) or by mail (Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 55214, Boston, MA 02205-8504).

Tax information

The fund’s distributions are taxable as ordinary income or capital gain, except when your investment is through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.

Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries

The fund and its related companies may pay broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank) for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker/dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

6   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund was formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund.

*  *  *

The fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of companies with small market capitalizations and related investments. The fund expects that, under normal market conditions, the equity securities in which it invests will typically be common stocks. For the purposes of this 80% policy, small capitalization companies are companies with market capitalization values not exceeding (i) $3 billion or (ii) the highest month-end market capitalization value of any stock in the Russell 2000 Index for the previous 12 months, whichever is greater. Securities of companies whose market capitalizations no longer meet this definition after purchase by the fund are still considered to be securities of small capitalization companies for purposes of the fund’s 80% investment policy. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. As of January 31, 2010, the market capitalization of the largest company included in the Russell 2000 Index was $4.84 billion and the median market capitalization was $383 million. The fund may invest up to 20% of the value of its net assets in equity securities of companies that are not considered to be small capitalization companies.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in debt securities, including debt securities of foreign issuers, when the portfolio managers believe that their total return potential equals or exceeds the potential return of equity securities.

The fund’s 80% investment policy may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

The fund’s investment objective and strategies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

Equity investments

Subject to its particular investment policies, the fund may invest in all types of equity securities. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) common and preferred stocks, warrants and rights, securities convertible into common stocks, and securities of other investment companies and of real estate investment trusts.

Fixed income investments

Subject to its particular investment policies, the fund may invest in all types of fixed income investments. Fixed income investments include bonds, notes, debentures, commercial paper and other money market instruments issued by banks, corporations, local, state and national governments and instrumentalities, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, convertible securities and loan participations and assignments. Fixed income investments may be fixed income securities or have various types of payment and reset terms or features, including adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment in kind and auction rate features. The fund may invest to a limited extent in debt obligations of foreign issuers.

Foreign investments

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, either directly or through depositary receipts.

Derivatives and hedging techniques

The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an asset, such as one or more underlying investments,

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   7


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

indexes or currencies. The fund may engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives, such as options on securities or currencies; forward foreign currency contracts; interest rate futures and options on interest rate futures. Derivatives may be used by the fund for any of the following purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

As a hedging technique in an attempt to manage risk in the fund’s portfolio

 

  Ÿ  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

 

  Ÿ  

As a means of enhancing returns

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more investments, currencies or indexes. When the fund enters into derivatives transactions, it may be required to segregate assets or enter into offsetting positions, in accordance with applicable regulations. Such segregation is not a hedging technique and will not limit the fund’s exposure to loss. The fund will, therefore, have investment risk with respect to both the derivative itself and the assets that have been segregated to offset the fund’s derivative exposure. If such segregated assets represent a large portion of the fund’s portfolio, portfolio management may be affected as covered positions may have to be reduced if it becomes necessary for the fund to reduce the amount of segregated assets in order to meet redemptions or other obligations.

Should the fund invest in derivatives, the fund will, in determining compliance with any percentage limitation or requirement regarding the use or investment of fund assets, take into account the market value of the fund’s derivative positions that are intended to reduce or create exposure to the applicable category of investments.

Short sales

A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. The fund may hold no more than 25% of its net assets (taken at the then current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time.

Borrowing

The fund may borrow in certain limited circumstances.

Lending of portfolio securities

Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. Loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized by cash. The fund typically invests cash collateral received in short-term investments. The fund would lend portfolio securities to earn income. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser or other lending agent for the fund to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risks.

Cash management

The fund may hold cash pending investment, and may invest in money market instruments for cash management purposes. The amount of assets the fund may hold for cash management purposes will depend on market conditions and the need to meet expected redemption requests.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments, short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations.

 

8   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Fund of funds investments

The fund may be an investment option for other Legg Mason-managed mutual funds that are managed as a “fund of funds.”

Other investments

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

Selection process

The portfolio managers use a growth-oriented investment style that emphasizes small U.S. companies believed to have one or more of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Superior management teams

 

  Ÿ  

Good prospects for growth

 

  Ÿ  

Predictable, growing demand for their products or services

 

  Ÿ  

Dominant position in a niche market or customers who are vary large companies

 

  Ÿ  

Earnings and revenue recovery potential due to exposure to economically cyclical end markets

 

  Ÿ  

Strong or improving financial conditions

In addition, the fund may invest in companies the portfolio managers believe to be emerging companies relative to potential markets.

The fund may invest in companies the portfolio managers believe to be undervalued relative to their peers. The fund may continue to hold securities of issuers that become medium capitalization or large capitalization issuers if, in the portfolio managers’ judgment, these securities remain good investments for the fund.

The portfolio managers generally use a “bottom-up” approach when selecting securities for the fund. This means that the portfolio managers look primarily at individual companies against the context of broader market forces.

More on risks of investing in the fund

Stock market and interest rate risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest or currency rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser. These market conditions may continue or get worse. Changes in market conditions will not have the same impact on all types of securities. The value of a security may also fall due to specific conditions that affect a particular sector of the securities market or a particular issuer.

When interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities generally falls. A change in interest rates will not have the same impact on all fixed income securities. Generally, the longer the maturity or duration of a fixed income security, the greater the impact of a rise in interest rates on the security’s value. In addition, different interest rate measures (such as short- and long-term interest rates and U.S. and foreign interest rates), or interest rates on different types of securities or securities of different issuers, may not necessarily change in the same amount or in the same direction.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   9


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Certain fixed income securities pay interest at variable or floating rates. Variable rate securities tend to reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities may reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, some securities do not track the underlying index directly, but reset based on formulas that may produce a leveraging effect; others may also provide for interest payments that vary inversely with market rates. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change.

Small capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments in the securities of small capitalization companies. Small capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of larger companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than larger companies by changes in earnings results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small capitalization companies may underperform larger capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Growth investing risk. The fund’s growth-oriented investment style may increase the risks of investing in the fund. Growth securities typically are quite sensitive to market movements because their market prices tend to reflect future expectations. When it appears those expectations will not be met, the prices of growth securities typically fall. Growth securities may also be more volatile than other investments because they often do not pay dividends.

Growth stocks as a group may be out of favor and underperform the overall equity market while the market concentrates on value stocks. Although the fund will not concentrate its investments in any one industry or industry group, it may, like many growth funds, weight its investments toward certain industries, thus increasing its exposure to factors adversely affecting issuers within those industries.

Issuer risk. The value of a security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole. The value of a company’s stock may deteriorate because of a variety of factors, including disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment.

Liquidity risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to sell. Although most of the fund’s investments must be liquid at the time of investment, investments may become illiquid after purchase by the fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. When the fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the fund is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the fund may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain securities, the fund, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

Foreign investments risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than markets in the United States, may suffer from political or economic instability and may experience negative government actions, such as currency controls or seizures of private businesses or property. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Foreign withholdings may reduce the fund’s returns. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. Because the value of a depositary receipt is dependent upon the market price of an underlying foreign security, depositary receipts are subject to most of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities directly.

 

10   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

The risks of investing in foreign securities are heightened when investing in issuers in emerging market countries.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.

Short sales risk. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will realize a loss. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Derivatives risk. Using derivatives, especially for non-hedging purposes, may involve greater risks to the fund than investing directly in securities, particularly as these instruments may be very complex and may not behave in the manner anticipated. Certain derivatives transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a significant impact on the fund’s stock market, interest rate or currency exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices, currency rates or interest rates are changing. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond as anticipated to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. Using derivatives may increase volatility, which is the characteristic of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly in price within a short time period. Holdings of derivatives also can make the fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

Derivatives are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation.

Securities lending risk. Lending securities involves the risk of possible delay in receiving additional collateral, delay in recovery of securities when the loan is called or possible loss of collateral should the borrower fail financially. The fund could also lose money if its short-term investment of the cash collateral declines in value over the period of the loan.

Credit risk. If an obligor (such as the issuer or party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund fails to pay, otherwise defaults or is perceived to be less creditworthy, a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying assets declines, the value of your investment in the fund could decline. In addition, the fund may incur expenses to protect the fund’s interest in securities experiencing these events. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the fund invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the companies issuing them and are not guarantees as to quality.

The fund is subject to greater levels of credit risk to the extent it invests in junk bonds. These securities have a higher risk of issuer default and are considered speculative.

Prepayment or call risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the fund holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, it may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the fund would also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which would be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the fund purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the fund may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

Extension risk. When interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities, particularly asset- and mortgage-backed securities, may occur more slowly than anticipated, extending the effective duration of these fixed income securities at below market interest rates. This may cause the fund’s share price to be more volatile.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   11


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Borrowing risk. Certain borrowings may create an opportunity for increased return but, at the same time, create special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s securities holdings. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing. Interest on any borrowing will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

Cash management and defensive investing risk. The value of the investments held by the fund for cash management or defensive investing purposes may be affected by changing interest rates and by changes in credit ratings of the investments. If the fund holds cash uninvested it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash. If a significant amount of the fund’s assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, it will be more difficult for the fund to achieve its objective.

Fund of funds investments risk. From time to time, the fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to rebalancings of a fund of funds’ portfolio. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so.

Recent market events risk. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser. These market conditions may continue or get worse.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective. More information about risks appears in the SAI. Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks that you will assume.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the SAI.

For more information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, please visit the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

More on fund management

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. LMPFA was formed in April 2006 as a result of an internal reorganization to consolidate advisory services after Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) acquired substantially all of Citigroup’s asset management business in December 2005. As of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion.

 

12   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund, except for management of cash and short-term instruments. ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005, but traces back its asset management expertise over 45 years to several prominent firms including Smith Barney Asset Management, Davis Skaggs Investment Management and Salomon Brothers Asset Management. As of December 31, 2009, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $53.5 billion.

LMPFA and ClearBridge are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

Portfolio managers

Jeffrey J. Russell and Aram E. Green have co-managed the fund since 2007. Messrs. Russell and Green are primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operation of the fund and have the ultimate authority to make portfolio decisions.

Mr. Russell, CFA, is a Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager of ClearBridge and has 29 years of industry experience. Mr. Russell joined the subadviser or its predecessor in 1990.

Mr. Green is a Director and Equity Analyst of ClearBridge. He has 9 years of investment industry experience. Mr. Green joined the subadviser in 2006 and was previously an equity analyst with Hygrove Partners LLC.

The SAI provides information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

The fund pays a management fee at an annual rate of 0.75% of its average daily net assets.

For the fiscal period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009, the fund paid LMPFA an annualized management fee of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets for investment management services, after waivers and reimbursements.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Expense limitation

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses), subject to recapture as described below. As a result, total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.35% for Class FI shares, 1.60% for Class R shares, 2.10% for Class R1 shares and 1.05% for Class I shares. In addition, total annual fund operating expenses for Class IS shares will not exceed total annual fund operating expenses for Class I shares and total annual fund operating expenses for Class 1 shares are expected to be at least 0.25% lower than total annual fund operating expenses for Class A shares. These arrangements are expected to continue until December 31, 2011, may be terminated prior to that date by agreement of the manager and the Board, and may be terminated at any time after that date by the manager. These arrangements, however, may be modified by the manager to decrease total annual operating expenses at any time. The manager is also permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the class’ total annual operating expenses exceeding these limits or any other lower limits then in effect.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   13


More on fund management cont’d

 

Distribution

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A shares, up to 1.00% for Class B shares, up to 1.00% for Class C shares, up to 0.25% for Class FI shares, up to 0.50% for Class R shares and up to 1.00% for Class R1 shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I, Class IS and Class 1 shares are not subject to distribution and/or service fees under the plan.

In addition, the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates make payments for distribution, shareholder servicing, marketing and promotional activities and related expenses out of their profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. These payments are not reflected as additional expenses in the fee table contained in this Prospectus. The recipients of these payments may include the fund’s distributor and affiliates of the manager, as well as non-affiliated broker/dealers, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, including your financial intermediary. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities. The payments described in this paragraph are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” Revenue sharing arrangements are separately negotiated.

Revenue sharing payments create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it receives or may receive. Revenue sharing payments, as well as payments under the shareholder services and distribution plan (where applicable), also benefit the manager, the distributor and their affiliates to the extent the payments result in more assets being invested in the fund on which fees are being charged.

 

14   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


Choosing a class of shares to buy

 

Individual investors can generally invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares. Individual investors that held Class I shares prior to November 20, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions).

Retirement Plan and Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and Institutional Investors – eligible investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose a class that may be appropriate for you.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

 

  Ÿ  

How much you plan to invest

 

  Ÿ  

How long you expect to own the shares

 

  Ÿ  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus

 

  Ÿ  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

 

  Ÿ  

Availability of share classes

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and/or your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and/or service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

Each class of shares except Class IS and Class 1 shares is authorized to pay fees for recordkeeping services to Service Agents. As a result, operating expenses of classes that incur new or additional recordkeeping fees may increase over time.

You may buy shares:

 

  Ÿ  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

 

  Ÿ  

Directly from the fund

Your Service Agent may provide shareholder services that differ from the services provided by other Service Agents. Services provided by your Service Agent may vary by class. You should ask your Service Agent to explain the shareholder services it provides for each class and the compensation it receives in connection with each class. Remember that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest.

Your Service Agent may not offer all classes of shares. You should contact your Service Agent for further information.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   15


Choosing a class of shares to buy cont’d

 

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

 

  Ÿ  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To visit the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

16   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


Comparing the fund’s classes

 

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you choose a class that may be appropriate for you. Please contact your Service Agent regarding the availability of Class FI, Class R or Class R1 shares. You may be required to provide appropriate documentation confirming your eligibility to invest in these share classes. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution
and/or service fees
  Exchange privilege1
Class A  

ŸInitial sales charge

ŸYou may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

ŸGenerally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

  Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more   1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class B  

ŸNo initial sales charge

ŸContingent deferred sales charge declines over time

ŸConverts to Class A after approximately 8 years

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   Up to 5.00% charged if you redeem shares. This charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class B shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class C  

ŸNo initial sales charge

ŸContingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

ŸDoes not convert to Class A

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class C shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class FI  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

  None   None   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class FI shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class R  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

  None   None   0.50% of average daily net assets   Class R shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   17


Comparing the fund’s classes cont’d

 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution
and/or service fees
  Exchange privilege1
Class R1  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

ŸGenerally higher annual expenses than Class R

  None   None   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class R1 shares of funds sold by the distributor2
Class I  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to institutional and other eligible investors

ŸGenerally lower annual expenses than all classes except Class IS

  None   None   None   Class I shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class IS  

ŸNo initial or contingent deferred sales charge

ŸOnly offered to institutional and other eligible investors

ŸGenerally lower annual expenses than the other classes

  None   None   None   Class IS shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class 1  

ŸClosed to all purchases and incoming exchanges

  N/A   None   None   Class A shares of funds available for exchange

 

1

Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

 

2

In this class, your options for exchange may be limited as the class is newly introduced.

 

18   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


Sales charges

 

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends that you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. It also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by the distributor, the distributor will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will receive a distribution and/or service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of Investment      Sales charge
as % of
offering price
     Sales charge
as % of net
amount
invested
     Broker/dealer
commission as
% of
offering price
Less than $25,000      5.75      6.10      5.00
$25,000 but less than $50,000      5.00      5.26      4.25
$50,000 but less than $100,000      4.50      4.71      3.75
$100,000 but less than $250,000      3.50      3.63      2.75
$250,000 but less than $500,000      2.50      2.56      2.00
$500,000 but less than $750,000      2.00      2.04      1.60
$750,000 but less than $1 million      1.50      1.52      1.20
$1 million or more1      -0-      -0-      up to 1.00

 

1

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution and/or service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   19


Sales charges cont’d

 

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter of intent, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase and any capital appreciation on those shares. In addition, you can include toward your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible holdings.

If you hold shares of funds sold by the distributor in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Service Agents

 

  Ÿ  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a fund sold by the distributor in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

 

  Ÿ  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

 

  Ÿ  

Investors investing through certain Retirement Plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase      1st      2nd      3rd      4th      5th      6th through 8th
Contingent deferred sales charge (%)      5      4      3      2      1      0

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. The fund pays annual distribution and/or service fees of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets of Class B shares. Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

 

20   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued: at initial purchase   Shares issued: on reinvestment of
dividends and distributions
  Shares issued: upon exchange
from another fund sold by LMIS
Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase   In same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)   On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares

You buy Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by Class FI shares serviced by them, up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R shares serviced by them and up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R1 shares serviced by them.

Class 1 shares

Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions).

Class I and Class IS shares

You buy Class I and Class IS shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sale charge when redeemed.

Class I and Class IS shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   21


More about contingent deferred sales charges

 

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

 

  Ÿ  

When you exchange shares for shares of another fund sold by the distributor

 

  Ÿ  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

 

  Ÿ  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then redeem the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeem shares of a fund sold by the distributor and pay a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

 

  Ÿ  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

 

  Ÿ  

On certain distributions from a Retirement Plan

 

  Ÿ  

For Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

  Ÿ  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

 

  Ÿ  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

22   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors

 

Retirement Plans

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or similar accounts.

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally invest in Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shares.

Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary. The distributor may impose certain additional requirements. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Class C shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class R1 shares available. Please see below for additional information.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plan investors can generally invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may invest in Class A, Class FI or Class I shares. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I and Class IS shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares, which have different investment minimums, fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, defined benefit plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

Class A and Class B — Retirement Plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

 

  Ÿ  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares

 

  Ÿ  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account

 

  Ÿ  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants or has total assets exceeding $1 million

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   23


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors cont’d

 

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that are permitted to purchase shares at net asset value, LMIS may pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class C — Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class FI shares

Class FI shares are offered only to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediaries and Retirement Plan programs.

Class R shares

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class R1 shares

Class R1 shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class I shares

Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other investors authorized by LMIS.

Certain waivers of these requirements for individuals associated with the fund, Legg Mason or its affiliates are discussed in the SAI.

Class IS shares

Class IS shares may be purchased only by Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund and Institutional Investors. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in one account with the fund, which account is not subject to payment of recordkeeping or similar fees by the fund to any intermediary.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher distribution and/or service fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

Your Service Agent may not offer all share classes. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

24   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

 

ŸName of fund being bought

 

ŸClass of shares being bought

 

ŸDollar amount or number of shares being bought

 

ŸAccount number (if existing account)

Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

Through the fund   

Investors should contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to open an account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

For initial purchases, complete and send your account application to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Subsequent purchases should be sent to the same address. Enclose a check to pay for the shares.

 

For more information, please call Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time).

Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

 

ŸAmounts transferred must meet the applicable minimums (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

ŸAmounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸIf you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   25


Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares of the fund for the same class of shares of other funds sold by the distributor on any day that both the fund and the fund into which you are exchanging are open for business.
Legg Mason
offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of large and small investors
  

You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.

 

ŸIf you bought shares through a Service Agent, contact your Service Agent to learn which funds your Service Agent makes available to you for exchanges

 

ŸIf you bought shares directly from the fund, contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to learn which funds are available to you for exchanges

 

ŸNot all funds offer all classes

 

ŸSome funds are offered only in a limited number of states. Your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will provide information about the funds offered in your state

 

ŸRemember that an exchange is normally a taxable transaction unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account

 

ŸAlways be sure to read the prospectus of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

Investment minimums, sales charges and other requirements   

ŸIn most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange

ŸYour contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased

ŸYou will generally be required to meet the minimum investment requirement for the class of shares of the fund into which your exchange is made (except in the case of systematic exchange plans)

ŸYour exchange will also be subject to any other requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

ŸIf you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates, endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers, to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before the exchange is effective

ŸThe fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges

By telephone   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for information. Exchanges are priced at the net asset value next determined.

 

Telephone exchanges may be made only between accounts that have identical registrations and may be made on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

26   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic exchanges of shares of the fund for shares of other funds available for exchange. All requirements for exchanging shares described above apply to these exchanges. In addition:

 

ŸExchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸEach exchange must meet the applicable investment minimums for systematic investment plans (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   27


Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to redeem shares of the fund.

 

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

If you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before you may redeem.

 

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, partnership or similar entity, other documents may be required.

Redemption proceeds   

Your redemption proceeds normally will be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days, except that your proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your share purchase was made by check.

 

Your redemption proceeds may be delayed, or your right to receive redemption proceeds suspended, if the NYSE is closed (other than on weekends or holidays) or trading is restricted, if an emergency exists, or otherwise as permitted by order of the SEC.

 

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated by you. To change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers, you will be required to deliver a new written authorization and may be asked to provide other documents. You may be charged a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 

The fund reserves the right to pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Your written request must provide the following:

 

ŸThe fund name, the class of shares being redeemed and your account number

 

ŸThe dollar amount or number of shares being redeemed

 

ŸSignature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

 

ŸSignature guarantees, as applicable (see “Other things to know about transactions”)

By telephone   

If your account application permits, you may be eligible to redeem shares by telephone. Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for more information. Please have the following information ready when you call:

 

ŸName of fund being redeemed

 

ŸClass of shares being redeemed

 

ŸAccount number

 

28   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic redemptions of a portion of your shares. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for Retirement Plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50.

 

The following conditions apply:

 

ŸYour shares must not be represented by certificates

 

ŸRedemptions may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

ŸIf your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the charge will be required to be paid upon redemption. However, the charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the redemptions commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year

 

ŸYou must elect to have all dividends and distributions reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   29


Other things to know about transactions

 

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

 

Ÿ  

Name of the fund

 

Ÿ  

Your account number

 

Ÿ  

In the case of a purchase (including a purchase as part of an exchange transaction), the class of shares being bought

 

Ÿ  

In the case of an exchange or redemption, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed (if you own more than one class)

 

Ÿ  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

 

Ÿ  

In certain circumstances, the signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered (see “Redeeming shares”)

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish accounts with the fund.

In certain circumstances, such as during periods of market volatility, severe weather and emergencies, shareholders may experience difficulties placing exchange or redemption orders by telephone. In that case, shareholders should consider using the fund’s other exchange and redemption procedures described above under “Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares.”

The transfer agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for these transactions.

The fund has the right to:

 

Ÿ  

Suspend the offering of shares

 

Ÿ  

Waive or change minimum initial and additional investment amounts

 

Ÿ  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

 

Ÿ  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

 

Ÿ  

Suspend telephone transactions

 

Ÿ  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

 

Ÿ  

Are redeeming shares with a value over $50,000

 

Ÿ  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

 

Ÿ  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

 

Ÿ  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

 

Ÿ  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

 

Ÿ  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

 

30   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Anti-money laundering

Federal anti-money laundering regulations require all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you sign your account application, you may be asked to provide additional information in order for the fund to verify your identity in accordance with these regulations. Accounts may be restricted and/or closed, and the monies withheld, pending verification of this information or as otherwise required under these and other federal regulations.

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

The fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your account up to a minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent if the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period). You will be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. If your account is closed, you will not be eligible to have your account reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent trading of fund shares

Frequent trading in the fund’s shares increases the fund’s administrative costs associated with processing shareholder transactions. In addition, frequent trading may potentially interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio and increase the fund’s costs associated with trading the fund’s portfolio securities. Under certain circumstances, frequent trading may also dilute the returns earned on shares held by the fund’s other shareholders. The fund therefore discourages frequent purchases and redemptions by shareholders.

The fund reserves the right to refuse any client or reject any purchase order for shares (including exchanges) for any reason. In particular, the Board has determined that the fund is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the securities markets.

Under the fund’s frequent trading policy, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever the fund detects a pattern of excessive trading. The policy currently provides that the fund will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the fund if that shareholder has engaged in three or more “Round Trips” (defined below) during any rolling 12-month period. The restriction on the number of Round Trips may change from time to time by amendment of the frequent trading policy. The fund may determine to restrict a shareholder from making additional purchases prior to engaging in three Round Trips. However, the fund has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful to the fund. In making such a determination, the fund will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading and the amount of trading. Additionally, the fund has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the fund may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the fund.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   31


Other things to know about transactions cont’d

 

within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of fund shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips.

With respect to accounts where shareholder transactions are processed or records are kept by third-party intermediaries, the fund uses reasonable efforts to monitor such accounts to detect suspicious trading patterns. For any such account that is so identified, the fund will make such further inquiries and take such other actions as shall be considered necessary or appropriate to enforce the fund’s frequent trading policy against the shareholder(s) trading through such account and, if necessary, the third-party intermediary (retirement plan administrators, securities broker/dealers and mutual fund marketplaces) maintaining such account. The fund may accept undertakings from intermediaries to enforce frequent trading policies on behalf of the fund that provide a substantially similar level of protection against excessive trading. Shareholders who own shares of the fund through financial intermediaries should examine any disclosures provided by the intermediaries to determine what restrictions apply to the shareholders.

Although the fund will monitor shareholder transactions for certain patterns of frequent trading activity, there can be no assurance that all such trading activity can be identified, prevented or terminated.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, the certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificates to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

32   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


Dividends, distributions and taxes

 

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends and makes capital gain distributions, if any, typically once or twice a year. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Unless otherwise directed, capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general and does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold shares in the fund through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

In general, unless your shares are held in a qualified retirement plan, IRA or other tax deferred arrangement, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction   Federal income tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
Long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gain dividends)   Long-term capital gain
Dividends of investment income (including distributions of net short-term capital gain)   Ordinary income, potentially taxable for individuals at long-term capital gain rates

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Taxable dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares. Although dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund if the fund satisfies the holding period and other requirements as well. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than certain dividends from real estate investment trusts) and certain foreign corporations. Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a long-term capital gain distribution or a dividend because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment.

A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will, in certain circumstances, be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   33


Share price

 

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, adjusted for any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares.

The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. The fund generally values its securities and other assets and calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). If the NYSE closes at another time, the fund will calculate its net asset value as of the actual closing time. The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at a certain day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes on that day. If the NYSE closes early on that day, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time. It is the responsibility of the Service Agent to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

Valuation of the fund’s securities and other assets is performed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. These procedures delegate most valuation functions to the manager, which, in turn, uses independent third party pricing services approved by the fund’s Board. Under the procedures, assets are valued as follows:

 

Ÿ  

Equity securities and certain derivative instruments that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing price or, if that price is unavailable or deemed by the manager not representative of market value, the last sale price. Where a security is traded on more than one exchange (as is often the case overseas), the security is generally valued at the price on the exchange considered by the manager to be the primary exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if exchange prices are not otherwise available, the prices are typically determined by independent third party pricing services that use a variety of techniques and methodologies.

 

Ÿ  

The valuations for fixed income securities and certain derivative instruments are typically the prices supplied by independent third party pricing services, which may use market prices or broker/dealer quotations or a variety of fair valuation techniques and methodologies. Short-term fixed income securities that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

 

Ÿ  

The valuations of securities traded on foreign markets and certain fixed income securities will generally be based on prices determined as of the earlier closing time of the markets on which they primarily trade, unless a significant event has occurred. When the fund holds securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time). The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to value foreign equity securities on days when a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index suggests that the closing prices on foreign exchanges may no longer represent the value of those securities at the time of closing of the NYSE. Foreign markets are open for trading on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

 

Ÿ  

If independent third party pricing services are unable to supply prices for a portfolio investment, or if the prices supplied are deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined by the manager using quotations from one or more broker/dealers. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. These procedures permit, among other things, the use of a matrix, formula or other method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments to determine fair value. Fair value of a security is the amount as determined by the manager in good faith, that the fund might reasonably expect to receive upon a current sale of the security. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated.

 

34   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ — higher or lower — from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. Moreover, valuing securities using fair value methodologies involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities based on market quotations. A fund that uses fair value methodologies may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or higher or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   35


Financial highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years, unless otherwise noted. No financial highlights are provided for Class R1 shares as there were no Class R1 shares outstanding for the periods shown. The returns for Class R1 shares will differ from those of the other classes to the extent that their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request). The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class 1 Shares1      20092      20083        20074  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $ 9.66       $16.75         $15.79   
Income (loss) from operations:             

Net investment loss

     (0.03)       (0.06)         (0.05)   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     2.68       (6.58)         1.75   

Total income (loss) from operations

     2.65       (6.64)         1.70   
Less distributions from:             

Net realized gains

           (0.45)         (0.74)   

Total distributions

           (0.45)         (0.74)   
Net asset value, end of period      $12.31       $9.66         $16.75   

Total return5

     27.43    (40.75)      10.85
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $2,993       $2,713         $5,381   
Ratios to average net assets:             

Gross expenses

     1.42 %6     1.34      1.70 %6 

Net expenses7,8

     1.11 6     1.05         1.12 6 

Net investment loss

     (0.37) 6     (0.41)         (0.34) 6 
Portfolio turnover rate      25    41      78

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

For the period March 2, 2007 (inception date) to December 31, 2007.

 

5

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

8

As a result of an expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class 1 shares will not exceed the total annual operating expenses of Class A shares less the 12b-1 differential of 0.25% through December 31, 2011.

 

36   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class A Shares1    20092      20083      20073      20063,4      20053,4      20043,4  
Net asset value, beginning of period    $9.64       $16.75       $16.11       $14.98       $15.50       $13.45   
Income (loss) from operations:                  

Net investment loss

   (0.06)       (0.09)       (0.06)       (0.06)       (0.03)       (0.02)   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

   2.67       (6.57)       1.59       1.92       0.78       2.07   

Total income (loss) from operations

   2.61       (6.66)       1.53       1.86       0.75       2.05   
Less distributions from:                  

Net realized gains

         (0.45)       (0.89)       (0.73)       (1.27)         

Total distributions

         (0.45)       (0.89)       (0.73)       (1.27)         
Net asset value, end of period    $12.25       $9.64       $16.75       $16.11       $14.98       $15.50   

Total return5

   27.07    (40.87)    9.68    12.41    4.82    15.24
Net assets, end of period (000s)    $405,700       $322,359       $582,025       $430,716       $366,133       $327,973   
Ratios to average net assets:                  

Gross expenses

   1.39 %6     1.37    1.29    1.21 %7     1.15    1.21

Net expenses

   1.39 6     1.31 8,9     1.13 8,9     1.21 7,8     1.15       1.21 8 

Net investment loss

   (0.65) 6     (0.66)       (0.35)       (0.37)       (0.23)       (0.13)   
Portfolio turnover rate    25    41    78    94    117    130

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

5

Performance figures, exclusive of sales charges, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would have been 1.19% and 1.18%, respectively.

 

8

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

9

Effective as of the close of business on March 2, 2007, as a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class A shares would not exceed 1.12% until May 1, 2008.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   37


Financial highlights cont’d

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class B Shares1      20092        20083        20073        20063,4        20053,4        20043,4  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $8.55         $15.04         $14.68         $13.84         $14.55         $12.74   
Income (loss) from operations:                              

Net investment loss

     (0.14)         (0.20)         (0.19)         (0.19)         (0.18)         (0.13)   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     2.35         (5.84)         1.44         1.76         0.74         1.94   

Total income (loss) from operations

     2.21         (6.04)         1.25         1.57         0.56         1.81   
Less distributions from:                              

Net realized gains

             (0.45)         (0.89)         (0.73)         (1.27)           

Total distributions

             (0.45)         (0.89)         (0.73)         (1.27)           
Net asset value, end of period      $10.76         $8.55         $15.04         $14.68         $13.84         $14.55   

Total return5

     25.85      (41.40)      8.71      11.33      3.82      14.21
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $34,822         $35,252         $81,191         $22,173         $27,349         $33,608   
Ratios to average net assets:                              

Gross expenses

     2.53 %6       2.35      2.32      2.16 %7       2.17      2.09

Net expenses

     2.53 6       2.25 8,9       2.05 8,9       2.16 7,8       2.17         2.09 8 

Net investment loss

     (1.77) 6       (1.61)         (1.27)         (1.32)         (1.26)         (1.02)   
Portfolio turnover rate      25      41      78      94      117      130

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

5

Performance figures, exclusive of CDSC, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 2.14%.

 

8

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

9

Effective as of the close of business on March 2, 2007, as a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class B shares would not exceed 2.26% until May 1, 2008.

 

38   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class C Shares1      20092        20083        20073        20063,4        20053,4        20043,4  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $8.64         $15.24         $14.84         $13.97         $14.66         $12.83   
Income (loss) from operations:                              

Net investment loss

     (0.12)         (0.22)         (0.18)         (0.18)         (0.16)         (0.12)   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     2.38         (5.93)         1.47         1.78         0.74         1.95   

Total income (loss) from operations

     2.26         (6.15)         1.29         1.60         0.58         1.83   
Less distributions from:                              

Net realized gains

             (0.45)         (0.89)         (0.73)         (1.27)           

Total distributions

             (0.45)         (0.89)         (0.73)         (1.27)           
Net asset value, end of period      $10.90         $8.64         $15.24         $14.84         $13.97         $14.66   

Total return5

     26.16      (41.58)      8.89      11.44      3.93      14.26
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $54,152         $48,591         $96,387         $50,389         $54,994         $59,196   
Ratios to average net assets:                              

Gross expenses

     2.30 %6       2.37      2.02      2.05 %7       2.04      2.01

Net expenses

     2.30 6       2.33 8,9       1.92 8,9       2.05 7,8       2.04         2.01 8 

Net investment loss

     (1.55) 6       (1.69)         (1.13)         (1.21)         (1.12)         (0.94)   
Portfolio turnover rate      25      41      78      94      117      130

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

5

Performance figures, exclusive of CDSC, may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

6

Annualized.

 

7

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 2.03%.

 

8

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

9

Effective as of the close of business on March 2, 2007, as a result of a contractual expense limitation, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class C shares would not exceed 1.95% until May 1, 2008.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   39


Financial highlights cont’d

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class FI Shares1      20092      20083        20074  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $  9.66       $16.75         $16.59   
Income (loss) from operations:             

Net investment income (loss)

     (0.05)       (0.07)         0.00 5 

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     2.69       (6.57)         0.16   

Total income (loss) from operations

     2.64       (6.64)         0.16   
less distributions from:             

Net realized gains

           (0.45)           

Total distributions

           (0.45)           
Net asset value, end of period      $12.30       $  9.66         $16.75   

Total return6

     27.33    (40.75)      0.96
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $868       $376         $122   
Ratios to average net assets:             

Gross expenses

     1.35 %7     1.20      1.07 %7 

Net expenses

     1.22 7,8,9     1.20         1.07 7 

Net investment income (loss)

     (0.54) 7     (0.55)         1.63 7 
Portfolio turnover rate      25    41      78

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

For the period December 20, 2007 (inception date) to December 31, 2007.

 

5

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

6

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

7

Annualized.

 

8

As a result of an expense limitation, effective September 18, 2009 through December 31, 2011, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class FI shares will not exceed 1.35%.

 

9

Reflects fee waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

40   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class R Shares1      20092      20083        20073        20064,5  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $9.61       $16.72         $16.11         $16.17   
Income (loss) from operations:                  

Net investment loss

     (0.07)       (0.11)         (0.05)         (0.00) 6 

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     2.67       (6.55)         1.55         (0.06)   

Total income (loss) from operations

     2.60       (6.66)         1.50         (0.06)   
Less distributions from:                  

Net realized gains

           (0.45)         (0.89)           

Total distributions

           (0.45)         (0.89)           
Net asset value, end of period      $12.21       $9.61         $16.72         $16.11   

Total return7

     27.06    (40.94)      9.50      (0.37)
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $6,061       $2,112         $827         $10   
Ratios to average net assets:                  

Gross expenses

     1.54 %8     1.47      1.34      1.49 %8,9 

Net expenses

     1.49 8,10,11     1.47         1.34         1.49 8,9 

Net investment loss

     (0.82) 8     (0.82)         (0.30)         (1.33) 8 
Portfolio turnover rate      25    41      78      94

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

For the period December 28, 2006 (inception date) to December 31, 2006.

 

5

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

6

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

7

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

8

Annualized.

 

9

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios both would have been 1.45%.

 

10

As a result of an expense limitation, effective September 18, 2009 through December 31, 2011, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class R shares will not exceed 1.60%.

 

11

Reflects fee waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   41


Financial highlights cont’d

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class I Shares1      20092      20083        20073,4        20063,5      20053,5        20045,6  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $9.82       $16.96         $16.25         $15.04       $15.51         $13.99   
Income (loss) from operations:                          

Net investment income (loss)

     (0.02)       (0.02)         0.00 7       0.00 7     0.02         0.01   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     2.73       (6.67)         1.60         1.94       0.78         1.51   

Total income (loss) from operations

     2.71       (6.69)         1.60         1.94       0.80         1.52   
Less distributions from:                          

Net realized gains

           (0.45)         (0.89)         (0.73)       (1.27)           

Total distributions

           (0.45)         (0.89)         (0.73)       (1.27)           
Net asset value, end of period      $12.53       $9.82         $16.96         $16.25       $15.04         $15.51   

Total return8

     27.60    (40.53)      10.03      12.89    5.14      10.90
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $21,945       $12,252         $270,164         $92,248       $67,685         $58,197   
Ratios to average net assets:                          

Gross expenses

     0.89 %9     0.80      0.79      0.84 %10     0.81      0.88 %9 

Net expenses

     0.85 9,11,12     0.80         0.79         0.83 10,12     0.81         0.88 9 

Net investment income (loss)

     (0.16) 9     (0.15)         0.01         0.00 13     0.12         0.38 9 
Portfolio turnover rate      25    41      78      94    117      130

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the year ended December 31.

 

4

As of March 2, 2007, Class O shares were converted to Class I shares.

 

5

Represents a share of capital stock outstanding prior to April 16, 2007.

 

6

For the period November 1, 2004 (inception date) to December 31, 2004.

 

7

Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.

 

8

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

9

Annualized.

 

10

Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring restructuring (and reorganization, if applicable) fees that were incurred by the fund during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 0.81%.

 

11

As a result of an expense limitation, effective September 18, 2009 through December 31, 2011, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses, to average net assets of Class I shares will not exceed 1.05%.

 

12

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

13

Amount represents less than 0.01%.

 

42   Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund


 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended October 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class IS Shares1      20092        20083  
Net asset value, beginning of period      $9.82         $15.42   
Income (loss) from operations:          

Net investment loss

     (0.01)         (0.01)   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     2.73         (5.59)   

Total income (loss) from operations

     2.72         (5.60)   
Net asset value, end of period      $12.54         $9.82   

Total return4

     27.70      (36.32)
Net assets, end of period (000s)      $154,843         $128,933   
Ratios to average net assets:          

Gross expenses5

     0.81      0.81

Net expenses5

     0.81 6       0.81   

Net investment loss5

     (0.06)         (0.18)   
Portfolio turnover rate      25      41

 

1

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2

For the period January 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009.

 

3

For the period August 4, 2008 (inception date) to December 31, 2008.

 

4

Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

5

Annualized.

 

6

As a result of an expense limitation, effective September 18, 2009 through December 31, 2011, the total annual operating expenses for Class IS shares are expected to be equal to or lower than those of Class I shares.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund   43


Privacy Policy

 

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

 

Ÿ  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about our customers or former customers, except to our affiliates (such as broker/dealers or investment advisers within the Legg Mason family of companies) or as is otherwise permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions or service an account. We may also provide this information to companies that perform marketing services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. When we enter into such agreements, we will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the Prospectus.]


Legg Mason

ClearBridge

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

You may visit the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/prospectuses for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432, or by writing to the fund at 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-06444)

FD03540ST 02/10


Filed under Rule 497(c)
File no. 33-43446

February 26, 2010

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST

LEGG MASON BATTERYMARCH GLOBAL EQUITY FUND

Class A (CFIPX), Class B (SILCX), Class C (SILLX),

Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I (SMYIX) and Class 1

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

Funds Investor Services 1-800-822-5544

Institutional Shareholder Services 1-888-425-6432

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus of Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund (the “fund”) dated February 26, 2010, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. Effective April 16, 2007, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund. Certain historical information for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. Prior to October 5, 2009, the fund was named “Legg Mason Partners Global Equity Fund.” The fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The fund’s Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”), by writing or calling the Trust at the address or telephone number set forth above, by sending an e-mail request to prospectus@leggmason.com or by visiting the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objective and Management Policies

   3

Investment Practices and Risk Factors

   3

Investment Policies

   16

Management

   19

Investment Management and Other Services

   29

Purchase of Shares

   39

Redemption of Shares

   46

Exchange Privilege

   47

Valuation of Shares

   48

Portfolio Transactions

   48

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   50

The Trust

   53

Taxes

   56

Legal Matters

   63

Financial Statements

   66

Appendix A—Description of Ratings

   A-1

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   B-1

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectus or this SAI in connection with the offerings made by the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the fund or its distributor. The Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute offerings by the fund or by the distributor in any jurisdiction in which such offerings may not lawfully be made.

 

2


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) as an open-end, diversified management investment company.

The fund’s Prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and policies. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in its Prospectus.

Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks long-term capital growth. Dividend income, if any, is incidental to this objective.

The fund invests primarily in the common stock of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, particularly issuers located in countries included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index (the “MCSI World Index”). The MSCI World Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure global developed market equity performance. As of March 26, 2009, the MSCI World Index consisted of the following 23 developed market country indexes: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. Under normal circumstances the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity and equity-related securities, and under current market conditions invests at least 40% of its assets in non-U.S. issuers. Although the fund invests primarily in securities with a market capitalization of greater than U.S. $15 billion, the fund may invest in securities of any market capitalization, including medium capitalization and small capitalization securities. The fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets, determined at the time of purchase, in emerging market issuers.

The fund may, but is not required to, invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed income obligations of foreign and U.S. issuers that are rated at least investment grade at the time of purchase (i.e., rated Baa or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.) or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of the subadviser. If the credit quality of a bond held by the fund deteriorates below investment grade, the fund may continue to hold the bond (commonly known as a “junk bond”), but the portfolio managers will consider the change in rating in deciding whether to keep the security.

The fund usually invests in securities listed on securities exchanges, although it may also purchase securities which are not registered for sale to the general public, or, to a limited extent, securities that are not readily marketable.

The fund’s 80% investment policy may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) upon 60 days’ prior notice for shareholders.

There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its investment objective.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies and practices that may be used by the fund, which all involve risks of varying degrees.

Repurchase Agreements. The fund may invest in repurchase agreements collateralized by securities in which the fund may otherwise invest. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed-upon price and time,

 

3


thereby determining the yield during the fund’s holding period. If the value of such securities were less than the repurchase price, plus interest, the other party to the agreement would be required to provide additional collateral so that at all times the collateral is at least 102% of the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its right to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. The manager, acting under the supervision of the Board, reviews on an ongoing basis the value of the collateral and creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate potential risks.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the sale of fund securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowings. Since the proceeds of borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements are invested, this would introduce the speculative factor known as “leverage.” The securities purchased with the funds obtained from the agreement and securities collateralizing the agreement will have maturity dates no later than the repayment date. Generally the effect of such a transaction is that the fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases it will be able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if the fund has an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the cash derived from the transaction than the interest cost of obtaining that cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and the fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when the manager believes it will be advantageous to the fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s assets. The fund’s custodian bank will maintain a separate account for the fund with securities having a value equal to or greater than such commitment of the fund.

Investment in Other Investment Companies. The fund may invest its assets in shares of other investment companies, which includes open-end funds, closed-end funds and unregistered investment companies, subject to the limits set forth in the 1940 Act that apply to these types of investments. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index, the NASDAQ-100 Index, the Barclays Capital Treasury Bond Index or more narrow sector or foreign indexes, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout the trading day, bought and sold based on market prices rather than net asset value (“NAV”). Shares can trade at either a premium or discount to NAV. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day and an approximation of actual NAV is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index-based ETFs tend to closely track the actual NAV of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs and, therefore, may be more likely to trade at a larger discount or premium to actual NAVs.

 

4


The fund may invest in closed-end funds which hold securities of U. S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end funds may entail the additional risk that the discount from NAV could increase while the fund holds the shares.

Money Market Instruments. The fund may invest, for temporary defensive purposes or when opportunities for capital growth do not appear attractive, in short-term corporate and government money market instruments. Money market instruments in which the fund may invest include: U.S. government securities; certificates of deposit (“CDs”), time deposits (“TDs”) and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and similar institutions; high grade commercial paper; and repurchase agreements with respect to the foregoing types of instruments. The following is a more detailed description of such money market instruments.

CDs are short-term negotiable obligations of commercial banks. TDs are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers usually in connection with international transactions.

Domestic commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each bank held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of governmental regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks, such as CDs and TDs, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and government regulation. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of domestic banks or domestic branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of domestic banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations, and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a domestic bank than about a domestic bank. CDs issued by wholly owned Canadian subsidiaries of domestic banks are guaranteed as to repayment of principal and interest (but not as to sovereign risk) by the domestic parent bank.

Obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by governmental regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A domestic branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state, an amount of its assets equal to 5% of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a domestic branch of a foreign bank than about a domestic bank.

 

5


In view of the foregoing factors associated with the purchase of CDs and TDs issued by foreign branches of domestic banks or by domestic branches of foreign banks, the manager will carefully evaluate such investments on a case-by-case basis.

Savings and loan associations whose CDs may be purchased by the fund are supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC and is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. As a result, such savings and loan associations are subject to regulation and examination.

Fixed Income Securities. The fund may invest in investment grade bonds, rated at the time of purchase in the four highest ratings categories by a nationally recognized securities rating organization (“NRSRO”), such as those rated Aaa, Aa, A and Baa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or AAA, AA, A and BBB by Standard & Poor’s, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”). Obligations rated in the lowest of the top four rating categories (such as Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P) offer a higher current yield than that provided by higher grade issues, but also involve greater risks. They may have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments, including a greater possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer, than is the case with higher grade bonds. The prices of debt securities fluctuate in response to perceptions of the issuer’s creditworthiness and also tend to vary inversely with market interest rates. The value of such securities is likely to decline in times of rising interest rates. Conversely, when rates fall, the value of these investments is likely to rise. The longer the time to maturity the greater are variations in value. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P represent the opinions of those agencies. Such ratings are relative and subjective, and are not absolute standards of quality. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A.

Subsequent to its purchase by the fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the fund. In addition, it is possible that Moody’s, S&P and other NRSROs might not timely change their ratings of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. None of these events will require the sale of the securities by the fund, although the subadviser will consider these events in determining whether the fund should continue to hold the securities.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities. The fund usually invests in securities listed on securities exchanges, although it may also purchase securities that are not registered for sale to the general public, or, to a limited extent, securities that are not readily marketable. Up to 15% of the net assets of the fund may be invested in illiquid securities. An illiquid security is any security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security. Illiquid securities may include (a) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days, (b) futures contracts and options thereon for which a liquid secondary market does not exist, (c) time deposits maturing in more than seven calendar days, (d) securities subject to contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments that lack readily available markets and (e) securities of new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded.

Under U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations, certain securities acquired through private placements can be traded freely among qualified purchasers. The SEC has stated that an investment company’s board of directors, or its investment adviser acting under authority delegated by the board, may determine that a security eligible for trading under these regulations is “liquid.” The fund intends to rely on these regulations, to the extent appropriate, to deem specific securities acquired through private placement as “liquid.” The Board has delegated to the manager the responsibility for determining whether a particular security eligible for trading under these regulations is “liquid.” Investing in these restricted securities could have the effect of increasing a fund’s illiquidity if qualified purchasers become, for a time, uninterested in buying these securities.

Restricted securities are securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on their resale, such as private placements. Such restrictions might prevent the sale of restricted securities at a time when the sale would otherwise be desirable. Restricted securities may be sold only (1) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) or another exemption (such securities are referred to herein as “Rule 144A

 

6


securities”), (2) in privately negotiated transactions or (3) in public offerings with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A securities, although not registered in the United States, may be sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. As noted above, the manager, acting pursuant to guidelines established by the Board, may determine that some Rule 144A securities are liquid for purposes of limitations on the amount of illiquid investments the fund may own. Where registration is required, the fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the fund is able to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the fund might obtain a less favorable price than expected when it decided to sell.

Illiquid securities may be difficult to value and the fund may have difficulty disposing of such securities promptly. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing illiquid investments than those securities for which a more active market exists. The fund does not consider non-U.S. securities to be restricted if they can be freely sold in the principal markets in which they are traded, even if they are not registered for sale in the United States.

To the extent required by applicable law and SEC guidance, no securities for which there is not a readily available market will be acquired by the fund if such acquisition would cause the aggregate value of illiquid securities to exceed 15% of the fund’s net assets.

Convertible Securities. The fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion or exchange, convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield of nonconvertible debt. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable-tier nonconvertible securities, but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure.

The value of a convertible security is a function of (1) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (2) its worth, at market value, if converted or exchanged into the underlying common stock. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be less than the ultimate conversion or exchange value.

Convertible securities are subject both to the stock market risk associated with equity securities and to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities. As the market price of the equity security underlying a convertible security falls, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its yield and other fixed income characteristics. As the market price of such equity security rises, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its equity conversion features.

Warrants and Rights. Warrants and stock purchase rights are securities permitting, but not obligating, their holder to purchase other securities, normally the issuer’s common stock. Stock purchase rights are frequently issued as a dividend to a company’s stockholders and represent the right to purchase a fixed number of shares at a fixed or formula price. The price may reflect a discount to the market price. Warrants are generally sold by a company or issuer together with fixed income securities and represent the right to a fixed number of shares of common stock or other securities at a fixed or formula price. The exercise price is normally higher than the market price at the time the company sells the warrant.

Warrants and stock purchase rights do not carry with them the right to receive dividends on or to vote the securities that they entitle their holders to purchase. They also do not entitle the holder to share in the assets of the company in liquidation. The rights to purchase common stock or other securities conferred by a warrant or

 

7


stock purchase right can only be exercised on specific dates or for a specific period. Trading in these instruments is affected both by the relationship of the exercise price to the current market price of the common stock or other securities and also by the period remaining until the right or warrant expires. An investment in warrants and stock purchase rights may be considered more speculative than other types of equity investments. A warrant or stock purchase right expires worthless if it is not exercised on or prior to its expiration date.

Foreign Investments. The fund may invest a substantial amount of its assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers. The returns of the fund may be adversely affected by fluctuations in value of one or more currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include risks resulting from revaluation of currencies; future adverse political and economic developments; possible imposition of currency exchange blockages or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; reduced availability of public information concerning issuers; differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions; possible expropriation, nationalization or confiscatory taxation; possible withholding taxes and limitations on the use or removal of funds or other assets, including the withholding of dividends; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Additionally, foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility and be less liquid. The foreign securities may not be registered with, nor the issuers thereof be subject to the reporting requirements of, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information about the securities and about the foreign company issuing them than is available about a U.S. company and its securities. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions. The fund may invest in securities of foreign governments (or agencies or subdivisions thereof), and many, if not all, of the foregoing considerations apply to such investments as well. These risks are intensified when investing in countries with developing economies and securities markets, also known as “emerging markets.”

It is anticipated that in most cases the best available market for securities of non-U.S. issuers would be on exchanges or in over-the-counter markets located outside the United States. Non-U.S. securities markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as those in the United States, and securities of some non-U.S. issuers (particularly those located in developing countries) may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Non-U.S. security trading practices, including those involving securities settlement where the fund’s assets may be released prior to receipt of payments, may expose the fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a non-U.S. broker/dealer. In addition, foreign brokerage commissions are generally higher than commissions on securities traded in the United States and may be non-negotiable. In general, there is less overall governmental supervision and regulation of non-U.S. securities exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the United States.

The costs associated with investment in the securities of foreign issuers, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions and custodial fees, may be higher than those associated with investment in domestic issuers. In addition, foreign investment transactions may be subject to difficulties associated with the settlement of such transactions. Transactions in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to less efficient settlement practices, including extended clearance and settlement periods. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return can be earned on them. The inability of the fund to make intended investments due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in liability to the purchaser.

Since the fund may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and since the fund may hold foreign currencies, it may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rates between such currencies and the U.S. dollar. Changes in the currency exchange

 

8


rates may influence the value of the fund’s shares and may also affect the value of dividends and interest earned by the fund and gains and losses realized by the fund. Exchange rates are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments, other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

Generally, American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the domestic market. Usually issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, ADRs are receipts that demonstrate ownership of underlying foreign securities. For purposes of the fund’s investment policies and limitations, ADRs are considered to have the same characteristics as the securities underlying them. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored; issuers of securities underlying unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the United States. Accordingly, there may be less information available about such issuers than there is with respect to domestic companies and issuers of securities underlying sponsored ADRs. The fund may also invest in Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and other similar instruments, which are receipts that are often denominated in U.S. dollars and are issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. bank evidencing ownership of underlying foreign securities. Even where they are denominated in U.S. dollars, depositary receipts are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is denominated in a foreign currency. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, very negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging markets. Economies in emerging markets generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by economic conditions, trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.

Over the last quarter of a century, inflation in many emerging market countries has been significantly higher than the world average. While some emerging market countries have sought to develop a number of corrective mechanisms to reduce inflation or mitigate its effects, inflation may continue to have significant effects both on emerging market economies and their securities markets. In addition, many of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced steady devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major devaluations have occurred in certain countries.

Because of the high levels of foreign-denominated debt owed by many emerging market countries, fluctuating exchange rates can significantly affect the debt service obligations of those countries. This could, in turn, affect local interest rates, profit margins and exports, which are a major source of foreign exchange earnings.

To the extent an emerging market country faces a liquidity crisis with respect to its foreign exchange reserves, it may increase restrictions on the outflow of any foreign exchange. Repatriation is ultimately dependent on the ability of the fund to liquidate its investments and convert the local currency proceeds obtained from such liquidation into U.S. dollars. Where this conversion must be done through official channels (usually the central bank or certain authorized commercial banks), the ability to obtain U.S. dollars is dependent on the availability of such U.S. dollars through those channels and, if available, upon the willingness of those channels to allocate those U.S. dollars to the fund. The fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may be adversely affected by any increased restrictions imposed on the outflow of foreign exchange. If the fund is unable to repatriate any amounts due to exchange controls, it may be required to accept an obligation payable at some future date by the central bank or other governmental entity of the jurisdiction involved. If such conversion can legally be done outside official channels, either directly or indirectly, the fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may not be affected as much by any increased restrictions except to the extent of the price which may be required to be paid for the U.S. dollars.

 

9


Many emerging market countries have little experience with the corporate form of business organization and may not have well-developed corporation and business laws or concepts of fiduciary duty in the business context.

The securities markets of emerging markets are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the securities markets of the United States and other more developed countries. Disclosure and regulatory standards in many respects are less stringent than in the United States and other major markets. There may also be a lower level of monitoring and regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets; enforcement of existing regulations has been extremely limited. Investing in the securities of companies in emerging markets may entail special risks relating to the potential political and economic instability and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investment, convertibility of currencies into U.S. dollars and on repatriation of capital invested. In the event of such expropriation, nationalization or other confiscation by any country, the fund could lose its entire investment in any such country.

Some emerging markets have different settlement and clearance procedures. In certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The inability of the fund to make intended securities purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of a portfolio security caused by settlement problems could result either in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, in possible liability to the purchaser.

The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for the fund’s portfolio securities in such markets may not be readily available. Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act permits a registered investment company to suspend redemption of its shares for any period during which an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC. Accordingly, if the fund believes that appropriate circumstances warrant, it will promptly apply to the SEC for a determination that an emergency exists within the meaning of Section 22(a) of the 1940 Act. During the period commencing from the fund’s identification of such conditions until the date of SEC action, the portfolio securities in the affected markets will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board.

Although it might be theoretically possible to hedge for anticipated income and gains, the ongoing and indeterminate nature of the risks associated with emerging market investing (and the costs associated with hedging transactions) makes it very difficult to hedge effectively against such risks.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transactions. Because the fund may buy and sell securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and receive interest, dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the fund may, but is not obligated to, enter into currency exchange transactions to convert U.S. currency to foreign currency and foreign currency to U.S. currency, as well as convert foreign currency to other foreign currencies. The fund either enters into these transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or uses forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. The fund may also, but is not obligated to, enter into foreign currency hedging transactions in an attempt to protect the value of the assets of the fund as measured in U.S. dollars from unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates and control regulations. (Although the fund’s assets are valued daily in U.S. dollars, the fund does not intend to convert its holdings of other currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis.) The fund does not currently intend to speculate in currency exchange rates or forward contracts.

The fund may convert currency on a spot basis from time to time and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although currency exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a currency at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

 

10


Investing in ADRs and other depositary receipts presents many of the same risks regarding currency exchange rates as investing directly in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Because the securities underlying these receipts are traded primarily in non-U.S. currencies, changes in currency exchange rates will affect the value of these receipts. For example, a decline in the U.S. dollar value of another currency in which securities are primarily traded will reduce the U.S. dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the other non-U.S. currency remains constant, and thus will reduce the value of the receipts covering such securities. The fund may employ any of the above described foreign currency hedging techniques to protect the value of its assets invested in depositary receipts.

Derivatives.

General. The fund may invest in certain derivative instruments (also called “Financial Instruments”), discussed below, to attempt to hedge its investments, among other things, as described in the Prospectus. The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). In addition, the fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations. In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the subadviser expects that additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques may become available. These new opportunities may become available as the subadviser develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objective and are permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. The fund might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Each Financial Instrument purchased for the fund is reviewed and analyzed by the subadviser to assess the risk and reward of each such instrument in relation to the fund’s investment strategy. The decision to invest in derivative instruments or conventional securities is made by measuring the respective instrument’s ability to provide value to the fund.

Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in the fund’s portfolio. In a short hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the fund intends to acquire. In a long hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to a security the fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the fund intends to acquire. If the fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security as anticipated, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indexes, in contrast, may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities may be used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

 

11


Special Risks. The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of the fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed.

 

(1) Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the subadviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed and use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to enhance returns or manage risk.

 

(2) When Financial Instruments are used for hedging purposes, the historical correlation between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged might change so as to make the hedge less effective or unsuccessful. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a change in correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded.

 

(3) If successful, the hedging strategies discussed above can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if the fund entered into a short hedge because its subadviser projected a decline in the price of a security in the fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

 

(4) The fund might be required to maintain segregated assets as “cover” or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., Financial Instruments other than purchased options). If the fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so or require that the fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

 

(5) The fund may be subject to the risk that the other party to a transaction to a Financial Instrument (the “counterparty”) will not be able to honor its financial obligation to the fund.

 

(6) Many derivative instruments are traded in institutional markets rather than on an exchange. Nevertheless, many derivative instruments are actively traded and can be priced with as much accuracy as conventional securities. Derivative instruments that are custom designed to meet the specialized investment needs of a relatively narrow group of institutional investors such as the fund are not readily marketable and are subject to the fund’s restrictions on illiquid investments.

The fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the fund.

Forward Currency Contracts. A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract, agreed upon by

 

12


the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Because these contracts are traded in the interbank market and not on organized commodities or securities exchanges, these contracts operate in a manner distinct from exchange-traded instruments and their use involves certain risks. A forward currency contract generally has no deposit requirement and no fees or commissions are charged at any stage for trades.

Forward currency contracts may involve the purchase or sale of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar or may involve two foreign currencies. The fund may enter into forward currency contracts either with respect to specific transactions or with respect to its portfolio positions. For example, when the subadviser anticipates making a purchase or sale of a security, it may enter into a forward currency contract in order to set the rate (either relative to the U.S. dollar or another currency) at which the currency exchange transaction related to the purchase or sale will be made (“transaction hedging”). Further, when the subadviser believes that a particular currency may decline compared to the U.S. dollar or another currency, the fund may enter into a forward currency contract to sell the currency the subadviser expects to decline in an amount approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s securities denominated in that currency. When the subadviser believes that one currency may decline against a currency in which some or all of the portfolio securities held by the fund are denominated, it may enter into a forward currency contract to buy the currency expected to appreciate for a fixed amount (“position hedging”). In this situation, the fund may, in the alternative, enter into a forward currency contract to sell a different currency for a fixed amount of the currency expected to decline where the subadviser believes that the value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward currency contract will fall whenever there is a decline in the value of the currency in which portfolio securities of the fund are denominated (“cross-hedging”). The fund’s custodian places cash or other liquid assets in a separate account of the fund having a value equal to the aggregate amount of the fund’s commitments under forward currency contracts entered into with respect to position hedges and cross-hedges. If the value of the securities placed in a separate account declines, additional cash or securities are placed in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount of the fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

The projection of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Under normal circumstances, consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated in the investment decisions made with regard to overall diversification strategies. However, the fund believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into such forward currency contracts when it determines that its best interests will be served.

The fund generally would not enter into a forward currency contract with a term greater than one year. At the maturity of a forward currency contract, the fund will either sell the security and make delivery of the non-U.S. currency, or retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the non-U.S. currency by purchasing an “offsetting” contract with the same currency trader obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the non-U.S. currency. If the fund retains the security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the fund will incur a gain or a loss (as described below) to the extent that there has been movement in forward currency contract prices. If the fund engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new forward currency contract to sell the non-U.S. currency. Should forward prices decline during the period between the date the fund enters into a forward currency contract for the sale of the non-U.S. currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of such currency, the fund will realize a gain to the extent the selling price of the currency exceeds the purchase price of the currency. Should forward prices increase, the fund will suffer a loss to the extent that the purchase price of the currency exceeds the selling price of the currency.

It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of fund securities at the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for the fund to purchase additional non-U.S. currency on the spot market if the market value of the security is less than the amount of non-U.S. currency the fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of such currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the non-U.S. currency received upon the sale of the security if its market value exceeds the amount of such currency the fund is obligated to deliver.

 

13


Short Sales “Against the Box.” In a short sale, the fund sells a borrowed security and has a corresponding obligation to the lender to return the identical security. The fund, in accordance with applicable investment restrictions, may engage in short sales only if at the time of the short sale it owns or has the right to obtain, at no additional cost, an equal amount of the security being sold short. This investment technique is known as a short sale “against the box.”

In a short sale, the seller does not immediately deliver the securities sold and is said to have a short position in those securities until delivery occurs. If the fund engages in a short sale, the collateral for the short position is maintained for the fund by the custodian or qualified sub-custodian. While the short sale is open, an amount of securities equal in kind and amount to the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such equivalent securities is maintained in a segregated account for the fund. These securities constitute the fund’s long position.

The fund does not engage in short sales against the box for investment purposes. The fund may, however, make a short sale against the box as a hedge, when it believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund (or a security convertible or exchangeable for such security). In such case, any future losses in the fund’s long position should be reduced by a gain in the short position. Conversely, any gain in the long position should be reduced by a loss in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses are reduced depends upon the amount of the security sold short relative to the amount the fund owns. There are certain additional transaction costs associated with short sales against the box, but the fund endeavors to offset these costs with the income from the investment of the cash proceeds of short sales.

The subadviser does not expect that more than 40% of the fund’s total assets would be involved in short sales against the box. The subadviser does not currently intend to engage in such sales.

Securities Lending. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. The fund will not lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the manager unless it has applied for and received specific authority to do so from the SEC. From time to time, the fund may pay to the borrower and/or a third party which is unaffiliated with the fund or Legg Mason and is acting as a “finder” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned. Although the borrower will generally be required to make payments to the fund in lieu of any dividends the fund would have otherwise received had it not loaned the shares to the borrower, such payments will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the fund’s regular dividends (as defined below) received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

Requirements of the SEC, which may be subject to future modification, currently provide that the following conditions must be met whenever the fund lends its portfolio securities: (a) the fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (c) the fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (d) the fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (e) the fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower. However, if a material event adversely affecting the investment in the loaned securities occurs, the fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities.

The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. The fund could also lose money if its short-term investment of the cash collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

 

14


When-Issued Securities. The fund may purchase securities on a “when-issued” or on a “forward delivery” basis, meaning that delivery of the securities occurs beyond customary settlement times. In general, the fund does not pay for the securities until received and does not start earning interest until the contractual settlement date. It is expected that, under normal circumstances, the fund would take delivery of such securities, but the fund may sell them before the settlement date. When the fund commits to purchase a security on a “when-issued” or on a “forward delivery” basis, it sets up procedures consistent with SEC policies. Since those policies currently require that an amount of the fund’s assets equal to the amount of the purchase be held aside or segregated to be used to pay for the commitment, the fund expects always to have cash or liquid assets sufficient to cover any commitments or to limit any potential risk. However, even though the fund does not intend to make such purchases for speculative purposes and intends to adhere to the provisions of SEC policies, purchases of securities on such bases may involve more risk than other types of purchases. The when-issued securities are subject to market fluctuation and no interest accrues on the security to the purchaser during this period. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on the securities are each fixed at the time the purchaser enters into the commitment. Purchasing obligations on a when-issued basis is a form of leveraging and can involve a risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. In that case, there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. An increase in the percentage of the fund’s assets committed to the purchase of securities on a “when-issued basis” may increase the volatility of its NAV.

Commodity Exchange Act Registration. The fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the fund, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act, and therefore are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Defensive Investing. During periods of unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive purposes or liquidity, the fund may invest without limit in cash and in U.S. dollar-denominated high quality money market and short-term instruments. These investments may result in a lower yield than would be available from investments in a lower quality or longer term.

Investments by Funds of Funds. Certain investment companies, including those that are affiliated with the fund because they are managed by an affiliate of the manager, may invest in the fund as part of an asset allocation strategy. These investment companies are referred to as “funds of funds” because they invest primarily in other investment companies.

From time to time, the fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to rebalancings of the assets of a fund of funds invested in the fund. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so. If this were to occur, the effects of the rebalancing trades could adversely affect the fund’s performance. Redemptions of fund shares due to rebalancings could also accelerate the realization of taxable capital gains in the fund and might increase brokerage and/or other transaction costs.

The fund’s subadviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in connection with investments by affiliated funds of funds. For example, the subadviser may have an incentive to permit an affiliated fund of funds to become a more significant shareholder (with the potential to cause greater disruption to the funds) than would be permitted for an unaffiliated investor. The subadviser has committed to the Board that it will resolve any potential conflict in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund in accordance with its fiduciary duty to the fund. As necessary, the subadviser will take such actions as it deems appropriate to minimize potential adverse impacts, including redemption of shares in-kind, rather than in cash. Similar issues may result from investment in the fund by Section 529 plans.

 

15


INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power of the fund present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund. The Board may change non-fundamental policies at any time.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

 

  (1) The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  (2) The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  (3) The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  (4) The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  (5) The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  (6) The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  (7) Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is

 

16


known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of the fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate the fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently, the fund has no intention of borrowing money for leverage. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to the fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits the fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. The fund may also borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of the fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even

 

17


though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from owning real estate; however, the fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits the fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust (“REIT”) securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, the fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits the fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If the fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There may also be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in ETFs that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

 

18


Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s non-fundamental investment policies are as follows:

1. The fund may not invest in other registered open-end management investment companies and registered unit investment trusts in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraphs (G) or (F) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act. The foregoing investment policy does not restrict the fund from (i) acquiring securities of other registered investment companies in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or acquisition of assets, or (ii) purchasing the securities of registered investment companies, to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

2. The fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and fiscal period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009, the fund’s portfolio turnover rates were 166% and 113%, respectively.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent the portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”), and executive officers of the Trust, their years of birth, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of

 

19


funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

 

Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Trust
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past 5 Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

           

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

   Trustee    Since 1983    Law Firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)    53    None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

   Trustee    Since 1991    President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)    53    None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1981   

Professor Emeritus, Harvard Business School (since 2007); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007); Independent Consultant (since 1969)

   53    None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1993    President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)    53    None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

   Trustee    From 1981
to 1998
and 2000
to Present
   Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)    53    None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

   Trustee    Since 1983    Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1992)    53    None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

   Trustee    Since 1995    Retired    53    None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

   Trustee    Since 1983    President, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer), division of Li & Fung (since 1963)    53    None

 

20


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Trust
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past 5 Years

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since
2002
   Founder and Senior Principal, Murphy Capital Management (investment management) (since 1983)    53   

Trustee, UBS Funds (52 funds) (since 2008); Director, Nicholas Applegate Institutional Funds (12 funds) (since 2005); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (since 2002); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); formerly, Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (1983 to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

   Trustee    Since
1983
  

President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (brewery) (since 1989); Partner, Thompson Coburn LLP (law firm) (since 2009); formerly, Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) and its predecessor firms (prior to May 2009)

   53    Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since
1993
   Retired    53    None

 

21


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Trust
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past 5 Years

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

           

R. Jay Gerken, CFA†

Born 1951

   Trustee,
President,
Chairman
and Chief
Executive
Officer
   Since 2002   

Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 146 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Chairman, President and CEO, Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (formerly registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

   133    Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (2002 to 2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with LMPFA and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

22


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s) with
Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 146 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and CEO of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, SBFM and Chairman, President and CEO, Citi Fund Management, Inc. (formerly registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of CGMI (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (since 2006); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”) (a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management, CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005)

John Chiota

Born 1968

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer and Identity Theft Prevention Officer    Since 2006 and 2008    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Identity Theft Prevention Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2008); formerly, Vice President at CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse (prior to 2004)

 

23


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s) with
Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003); formerly, Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (2000 to 2005); formerly, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004)

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (1992 to 2005)

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); formerly, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004)

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005)

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2007    Vice President of Legg Mason (since 2008); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); formerly, Accounting Manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005)

 

24


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s) with
Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

Jeanne M. Kelly

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Senior Vice President    Since 2005    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director of Global Fund Administration, CAM (1996 to 2005)

 

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the Trust receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has six standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Contract Committee, the Governance Committee, the Performance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Hubbard, Johnson, Maryatt, J. Miller, K. Miller, Murphy, Schlafly and Viscione. The Compensation Committee is composed of three Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Maryatt, J. Miller and K. Miller. The Contract Committee is composed of four Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Hubbard, Johnson, Murphy and Schlafly. The Performance Committee is composed of five Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech Crane, Murphy and Viscione, and the Chairman of the Board. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund, the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangement.

The function of the Compensation Committee is to recommend to the Board the appropriate compensation for serving as a Trustee on the Board.

The Contract Committee is charged with assisting the Board in requesting and evaluating such information from the manager and subadviser as may reasonably be necessary to evaluate the terms of the fund’s investment management agreement and subadvisory agreement.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems it appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance

 

25


Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution that the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution that the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with assisting the Board in carrying out its oversight responsibilities over the fund and fund management with respect to investment management, objectives, strategies, policies and procedures, performance and performance benchmarks.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on boards of predecessors to the Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met eight times during the fund’s last fiscal year. The Audit, Contract, Compensation, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met four, one, one, four, four and four times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
the Fund ($)
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities In
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee ($)

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

   None    Over 100,000

Andrew L. Breech

   None    Over 100,000

Dwight B. Crane

   None    Over 100,000

Frank G. Hubbard

   10,001-50,000    Over 100,000

Howard J. Johnson

   10,001-50,000    Over 100,000

David E. Maryatt(1)

   None    None

Jerome H. Miller

   None    Over 100,000

Ken Miller

   None    Over 100,000

John J. Murphy

   None    Over 100,000

Thomas F. Schlafly

   None    Over 100,000

Jerry A. Viscione

   None    Over 100,000

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

   Over 100,000    Over 100,000

 

(1) As of December 31, 2009, Mr. Maryatt had between $10,001-$50,000 invested in Legg Mason funds not overseen by him as a Trustee.

 

26


As of January 29, 2010, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustees’ fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $120,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for each telephonic Board meeting in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee receives an additional $25,000 per year, the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional $15,000 per year and the Chairs of the Performance, Contract and Compensation Committees receive an additional $12,500 per year. Other members of the Performance, Contract and Compensation Committees each receive an additional $10,000 per year.

Information regarding compensation paid to the Trustees is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund(2) ($)
   Total Pension
or Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of
Fund
Expenses(2) ($)
   Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee(3) ($)
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
complex
Overseen by
Trustee

Independent Trustees

           

Paul R. Ades

   1,151    None    193,000    53

Andrew L. Breech

   1,354    None    195,000    53

Dwight B. Crane

   1,362    None    218,000    53

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.(4)

   1,212    None    193,000    53

Frank G. Hubbard

   1,212    None    193,000    53

Howard J. Johnson

   1,332    None    190,500    53

David E. Maryatt

   1,212    None    193,000    53

Jerome H. Miller

   1,236    None    194,500    53

Ken Miller

   1,212    None    192,000    53

John J. Murphy

   1,286    None    205,500    53

Thomas F. Schlafly

   1,212    None    193,000    53

Jerry A. Viscione

   1,151    None    193,000    53

Interested Trustee

           

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   0    None    0    133

 

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Information is for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009.
(3) Information is for the calendar year ended December 31, 2009.
(4) Mr. Frayn retired from the Board effective December 31, 2009.

As of January 29, 2010, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the fund.

 

27


As of January 29, 2010, to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or “groups” (as the term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”)) owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Ownership (%)

Class 1

  

PFPC Brokerage Services

Main Office

Fbo Primerica Financial Services

760 Moore Road

King of Prussia, PA 19406-1212

   100

Class A

  

PFPC Brokerage Services

Main Office

FBO Primerica Financial Services

760 Moore Road

King of Prussia, PA 19406-1212

   74.87

Class A

  

Citigroup Global Markets

House Account

700 Red Brook Blvd

Owings Mills, MD 21117-5184

   17.12

Class B

  

PFPC Brokerage Services

Main Office

FBO Primerica Financial Services

760 Moore Road

King of Prussia, PA 19406-1212

   88.69

Class B

  

Citigroup Global Markets

House Account

700 Red Brook Blvd

Owings Mills, MD 21117-5184

   6.22

Class C

  

Citigroup Global Markets

House Account

700 Red Brook Blvd

Owings Mills, MD 21117-5184

   5.54

Class I

  

PIMS/Prudential Retirement

as Nominee For The Ttee/Cust Pl 004

Yeshiva University

Belfer-room 1203

1300 Morris Park Ave

Bronx, NY 10461-1900

   83.89

Class I

  

PIMS/Prudential Retirement

as Nominee for the Ttee/Cust Pl 005

Yeshiva University

Belfer-room 1203

1300 Morris Park Ave

Bronx, NY 10461-1900

   12.46

 

28


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund, pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term instruments of the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

The manager has agreed, under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision of the fund’s Board, to provide the fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision; furnish a continuous investment program for the fund’s portfolio of securities and other investments consistent with the fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions; and place orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The manager is permitted to enter into contracts with subadvisers or subadministrators, subject to the Board’s approval. The manager has entered into a subadvisory agreement, as described below.

The manager performs administrative and management services as reasonably requested by the fund necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence; and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Management Agreement is not assignable by the Trust except with the consent of the manager. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

 

29


For its services under the Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Net Assets

   Investment
Management Fee Rate (%)

First $1 billion

   0.850

Next $1 billion

   0.825

Next $3 billion

   0.800

Next $5 billion

   0.775

Over $10 billion

   0.750

The manager may reimburse the fund or waive all or any portion of its management fee.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the fiscal period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009, the fund accrued management fees of $2,466,672 (the manager reimbursed expenses in the amount of $1,040,838), $1,967,011 (the manager reimbursed expenses in the amount of $817,277) and $1,042,146 (the manager reimbursed expenses in the amount of $574,796), respectively.

Subadviser

Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (“Batterymarch” or the “subadviser”) serves as subadviser pursuant to a subadvisory agreement between the manager and Batterymarch (the “Subadvisory Agreement”). Batterymarch was established in 1969 and has offices at John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. Batterymarch provides asset management services primarily for institutional accounts, such as corporate pension and profit sharing plans, endowments and foundations, investment companies (including mutual funds) and state and municipal and foreign governmental entities. Batterymarch’s total assets under management were approximately $20.3 billion as of December 31, 2009. Batterymarch is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Under the Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will, except for the management of cash and short-term instruments that is performed by LMPFA, manage the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Subadvisory Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its subadvisory services, the manager pays the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $998,083, $804,814 and $332,530, respectively.

 

30


Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of October 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies the portfolio managers, the number of accounts (other than the fund) for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and, if applicable, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance.

 

Portfolio Managers

  

Registered Investment
Companies

   Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
   Other Accounts

Michael P. McElroy

   3 registered investment companies with approximately $916 million assets under management    4 other pooled
investment vehicles with
approximately
$781 million in total
assets under management
   7 other accounts with
approximately
$2.1 billion in total assets
under management

Adam J. Petryk

   7 registered investment companies with approximately $2.5 billion assets under management    18 other pooled
investment vehicles with
approximately
$1.4 billion in total assets
under management
   28 other accounts with
approximately
$4.2 billion in total assets
under management

Investment Professional Compensation

Portfolio Manager Compensation

In addition to customary employee benefits (e.g., medical coverage), compensation for investment professionals includes:

 

   

competitive base salaries;

 

   

individual performance-based bonuses based on the investment professionals’ added value to the products for which they are responsible measured on a one-, three- and five-year basis versus benchmarks and peer universes as well as their contributions to research, client service and new business development;

 

   

corporate profit sharing; and

 

   

an annual contribution to a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that has a cliff-vesting requirement (i.e., they must remain employed with the firm for 31 months to receive payment).

Performance is evaluated on an aggregate product basis that the portfolio manager is responsible for and is generally not analyzed by any individual client portfolios. Portfolio manager compensation is not tied to, nor increased or decreased as the direct result of, any performance fees that may be earned by Batterymarch. Lastly, portfolio managers do not receive a percentage of the revenue earned on any of Batterymarch's client portfolios.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Actual or potential conflicts may arise in managing multiple client accounts. A brief description of some of the potential conflicts of interest and compliance factors that may arise as a result is included below. We do not believe any of these potential conflicts of interest and compliance factors pose significant risk to the fund.

 

31


Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities

If an investment team identifies a limited investment opportunity (including initial public offerings) that may be suitable for multiple client accounts, each account may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to liquidity constraints or other factors. Batterymarch has adopted policies and procedures designed to ensure that allocations of limited investment opportunities are conducted in a fair and equitable manner between client accounts.

Allocation of Partially-Filled Transactions in Securities

Batterymarch often aggregates for execution as a single transaction orders for the purchase or sale of a particular security for multiple client accounts. If Batterymarch is unable to fill an aggregated order completely, but receives a partial fill, Batterymarch will typically allocate the transactions relating to the partially filled order to clients on a pro-rata basis with a minimum fill size. Batterymarch may make exceptions from this general policy from time to time based on factors such as the availability of cash, country/regional/sector allocation decisions, investment guidelines and restrictions and the costs for minimal allocation actions.

Opposite (i.e., Contradictory) Transactions in Securities

Batterymarch provides investment advisory services for various clients and under various investment mandates and may give advice, and take action, with respect to any of those clients that may differ from the advice given, or the timing or nature of action taken, with respect to any other individual client account.

In the course of providing advisory services, Batterymarch may simultaneously recommend the sale of a particular security for one client account while recommending the purchase of the same or a similar security for another account. This may occur for a variety of reasons. For example, in order to raise cash to handle a redemption/withdrawal from a client account, Batterymarch may be forced to sell a security that is ranked a “buy” by its stock selection model.

Certain Batterymarch portfolio managers that manage long-only portfolios also manage portfolios that sell securities short. As such, Batterymarch may purchase or sell a security in one or more of its long-only portfolios under management during the same day it executes an opposite transaction in the same or a similar security for one or more of its portfolios under management that hold securities short, and certain Batterymarch client account portfolios may contain securities sold short that are simultaneously held as long positions in certain of the long-only portfolios managed by Batterymarch. The stock selection model(s), risk controls and portfolio construction rules used by Batterymarch to manage its clients’ long-only portfolios differ from the model and rules that are used to manage client account portfolios that hold securities short. Because different stock selection models, risk controls and portfolio construction rules are used, it is possible that the same or similar securities may be ranked differently for different mandates and that the timing of trading in such securities may differ.

Batterymarch has created certain compliance policies and procedures designed to minimize harm from such contradictory activities/events.

Selection of Broker/Dealers

In selecting a broker or dealer, Batterymarch may choose a broker whose commission rate is in excess of that which another broker might have charged for the same transaction, based upon Batterymarch’s judgment of that broker’s superior execution capabilities and/or as a result of Batterymarch’s perceived value of the broker’s research services. Although Batterymarch does not participate in any traditional soft dollar arrangements whereby a broker purchases research from a third party on Batterymarch’s behalf, Batterymarch does receive proprietary research services from brokers. Batterymarch generally seeks to achieve trade executions with brokers of the highest quality and at the lowest possible cost, although there can be no assurance that this

 

32


objective will always be achieved. Batterymarch does not enter into any arrangements with brokers, formal or otherwise, regarding order flow as a result of research received. Clients should consider that there is a potential conflict of interest between their interests in obtaining best execution and an investment adviser’s receipt of research from brokers selected by the investment adviser for trade executions. The proprietary research services which Batterymarch obtains from brokers may be used to service all of Batterymarch’s clients and not just those clients paying commissions to brokers providing those research services, and not all proprietary research may be used by Batterymarch for the benefit of the one or more client accounts which paid commissions to a broker providing such research.

Personal Securities Transactions

Batterymarch allows its employees to trade in securities that it recommends to advisory clients. Batterymarch’s supervised persons, to the extent not prohibited by Batterymarch’s Code of Ethics, may buy, hold or sell securities or investment products (including interests in partnerships and investment companies) at or about the same time that Batterymarch is purchasing, holding or selling the same or similar securities or investment products for client account portfolios and the actions taken by such persons on a personal basis may be, or may be deemed to be, inconsistent with the actions taken by Batterymarch for its client accounts. Clients should understand that these activities may create a conflict of interest between Batterymarch, its supervised persons and its clients.

Batterymarch employees may also invest in mutual funds and other commingled vehicles that are managed by Batterymarch. This may result in a potential conflict of interest since Batterymarch employees have knowledge of such funds’ investment holdings, which is non-public information.

To address this, Batterymarch has adopted a written Code of Ethics designed to prevent and detect personal trading activities that may interfere or conflict with client interests (including shareholders’ interests in funds managed by Batterymarch).

Batterymarch and certain Batterymarch employees may also have ownership interests in certain other client accounts, including pooled investment vehicles, that invest in long and short positions. Firm and employee ownership of such accounts may create additional potential conflicts of interest for Batterymarch.

Performance-Based Fee Arrangements

Batterymarch manages some accounts under performance-based fee arrangements. Batterymarch recognizes that this type of incentive compensation creates the risk for potential conflicts of interest. This structure may create an incentive to allocate investments having a greater potential for higher returns to accounts of those clients paying the higher performance fee. To prevent conflicts of interest, Batterymarch generally requires portfolio decisions to be made on a product specific basis. Additionally, Batterymarch requires average pricing of all aggregated orders. Lastly, the investment performance on specific accounts is not a factor in determining the portfolio managers’ compensation; performance analysis is reviewed on an aggregate product basis.

*     *     *

Although Batterymarch believes that its policies and procedures are appropriate to prevent, eliminate or minimize the harm of many potential conflicts of interest between Batterymarch, its related persons and clients, clients should be aware that no set of policies and procedures can possibly anticipate or relieve all potential conflicts of interest. Moreover, it is possible that additional potential conflicts of interest may exist that Batterymarch has not identified in the summary above.

Batterymarch’s Chief Compliance Officer conducts a review of the firm’s potential conflicts of interest and a risk assessment on an annual basis.

 

33


Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of the fund’s securities by the portfolio managers as of October 31, 2009.

 

Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of Ownership
of Securities in the Fund ($)

Michael P. McElroy

   None

Adam J. Petryk

   None

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, Trustees and employees of the fund, if any; the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Trustees and employees; and litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and any legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Trustees and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to implement an expense cap, forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares. Any such forgone and/or reimbursed fees are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The expense caps and forgone and/or reimbursed fees do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Trustees or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

34


In order to implement an expense cap, the manager will, as necessary, forgo management fees or reimburse operating expenses. However, the manager is permitted to recapture amounts previously forgone or reimbursed by the manager to the fund during the same fiscal year if the fund’s total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the expense cap shown in the fund’s Prospectus. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular fund business day, in the fund’s total annual operating expenses exceeding the expense cap.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor, pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “distribution agreement”). Prior to December 1, 2007, LMIS, CGMI, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, and PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”), located at 3120 Breckinridge Boulevard, Duluth, Georgia 30099, served as co-distributors of the fund.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act. The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares.

The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

Initial Sales Charge

The aggregate dollar amounts of initial sales charges on Class A and Class 1 shares received by the distributors were as follows:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:    CGMI ($)    LMIS ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   N/A    23,238    N/A

December 31, 2008

   11,818    66,978    326,701

December 31, 2007

   23,751    12,185    531,274

Class 1 Shares

        
For the fiscal year or period ended:    CGMI ($)    LMIS ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   N/A    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2008

   N/A    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2007

   N/A    N/A    2,649

 

35


Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amount of contingent deferred sales charges on Class A, Class B and Class C shares received by the distributors were as follows:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:    CGMI ($)    LMIS ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   N/A    0    N/A

December 31, 2008

   0    100    885

December 31, 2007

   0    19    53

Class B Shares

        
For the fiscal year or period ended:    CGMI ($)    LMIS ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   N/A    2,450    N/A

December 31, 2008

   0    8,383    52,847

December 31, 2007

   0    6,013    63,081

Class C Shares

        
For the fiscal year or period ended:    CGMI ($)    LMIS ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   N/A    203    N/A

December 31, 2008

   0    677    0

December 31, 2007

   0    536    0

Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan

The Trust, on behalf of the fund, has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class B, Class C, Class R and Class R1 shares and service fees for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class B, Class C and Class R1 shares at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each such class and with respect to the Class R shares at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, Service Agents and other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund may also make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B and Class C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their

 

36


expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution-related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the fund in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Dealer reallowances, if any, are described in the fund’s Prospectus.

The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the fund pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan during the periods indicated:

 

Share Class

   Period Ended
10/31/09 ($)

Class A

   149,980

Class B

   170,081

Class C

   337,138

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS during the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009 for compensation to Service Agents, accruals for interest on expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares, printing costs of the prospectuses and marketing materials are expressed in the following table.

 

Share Class

   Third Party Fees ($)    Amortization ($)    Marketing ($)     Printing ($)    Total Current
Expenses ($)

Class A

   148,729    0    0    N/A    148,729

Class B

   153,175    33,890    21    7,751    194,837

Class C

   103,611    114,811    61,492    3,285    283,199

 

37


No information is presented for Class FI, Class R or Class R1 shares because no shares of those classes were outstanding during the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009.

Custodian and Transfer Agents

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund, receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement with BFDS, BFDS maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, BFDS receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as co-transfer agent with BFDS with respect to shares purchased by clients of certain service providers. Under the co-transfer agency agreement with PNC, PNC maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, PNC receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves as counsel to the Trust and the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2010.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of

 

38


the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility. Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a copy of which is attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1 and Class I shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestments of dividends and distributions).

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s Prospectus.

There are minimum investment requirements of $1,000 for initial investments and $50 for subsequent investments for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA or its affiliates (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current

 

39


employees of Legg Mason and its affiliates, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Purchase orders received by the fund prior to the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s transfer agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Class I Shares. The following persons are permitted to purchase Class I shares of the fund: (1) current employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates; (2) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Legg Mason; (3) current and former board members of Legg Mason; and 4) the immediate families of such persons. For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50.1

Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases fund shares pursuant to a fee-based advisory account program of an Eligible Financial Intermediary as authorized by LMIS may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion between one or more share classes owned by the investor in the same fund to Class I shares of that fund. Such a conversion in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $50 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. The Systematic Investment Plan authorizes the distributor to apply cash held in the shareholder’s brokerage account to make additions to the account. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the NAV plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s Prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

 

40

 

 

1

Employees who leave the employment of Legg Mason will be able to retain ownership of their Class I shares but will not be able to purchase additional shares.


Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and Class C Shares. Class B and Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class 1 Shares. Investors owning Class 1 shares as of July 27, 2007 may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions).

Class FI, Class R, Class R1 and Class I Shares. Class FI, Class R, Class R1 and Class I shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

  (b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

 

  (c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

 

  (d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another fund sold by the distributor that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

 

  (e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

 

  (f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

 

  (g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

All existing retirement plan shareholders who purchased Class A shares at NAV prior to November 20, 2006, are permitted to purchase additional Class A shares at NAV. Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries approved by LMIS prior to November 20, 2006 will also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

 

41


Accumulation Privilege—Please see the fund’s Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent—Helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1) $25,000

   (5) $500,000

(2) $50,000

   (6) $750,000

(3) $100,000

   (7) $1,000,000

(4) $250,000

  

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to pay the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the funds sold by the distributor.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a fund sold by the distributor may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

The eligible funds may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then-current offering price

 

42


for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter of Intent. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted and will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal whether because you made insufficient Eligible Fund Purchases, redeemed all of your holdings or cancelled the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares, (b) Class C shares and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the NAV at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the Prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the

 

43


last day of the preceding statement month. The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders.

 

Year Since Purchase Was Made

   Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge (%)

First

   5.00

Second

   4.00

Third

   3.00

Fourth

   2.00

Fifth

   1.00

Sixth and thereafter

   0.00

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholder as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other funds sold by the distributor. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70 1/2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59 1/2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other funds sold by the distributor may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

 

44


Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs authorized prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”) to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason fund are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program, Class C shares may be purchased by plans investing less than $3,000,000. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason funds equal at least $3,000,000, at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. The public offering price for Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1 and Class I shares (and Class A share purchases, including applicable rights of accumulation, equaling or exceeding $1,000,000) is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase and no sales charge is imposed at the time of purchase. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class B and Class C shares, and on Class A shares when purchased in amounts equaling or exceeding $1,000,000.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the NAV of a share of the fund as of October 31, 2009.

 

Class A (based on a NAV of $7.88 and a maximum initial sales charge of 5.75%)

   $ 8.36

 

45


REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of NAV is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange.

Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program. Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same

 

46


time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds sold by the distributor or classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at NAV in additional shares of the fund.

For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan should be sent to the transfer agent. Withdrawals may be scheduled on any day of the month; however, if the shareholder does not specify a day, the transfer agent will schedule the withdrawal on the 25th day (or the next business day if the 25th day is a weekend or holiday) of the month.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the fund’s Prospectus. Because redemption in-kind may be used at times of unusual illiquidity in the markets, these valuation methods may include fair value estimations. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities and the market price of those securities will be subject to fluctuation until they are sold. A redemption in-kind may be considered the sale of securities by the fund to the party receiving the securities (except for tax purposes). Redemptions in-kind will not be done with LMIS or other affiliated persons of the fund except as permitted by SEC rules or orders, or other interpretive guidance from regulators.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in another fund sold by the distributor. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current NAV, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then-current NAV. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class R1 and Class I Exchanges. Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class R1 and Class I shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges. Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class 1 Exchanges. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Class 1 shareholders may exchange Class 1 shares for Class A shares of certain funds available for exchange. Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

 

47


Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. See “Grandfathered Retirement Programs with Exchange Features” for additional information.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares” in the Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined NAV but the purchase order would be effective only at the NAV next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the NAV next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The NAV per share of each class is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday except in the event of an emergency or for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share NAV of each class will differ. Please see the Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions, except that the manager manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker/dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for the three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement, each of the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with

 

48


the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or their affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. Investment research services include information and analysis on particular companies and industries as well as market or economic trends and portfolio strategy, market quotations for portfolio evaluations, analytical software and similar products and services. If a research service also assists the manager or the subadviser in a non-research capacity (such as bookkeeping or other administrative functions), then only the percentage or component that provides assistance to the manager or the subadviser in the investment decision making process may be paid in commission dollars. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and/or subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadviser do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or subadviser, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or the subadviser by brokers that effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or the subadviser manages may be used by the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund did not pay any commissions on brokerage transactions and did not have any brokerage transactions related to research services.

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The fund’s Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions as set out below:

 

     Aggregate Brokerage
Commissions Paid ($)

December 31, 2007

   620,611

December 31, 2008

   490,060

October 31, 2009

   234,066

 

49


For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

On October 31, 2009, the fund held the following equity securities issued by its regular broker/dealers:

 

Issuer

   Market Value
(000s) ($)

Barclays Capital Inc.

   1,267

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   308

Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.

   522

Goldman Sachs Group Inc.

   1,089

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

   1,266

Morgan Stanley

   308

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason family of funds, the funds’ boards have adopted policies and procedures developed by the fund’s manager with respect to the disclosure of a fund’s portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of the fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of the manager, the distributor or their affiliates be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding the fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

The manager’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by the fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, the fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the fund’s Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

 

50


The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

 

  1. The fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  2. The fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by portfolio managers (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

 

  4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

 

  5. The fund’s sector weightings, performance attribution (e.g., analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

 

  6. The fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either the party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of the information must be subject to restrictions on sharing non-public information with any unauthorized source and on trading upon non-public information. None of the funds, Legg Mason or any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by the fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to the release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with the manager’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to each fund’s board.

Generally, the fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. As an exception to the policy, a fund may disclose its complete portfolio holdings earlier on that website.

Set forth below is a list, as of December 31, 2009, of those parties with whom the manager, on behalf of each fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy, as well as the frequency of the release under such arrangements and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay before dissemination  

State Street Bank and Trust Company
(Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

 

51


Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay before dissemination  

RiskMetrics Group (formerly Institutional Shareholder Services)
(Proxy Voting Services)

   As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Thomson/Vestek

   Daily    None

FactSet

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York Mellon

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

SunGard/Protegent (formerly Dataware)

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

Portfolio holdings information for the fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay before dissemination  

Baseline

   Daily    None

Frank Russell

   Monthly    1 Day

Callan

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

RogersCasey (EQuest)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Nelson Information

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

   Daily    None

Advent

   Daily    None

BARRA

   Daily    None

Plexus

   Quarterly (Calendar)    Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

   Quarterly (Calendar)    Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily    None

Ambac

   Daily    None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End    None

SunTrust

   Weekly and Month End    None

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night    1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily    None

 

52


Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay before dissemination  

Cabot Research

   Weekly    None

Goldman Sachs

   Daily    None

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

   Daily    None

Canterbury Consulting

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Broadridge

   Daily    None

DST Global Solutions Limited

   As necessary    Varies

Interactive Data Corp.

   Daily    None

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   Daily    None

THE TRUST

The Trust.

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the “trust”) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. The fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust on April 16, 2007. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to the reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Trust II, a Massachusetts business trust.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the “trustees”) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the “declaration”). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting.

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares rather than all series or classes.

Election and Removal of Trustees.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders

 

53


holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration.

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or employees of the trust, or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares.

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings.

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts.

The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability.

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request

 

54


of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions.

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand if, in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing

 

55


and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its Prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or self-employed retirement plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

TAXES

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund intends to continue to qualify to be treated as a regulated investment company under the Code each taxable year. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the fund and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

 

56


On October 31, 2009 the fund’s unused capital loss carryforwards were approximately $104,223,305. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, this amount is available to be applied against future capital gains of the fund that are realized prior to the expiration of the applicable carryforward. The carryforwards expire on October 31, of each year indicated, as follows:

 

Year

   2016 ($)    2017 ($)

Amount of Capital Loss Carryforward that Expires

   50,348,958    53,874,347

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. However, such dividends will be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

The fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

The fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain

 

57


or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss. The tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain.

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market or constructive sale rules or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. The fund may therefore be required to obtain cash to be used to satisfy these distribution requirements by selling securities at times that it might not otherwise be desirable to do so or borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses. In certain situations, the fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If, as is expected, more than 50% of the fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the fund may elect for U.S. income tax purposes to treat foreign income taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders. The fund may qualify for and make this election in some, but not necessarily all, of its taxable years. If the fund were to make an election, shareholders of the fund would be required to take into account an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income and then treat an amount equal to those foreign taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction or as

 

58


a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income taxes. Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, the fund will report to its shareholders the amount per share of such foreign income tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount which will be available for the deduction or credit. No deduction for foreign taxes may be claimed by a shareholder who does not itemize deductions. Certain limitations will be imposed on the extent to which the credit (but not the deduction) for foreign taxes may be claimed. Foreign taxes paid by the fund will reduce the return from the fund’s investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the fund were to elect otherwise.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year.

 

59


The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. All other dividends of the fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Special rules apply, however, to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund; or (ii) the portion of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) which are not PFICs. The United States currently has a comprehensive income tax treaty with the following countries: Australia, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Canada, China, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Mexico, Morocco, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russian, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom, and Venezuela. Dividend income will not be treated as qualified dividend income unless the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. Qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a REIT or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such REIT or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a

 

60


shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Dividends paid by the fund that are attributable to dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Under current law, the fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund if shares in the fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Certain types of income received by the fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To fund shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are fund shareholders.

If a charitable remainder annuity trust or charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Code Section 664) has UBTI for a tax year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in his shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares

 

61


are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares and, to the extent not disallowed, will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. The fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.

Dividends paid by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends

 

62


may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund.

For foreign shareholders of the fund, a distribution attributable to the fund’s sale or exchange of U.S. real property or an interest in a U.S. real property holding corporation will be subject to 35% withholding and taxed to the shareholder as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business if the distribution is attributable to distributions from a REIT to the fund. In addition, foreign shareholders may be subject to certain tax filing requirements if 50% or more of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations.

Disposition of fund shares by foreign shareholders will be subject to withholding tax and treated as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations and the foreign shareholder owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the fund at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition.

The rules laid out in the previous two paragraphs, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding the fund’s participation in a wash sale transaction or its payment of a substitute dividend.

Shares of the fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the United States and subject to the U.S. estate tax, if applicable.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

LEGAL MATTERS

Beginning in May 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI and a number of its then affiliates, including SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain fund (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”) and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested, including

 

63


the fund, and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, and against CAM, SBAM and SBFM as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Defendant Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. The appeal was fully briefed and oral argument before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit took place on March 5, 2009. The parties currently are awaiting a decision from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

*     *     *

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds, and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and

 

64


provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

*    *    *

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM, based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against CGMI and SBFM by the SEC as described above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the adviser for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

The five actions were subsequently consolidated, and a consolidated complaint was filed. On September 26, 2007, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint, and judgment was entered. An appeal was filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. After full briefing, oral argument before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit took place on March 4, 2009. On February 16, 2010, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued its opinion affirming the dismissal, in part, and vacating and remanding, in part. The opinion affirmed the dismissal with prejudice of plaintiffs’ claim pursuant to Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act but vacated the dismissal of the Section 10(b) securities fraud claim. The case has been remanded to Judge Pauley of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York.

As of the date of this SAI, the fund’s investment manager believes that resolution of the pending lawsuit will not have a material effect on the ability of the fund’s investment manager and its affiliates to continue to render services to the fund under their respective contracts.

*    *    *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

 

65


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of October 31, 2009, including the Schedule of Investments as of October 31, 2009, Statement of Operations for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and for the year end December 31, 2008, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2008, Financial Highlights for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and for each of the years or periods in the five-year period ended December 21, 2008, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information (filed on December 30, 2009; Accession Number 0001193125-09-261956).

 

66


APPENDIX A

RATINGS OF SECURITIES

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) ratings:

Long-Term Debt Ratings

Aaa—Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues an obligation rated Aaa is judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa—Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. An obligation rated Aa is judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. Obligations rated Aaa and Aa comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds.

A—Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future. An obligation rated A is considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa—Bonds which are rated Baa are considered medium-grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. An obligation rated Baa is subject to moderate credit risk. Obligations rated Baa are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba—Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class. An obligation rated Ba is judged to have speculative elements and is subject to substantial credit risk.

B—Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small. An obligation rated B is considered speculative and is subject to high credit risk.

Caa—Bonds which are rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca—Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are judged to be highly speculative in a high degree and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect for recovery of principal and interest. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C—An obligation rated C is the lowest rated class of bonds and is typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

 

A-1


Short-Term Debt Ratings

Prime-1—Issuers with a Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of short-term debt obligations.

Prime-2—Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of short-term debt obligations.

Prime-3—Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of short-term obligations.

Not Prime—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated not prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Description of Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) Ratings:

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

AAA—An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA—An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A—An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB—An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB—An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC—An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC—An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

R—An obligor rated R is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition. During the pendency of the regulatory supervision the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations and not to others.

SD and D—An obligor rated SD (Selective Default) or D has failed to pay one or more of its financial obligations (rated or unrated) when it came due. A D rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the

 

A-2


default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due. An SD rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue or class of obligations but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner.

Plus (+) or minus (-)—The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

c—The ‘c’ subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable.

p—The letter p indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

*—Continuance of ratings is contingent upon S&P’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.

r—The r is attached to highlight derivatives, hybrids and certain other obligations that S&P believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities whose principal or interest return is indexed to equities, commodities or other instruments. The absence of an ‘r’ symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

N.R. Not rated.

Commercial Paper

A-1.—A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2.—A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3.—A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

A-3


APPENDIX B

BATTERYMARCH FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTION

Batterymarch’s primary focus and responsibility is to preserve and enhance its clients’ investment returns. An integral part of this responsibility is encouraging good corporate governance practices by the companies we invest in through conscientiously exercising shareholder rights. We believe this will result in increased value for shareholders.

Batterymarch has adopted and implemented the following policies and procedures, which we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that Batterymarch’s votes are cast in a consistent manner that place our clients’ interests first.

Batterymarch’s Proxy Voting Philosophy and Guidelines are an integral part of this document.

VOTING AND MONITORING RESPONSIBILITY

Batterymarch’s Compliance Department is responsible for managing and monitoring proxy voting operations. Batterymarch has retained RiskMetrics Group’s ISS Governance Services unit (“ISS”), a recognized authority on proxy voting and corporate governance, to provide day-today proxy voting services, including, but not limited to, obtaining proxy ballots, providing vote recommendations, voting, recordkeeping and reporting. (RiskMetrics Group’s ISS Governance Services unit was formerly known as Institutional Shareholder Services.) Batterymarch’s compliance personnel are responsible for managing the relationship with ISS and ensuring that Batterymarch’s fiduciary obligations are met.

VOTING AUTHORITY

Batterymarch assumes voting authority for all client accounts unless a client’s Investment Management Agreement explicitly states otherwise.

HOW PROXIES ARE VOTED

Batterymarch’s policy is generally to vote in accordance with the recommendations of ISS. Voting will normally be conducted in accordance with ISS’s standard guidelines. However, a client may direct Batterymarch to vote in accordance with the guidelines of Taft-Hartley Advisory Services, an independent research team of ISS which focuses on the specific concerns of Taft-Hartley plans and which conform to the AFL-CIO Proxy Voting Guidelines. In instances where ISS has not made any recommendations with respect to a proxy, Batterymarch will generally vote in accordance with ISS’s proxy voting guidelines.

Under certain circumstances, Batterymarch may believe that it will be in the best interests of clients to vote against ISS’s recommendations or, in cases where ISS has not provided Batterymarch with any recommendations with respect to a proxy, to vote in contradiction with ISS’s general proxy voting guidelines. In such cases, provided that Batterymarch’s Compliance Department does not identify a material conflict of interest in overriding an ISS vote recommendation or voting against ISS’s proxy voting guidelines, Batterymarch will override the voting recommendation of ISS.

Batterymarch will generally cast votes for all shares for which it has voting authority, unless the cost of voting is presumed to outweigh the benefit. Batterymarch’s policy regarding when it may not vote proxies is described below.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Potential conflicts of interest may arise due to a variety of reasons that could affect how Batterymarch votes proxies. Batterymarch manages assets for a wide variety of clients that may have mutually exclusive goals regarding

 

B-1


the outcome of a shareholders meeting. Batterymarch may have a conflict of interest when a company that is soliciting a proxy is an advisory client of Batterymarch, or when Batterymarch’s employees have an interest in a proxy voting proposal that is at variance with the interests of Batterymarch’s clients. With the ability to influence the outcome of a corporation’s shareholder meeting comes the responsibility to prevent potential conflicts of interest from affecting the way we cast our votes. Batterymarch attempts to minimize material conflicts of interest by using pre-determined voting guidelines and by obtaining vote recommendations from ISS.

If one or more members of Batterymarch’s investment teams believe that it will be in the best interests of clients to vote in contradiction with ISS’s recommendations or, in cases where ISS has not provided Batterymarch with any recommendations with respect to a proxy, to vote in contradiction with ISS’s general proxy voting guidelines, Batterymarch’s Compliance Department will be responsible for identifying whether any proxy voting proposals present a conflict of interest. If such a proposal is identified, Batterymarch’s compliance personnel will decide whether it presents a material conflict of interest.

If a conflict of interest is identified, proxy proposals that are “routine,” such as uncontested elections of directors, meeting formalities, and approval of financial statements, generally will not result in a material conflict of interest. Material conflicts of interest are more likely to result from non-routine proxy proposals. Non-routine proposals would typically include any contested matter, including a contested election of directors, a merger or sale of substantial assets, a change in the articles of incorporation that materially affects the rights of shareholders, and compensation matters for management (e.g., stock option plans and retirement plans).

If Batterymarch’s Compliance Department determines that a material conflict of interest exists, Batterymarch may vote the proposal in accordance with either the recommendations of (a) ISS, (b) another authorized person of Batterymarch if the material conflict of interest does not relate to such other person or Batterymarch itself, or (c) each client whose portfolio includes the applicable security. If Batterymarch solicits instructions from clients on how to vote a proposal or proxy, Batterymarch may or may not disclose to such clients the nature of the conflict of interest.

WHEN BATTERYMARCH MAY NOT VOTE

Batterymarch generally does not vote proxies when it determines that the cost of voting outweighs the benefit of doing so. Voting in foreign markets typically incurs higher costs than voting in the U.S. Among the various costs associated with voting foreign shares are fees for translating meeting materials, custody fees, and charges for obtaining power of attorney documents. We have identified the most significant potential cost as the loss of liquidity connected with voting where share blocking restrictions apply.

Share blocking restrictions are designed to establish eligibility for voting and require that shares be blocked from trading for a period of time before and/or after a shareholder meeting. During the blocking period, any pending trades in blocked shares will not settle. Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to several weeks, assuming a quorum is achieved. If the first call for a meeting fails to meet quorum, it may be necessary to conduct a second or even third call, thereby extending the blocking period. If a sale of blocked shares must be executed to satisfy a client redemption request or is otherwise deemed desirable by Batterymarch, it will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees or practices such as automatic buy-in procedures.

Because of these inherent risks, we have decided not to vote when share blocking applies unless we determine that a particular proposal or series of proposals is likely to represent a substantial increase or decrease in shareholder value and/or rights. This decision will be based on the determination of Batterymarch’s investment personnel.

ISS sends a periodic report of securities that details the upcoming meetings where share blocking applies. Batterymarch’s Compliance Department monitors these upcoming meetings, consults with Batterymarch investment team members responsible for investing in each market and arrives at a decision on whether or not to vote.

 

B-2


RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING

ISS maintains complete records of all votes cast on behalf of each of Batterymarch’s client accounts, including the number of shares held, meeting date, type of meeting, management recommendation, and the rationale for each vote. ISS provides Batterymarch with periodic, customized reports for each client account for which Batterymarch votes proxies.

REQUESTS TO OBTAIN PROXY VOTING INFORMATION

Batterymarch provides proxy voting summary reports to clients for whom we exercise voting responsibility on an annual basis or more frequently, subject to such clients’ reporting requirements. Batterymarch is able to provide such reporting either electronically or in hard copy format. Batterymarch also provides a copy of its proxy voting guidelines to clients upon request.

A log of client requests for proxy voting information and details on the fulfillment of those requests is maintained by Batterymarch’s Compliance Department.

Client requests for obtaining information about Batterymarch’s proxy voting guidelines or information about how Batterymarch voted client securities, if applicable, can be obtained by contacting Batterymarch:

By mail

Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc.

Attention: Compliance Department

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street, 49th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

USA

By telephone

(617) 266-8300

 

B-3


LOGO

U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

(Digest of Selected Key Guidelines)

January 22, 2010

Copyright © 2010 by RiskMetrics Group.

The policies contained herein are a sampling of select, key proxy voting guidelines and are not exhaustive. A full listing of RiskMetrics 2010 proxy voting guidelines can be found in the Jan. 15, 2010, edition of the U.S. Proxy Voting Manual.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher. Requests for permission to make copies of any part of this work should be sent to: RiskMetrics Group Marketing Department, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 44th Floor, New York, NY 10005. RiskMetrics Group is a trademark used herein under license.

Risk Management | RiskMetrics Labs | ISS Governance Services | Financial Research & Analysis www.riskmetrics.com


Routine/Miscellaneous:

Auditor Ratification

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

   

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

   

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

   

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

   

Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

        

Board of Directors:

Votes on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

   

Board Accountability

 

   

Board Responsiveness

 

   

Director Independence

 

   

Director Competence

Board Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST1 the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election—any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;

 

 

1

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

2

A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If RMG cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-5


   

The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote withhold/against every year until this feature is removed;

 

   

The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly-adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually-elected boards at least once every three years, and vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill. This policy applies to all companies adopting or renewing pills after the announcement of this policy (Nov 19, 2009);

 

   

The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote CASE-By-CASE on all nominees if the board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

   

The date of the pill’s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders- i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

   

The issuer’s rationale;

 

   

The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

   

The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

   

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

   

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

   

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if:

 

   

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether WITHHOLD/AGAINST votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

   

There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (see Pay for Performance Policy);

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-6


   

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

 

   

The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

 

   

The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders;

 

   

The company has problematic pay practices. Problematic pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

Other Problematic Governance Practices

VOTE WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75 percent of the aggregate board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the director(s) involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

 

   

The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

   

A classified board structure;

 

   

A supermajority vote requirement;

 

   

Majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to call special meetings;

 

   

The inability for shareholders to act by written consent;

 

   

A dual-class structure; and/or

 

   

A non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

   

Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

   

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

   

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Board Responsiveness

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis), if:

 

   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-7


   

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

 

   

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares; or

 

   

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Director Independence

Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors in the Summary Guidelines) when:

 

   

The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

   

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

   

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

   

The full board is less than majority independent.

Director Competence

Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

 

   

Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;

 

   

Pattern of absenteeism; and

 

   

Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;

 

   

Sit on more than six public company boards;

 

   

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards.

        

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-8


   

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

 

   

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

        

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:

The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:

 

   

Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

 

   

approves information sent to the board;

 

   

approves meeting agendas for the board;

 

   

approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;

 

   

Two-thirds independent board;

 

   

All independent key committees;

 

   

Established governance guidelines;

 

   

A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;

 

   

The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Egregious compensation practices;

 

   

Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;

 

   

Corporate and/or management scandals;

 

   

Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or

 

   

Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.

        

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-9


Shareholder Rights & Defenses:

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

For management proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

        

Poison Pills- Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

   

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

   

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote FOR the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

        

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to Ratify Poison Pill

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

   

No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

   

A term of no more than three years;

 

   

No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-10


   

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

        

Poison Pills- Management Proposals to ratify a Pill to preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for poison pill ratification. For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”), the following factors are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:

 

   

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

 

   

The value of the NOLs;

 

   

The term;

 

   

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

   

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

   

Any other factors that may be applicable.

        

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote FOR management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

   

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

   

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

   

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

   

Investor ownership structure; and

 

   

Shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

        

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-11


Vote FOR management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account:

 

   

Ownership structure;

 

   

Quorum requirements; and

 

   

Supermajority vote requirements.

        

Capital/Restructuring:

Common Stock Authorization

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

   

The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and its three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class that has superior voting rights.

        

Preferred Stock

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

   

Past Board Performance:

 

   

The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

   

One- and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

The board’s governance structure and practices;

 

   

The Current Request:

 

   

Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-12


   

In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ quantitative model, which examines the company’s need for shares and three-year total shareholder return; and

 

   

Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares, and whether they are declawed.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series that has superior voting rights.

        

Mergers and Acquisitions

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation—Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

   

Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

   

Strategic rationale—Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

   

Negotiations and process—Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

   

Conflicts of interest—Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The change-in-control figure presented in the “RMG Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

   

Governance—Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

        

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-13


Compensation:

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

        

Equity Compensation Plans

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

 

   

The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;

 

   

The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

 

   

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards (see Pay-for-Performance);

 

   

The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% or the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;

 

   

Liberal Change of Control Definition: The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or

 

   

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices.

        

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-14


Other Compensation Proposals and Policies

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation- Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on which to express the dissatisfaction, then the secondary target will be members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal; then vote withhold or against compensation committee member (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, to all directors). If the negative factors impact equity-based plans, then vote AGAINST an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, AGAINST/WITHHOLD on compensation committee members (or, in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

   

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

   

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

   

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Additional CASE-BY-CASE considerations for the management say on pay (MSOP) proposals:

 

   

Evaluation of performance metrics in short-term and long-term plans, as discussed and explained in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A). Consider the measures, goals, and target awards reported by the company for executives’ short- and long-term incentive awards: disclosure, explanation of their alignment with the company’s business strategy, and whether goals appear to be sufficiently challenging in relation to resulting payouts;

 

   

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities. Consider the rationale stated by the company for constituents in its pay benchmarking peer group, as well as the benchmark targets it uses to set or validate executives’ pay (e.g., median, 75th percentile, etc.,) to ascertain whether the benchmarking process is sound or may result in pay “ratcheting” due to inappropriate peer group constituents (e.g., much larger companies) or targeting (e.g., above median); and

 

   

Balance of performance-based versus non-performance-based pay. Consider the ratio of performance-based (not including plain vanilla stock options) vs. non-performance-based pay elements reported for the CEO’s latest reported fiscal year compensation, especially in conjunction with concerns about other factors such as performance metrics/goals, benchmarking practices, and pay-for-performance disconnects.

Pay for Performance

Evaluate the alignment of the CEO’s pay with performance over time, focusing particularly on companies that have underperformed their peers over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term.

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-15


Focus on companies with sustained underperformance relative to peers, considering the following key factors:

 

   

Whether a company’s one-year and three-year total shareholder returns (“TSR”) are in the bottom half of its industry group (i.e., four-digit GICS—Global Industry Classification Group); and

 

   

Whether the total compensation of a CEO who has served at least two consecutive fiscal years is aligned with the company’s total shareholder return over time, including both recent and long-term periods.

If a company falls in the bottom half of its four-digit GICS, further analysis of the CD&A is required to better understand the various pay elements and whether they create or reinforce shareholder alignment. Also assess the CEO’s pay relative to the company’s TSR over a time horizon of at least five years. The most recent year-over-year increase or decrease in pay remains a key consideration, but there will be additional emphasis on the long term trend of CEO total compensation relative to shareholder return. Also consider the mix of performance-based compensation relative to total compensation. In general, standard stock options or time-vested restricted stock are not considered to be performance-based. If a company provides performance-based incentives to its executives, the company is highly encouraged to provide the complete disclosure of the performance measure and goals (hurdle rate) so that shareholders can assess the rigor of the performance program. The use of non-GAAP financial metrics also makes it very challenging for shareholders to ascertain the rigor of the program as shareholders often cannot tell the type of adjustments being made and if the adjustments were made consistently. Complete and transparent disclosure helps shareholders to better understand the company’s pay for performance linkage.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

   

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

   

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

   

Options Backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Companies adopt a variety of pay arrangements that may be acceptable in their particular industries, or unique for a particular situation, and all companies are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. However, there are certain adverse practices that are particularly contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy, including guaranteed pay and excessive or inappropriate non-performance-based pay elements.

While not exhaustive, this is the list of practices that carry greatest weight in this consideration and may result in negative vote recommendations on a stand-alone basis. For more details, please refer to RMG’s Compensation FAQ document: http://www.riskmetrics.com/policy/2010_compensation_FAQ:

 

   

Multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation;

 

   

Including additional years of unworked service that result in significant additional benefits, without sufficient justification, or including long-term equity awards in the pension calculation;

 

   

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, and extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts) for current executives;

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-16


   

Change-in-control payments exceeding 3 times base salary and target bonus; change-in-control payments without job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“Single Triggers”); new or materially amended agreements that provide for “modified single triggers” (under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package); new or materially amended agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up (including “modified gross-ups”);

 

   

Tax Reimbursements related to executive perquisites or other payments such as personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, etc; (see also excise tax gross-ups above)

 

   

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;

 

   

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements; or

 

   

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender/subsequent regrant of underwater options).

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

   

Guaranteed bonuses;

 

   

A single performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

   

Lucrative severance packages;

 

   

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

   

Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

   

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

Vote CASE-by-CASE on options backdating issues. Generally, when a company has recently practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD from or vote AGAINST the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. When deciding on votes on compensation committee members who oversaw questionable options grant practices or current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, consider several factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

   

Duration of options backdating;

 

   

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

   

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-17


   

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

A CASE-by-CASE analysis approach allows distinctions to be made between companies that had “sloppy” plan administration versus those that acted deliberately and/or committed fraud, as well as those companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors on a CASE-BY-CASE basis when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay:

 

   

Poor disclosure practices, including:

 

   

Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;

 

   

Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

 

   

Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained.

 

   

Board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues, for example:

 

   

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

   

Failure to respond to concerns raised in connection with significant opposition to MSOP proposals.

        

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:

 

   

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

   

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

   

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

   

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

   

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

   

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

   

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

   

Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-18


poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

        

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

        

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

        

Recoup Bonuses

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Trouble Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. RMG will take into consideration:

 

   

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

 

   

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems; or

 

   

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

        

Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-19


Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

   

Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

 

   

Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

 

   

A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

 

   

A meaningful retention ratio,

 

   

Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

 

   

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.

A rigorous stock ownership guideline should be at least 10x base salary for the CEO, with the multiple declining for other executives. A meaningful retention ratio should constitute at least 50 percent of the stock received from equity awards (on a net proceeds basis) held on a long-term basis, such as the executive’s tenure with the company or even a few years past the executive’s termination with the company.

        

6. Social/Environmental Issues:

Overall Approach

When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, RMG considers the following factors:

 

   

Whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value;

 

   

Whether the information requested concerns business issues that relate to a meaningful percentage of the company’s business as measured by sales, assets, and earnings;

 

   

The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing;

 

   

Whether the issues presented are more appropriately/effectively dealt with through governmental or company-specific action;

 

   

Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in the proposal;

 

   

Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders are persuasive;

 

   

What other companies have done in response to the issue addressed in the proposal;

 

   

Whether the proposal itself is well framed and the cost of preparing the report is reasonable;

 

   

Whether implementation of the proposal’s request would achieve the proposal’s objectives;

 

   

Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-20


   

Whether the requested information is available to shareholders either from the company or from a publicly available source; and

 

   

Whether providing this information would reveal proprietary or confidential information that would place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

        

Board Diversity

Generally vote FOR requests for reports on the company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:

 

   

The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and

 

   

The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking the company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:

 

   

The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;

 

   

The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;

 

   

The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;

 

   

Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;

 

   

The independence of the company’s nominating committee;

 

   

The company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and

 

   

Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.

        

Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from domestic partners. Decisions regarding benefits should be left to the discretion of the company.

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

   

The company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-21


   

The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

 

   

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

   

Overly prescriptive requests for the reduction in GHG emissions by specific amounts or within a specific time frame;

 

   

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

 

   

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions;

 

   

The feasibility of reduction of GHGs given the company’s product line and current technology and;

 

   

Whether the company already provides meaningful disclosure on GHG emissions from its products and operations.

        

Political Contributions and Trade Association Spending

Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:

 

   

There are no recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and

 

   

The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibits coercion.

Vote AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and public media the company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending, considering:

 

   

Recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or governmental affairs; and

 

   

The public availability of a company policy on political contributions and trade association spending including information on the types of organizations supported, the business rationale for supporting these organizations, and the oversight and compliance procedures related to such expenditures of corporate assets.

Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-22


Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.

        

Labor and Human Rights Standards

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:

 

   

The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;

 

   

Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;

 

   

Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;

 

   

Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;

 

   

Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;

 

   

Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;

 

   

The scope of the request; and

 

   

Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.

        

Sustainability Reporting

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:

 

   

The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive Code of Corporate Conduct; and/or a Diversity Report; or

 

   

The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame

        

 

2010 RiskMetrics Group U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines Concise Summary

 

B-23


LOGO

2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

RMG Governance Services

December 31, 2009

 

Copyright © 2009 by RiskMetrics Group. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher. Requests for permission to make copies of any part of this work should be sent to: RiskMetrics Group Marketing Department, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 44th Floor, New York, NY 10005. RiskMetrics Group is a trademark used herein under license.

Risk Management | RiskMetrics Labs | ISS Governance Services | Financial Research & Analysis

www.riskmetrics.com


General Policies

 

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

   3

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Compensation

   4

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

   5

Allocation of Income

   6

Amendments to Articles of Association

   8

Change in Company Fiscal Term

   9

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

   10

Amend Quorum Requirements

   11

Transact Other Business

   12

International Classification of Directors

   16

Director Compensation

   18

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

   21

Board Structure

   22

Capital Systems

   24

Reduction of Capital

   28

Capital Structures

   30

Preferred Stock

   31

Debt Issuance Requests

   33

Pledging of Assets for Debt

   34

Increase in Borrowing Powers

   35

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased

   37

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase In Par Value

   38

Reorganizations/Restructurings

   39

Mergers and Acquisitions

   40

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

   42

Reincorporation Proposals

   43

Expansion of Business Activities

   44

Related-Party Transactions

   45

Antitakeover Mechanisms

   54

Shareholder Proposals

   55

 

B2-2


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

   

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

   

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Discussion

Most companies around the world submit these reports to shareholders for approval, and this is one of the first items on most agendas. The official financial statements and director and auditor reports are valuable documents when evaluating a company’s annual performance. The director report usually includes a review of the company’s performance during the year, justification of dividend levels and profits or losses, special events such as acquisitions or disposals, and future plans for the company.

The auditor report discloses any irregularities or problems with the company’s finances. While a qualified report by itself is not sufficient reason to oppose this resolution, it raises cautionary flags of which shareholders should be aware. Most auditor reports are unqualified, meaning that in the auditor’s opinion, the company’s financial statements are made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

When evaluating a company’s financial statements, RMG looks at debt/equity levels on the balance sheet, historical sales and earnings performance, dividend history and payout ratios, and the company’s performance within its own country and relative to similar companies in its industry. Unless there are major concerns about the accuracy of the financial statements or the director or auditor reports, RMG recommends approval of this item.

 

B2-3


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Compensation

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

   

The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

   

Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Discussion

Most major companies around the world use one of the major international auditing firms to conduct their audits. As such, concerns about the quality and objectivity of the audit are minimal, and the reappointment of the auditor is usually a routine matter. Audit fees tend to be highly competitive and vary little between companies. However, if a company proposes a new auditor or an auditor resigns and does not seek reelection, companies should offer an explanation to shareholders. If shareholders request an explanation for a change in auditor and the company or retiring auditor fails to provide one, RMG recommends a vote against the election of a new auditor. If an explanation is otherwise unavailable, RMG recommends that shareholders abstain on this item.

Many countries also require the appointment of censors, or special auditors who ensure that the board and management are in compliance with the company’s articles. The censors’ role is purely advisory in nature. Proposals to appoint censors are routine, as the censors usually act as a secondary auditor for special audit requirements.

The practice of auditors providing non-audit services to companies is problematic. While large auditors may have effective internal barriers to ensure that there are no conflicts of interest, an auditor’s ability to remain objective becomes questionable when fees paid to the auditor for non-audit services such as management consulting, general bookkeeping, and special situation audits exceed the standard annual audit fees. While some compensation for non-audit services is customary, the importance of maintaining the independence of the auditor is paramount. If fees from non-audit services become significant without any clear safeguards against conflicts of interest, RMG recommends opposing the auditor’s reappointment.

 

B2-4


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

   

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

   

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

   

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Discussion

The appointment of internal statutory auditors is a routine request for companies in Latin America, Italy, Spain, Portugal, Japan, Korea, and Russia. The statutory auditing board is usually composed of three to five members, including a group chairman and two alternate members, all of whom are expected to be independent. In addition to the regular duty of verifying corporate accounts, the auditor board is responsible for supervising management and ensuring compliance with the law and articles of association. The auditors must perform an audit of the accounts every three months and present to shareholders a report on the balance sheet at the AGM. For most countries, the auditors are elected annually and may seek reelection. RMG recommends supporting the appointment of statutory auditors unless there are serious concerns about the reports presented or questions about an auditor’s qualifications.

 

B2-5


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Allocation of Income

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

   

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

   

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Discussion

Many countries require shareholders to approve the allocation of income generated during the year. These proposals usually, but not always, contain an allocation to dividends. When determining the acceptability of this proposal, RMG focuses primarily on the payout ratio. Payouts of less than 30 percent or more than 100 percent are a trigger for further analysis. The minimum level of 30 percent is based on a review of international practice. Payouts of more than 100 percent are a signal that the company is dipping into reserves to make the payment.

Further analysis of payout ratios should include the following: an examination of historical payouts to determine if there is a long-term pattern of low payouts, exceptional events that may have artificially modified earnings for the year, the condition of a company’s balance sheet, comparisons with similar companies both domestically and internationally, and the classification of the company as growth or mature.

Justifications for extreme payouts must be reviewed carefully. If the company has an adequate explanation for a certain payout, RMG supports the income allocation as proposed. However, if a company has a pattern of low payouts, fails to adequately justify the retention of capital, and is not experiencing above-average growth, RMG recommends opposing the proposal. A vote against the payout is also recommended if a company appears to be maintaining an excessive payout that may affect its long-term health.

 

B2-6


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Discussion

Stock (scrip) dividend alternatives, whereby shareholders are offered the option of receiving their dividend payment in the form of fully paid ordinary shares, are common proposals worldwide. While dividend payments in the form of shares in lieu of cash do not immediately add to shareholder value, they allow companies to retain cash and to strengthen the position and commitment of long-term shareholders. RMG opposes stock dividend proposals that do not allow a cash option unless management shows that the cash outflow is detrimental to the company’s health and to long-term shareholder value.

 

B2-7


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Amendments to Articles of Association

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Requests to amend a company’s articles of association are usually motivated by changes in the company’s legal and regulatory environment, although evolution of general business practice can also prompt amendments to articles. Such proposals are especially common whenever stock exchange listing rules are revised, new legislation is passed, or a court case exposes the need to close loopholes.

Amendments to articles range from minor spelling changes to the adoption of an entirely new set of articles. While the majority of such requests are of a technical and administrative nature, minor changes in wording can have a significant impact on corporate governance. As such, RMG carefully scrutinizes any changes to a company’s articles.

From a company’s perspective, it is often more efficient to adopt a new set of articles than to introduce numerous amendments. However, bundling changes that treat different provisions of the articles into one voting item prevents shareholders from separating items of concern from routine changes. By leaving a shareholder with an all-or-nothing choice, bundling allows companies to include negative provisions along with positive or neutral changes.

When reviewing new or revised articles, RMG classifies each change according to its potential impact on shareholder value and then weighs the package as a whole. The presence of one strongly negative change may warrant a recommendation against the resolution. In assigning these classifications, RMG is not concerned with the nature of the article being amended, but rather focuses on whether the proposed change improves or worsens the existing provision.

The final criterion on which RMG bases its decision is whether failure to pass a resolution would cause an immediate loss of shareholder value. In such cases, RMG supports even a bundled resolution that includes negative changes.

 

B2-8


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Change in Company Fiscal Term

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Discussion

Companies routinely seek shareholder approval to change their fiscal year end. This is a decision best left to management. RMG opposes this resolution only if the company is changing its year end to postpone its AGM. Most countries require companies to hold their AGM within a certain period of time after the close of the fiscal year. If a company is embroiled in a controversy, it might seek approval to amend its fiscal year end at an EGM to avoid controversial issues at an AGM. RMG opposes the change in year end in these cases.

 

B2-9


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Discussion

RMG’s recommended level for ownership disclosure is 5 percent. A level below that does not add substantially to shareholders’ interests and is often only a pretext for an antitakeover defense. A lower level also requires a greater number of shareholders to disclose their ownership, causing a greater burden to shareholders and to the company. Positions of more than 5 percent are significant, however, and this is the standard that the U.S. SEC uses.

In certain cases, shareholders may want to know of smaller positions—at a troubled company likely to be put in play, for example. RMG examines these companies to determine if these lower thresholds would benefit shareholders.

 

B2-10


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Quorum requirements differ widely by market. In the United States, for instance, a quorum of a majority of the outstanding shares is the norm. In many global markets, however, the percentage of shares represented at meetings is not as high as in the United States. Indeed, many companies incorporated in markets outside the United States have difficulty attaining a quorum.

Proposals to amend the quorum requirement are evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on market norms, the company’s reasons for the change, and the company’s ownership structure. With respect to the latter, companies that have a substantial shareholder or shareholder group should set their quorum requirement well above the percentage of shares owned by such shareholder or shareholder group. Quorum requirements are intended to ensure that a broad range of shareholders are represented at meetings. Setting a quorum requirement that is too low, whether in absolute terms or relative to the holdings of a large shareholder, undermines this purpose. A low quorum requirement is of particular concern in markets where resolutions are decided on the basis of either shares present and entitled to vote at a meeting or votes cast at the meeting; in such cases, once a quorum is attained the shares present, regardless of whether they are representative of the entire body of shareholders, will be able to decide the matters under consideration at the meeting.

 

B2-11


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Transact Other Business

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

Discussion

This item provides a forum for questions and any other resolutions that may be brought up at the meeting. In most countries the item is a formality and does not require a shareholder vote, but companies in certain countries include other business as a voting item. Because shareholders who vote by proxy cannot know what issues will be raised under this item, RMG cannot recommend that shareholders approve this request when asked for a vote. While RMG recognizes that in most cases this item is a formality or includes discussion that will have no impact on shareholders, shareholders cannot risk the negative consequences of voting in advance on an item for which information has not been disclosed.

 

B2-12


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Director Elections

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

   

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

   

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

   

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

   

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; and

   

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Please see the International Classification of Directors here.

Discussion

RMG considers director elections to be one of the most important voting decisions that shareholders make, especially because shareholders are only given the opportunity to review their companies’ operations once a year at the AGM. Thus, if detailed information on boards or nominees is available, analysis to the highest degree possible is warranted. Directors function as the representatives of shareholders throughout the year and are therefore a crucial avenue of ongoing influence on management.

Levels of disclosure regarding directors vary widely. In some countries, such as the United Kingdom, Canada, and Australia, companies publish detailed information such as director biographies, share ownership, and related information that aids shareholders in determining the level of director independence. In many other countries, the only information available on directors is their names, while still other countries disclose no information at all. In cases where detailed information about directors is not available, it would be counterproductive to vote against directors on the basis of a lack of information. Opposition to specific nominees or boards should be supported by specific problems or concerns.

RMG will recommend against the routine election of directors taking into consideration the absence of adequate or timely disclosure, questionable finances or restatements, questionable transactions with conflicts of interest, any record of abuses against minority shareholder interests, bundling of director elections, and/or any other egregious corporate governance practices.

 

B2-13


Boards in many countries are divided into two or more classes that are elected on a staggered basis. This system of classified boards is common across the world. Only Canadian companies routinely elect the entire board on an annual basis, but even in Canada companies may classify their board if an appropriate amendment is made to the articles. In certain countries, executive directors may be appointed for terms of up to five years, and a company’s articles may give executive directors protected board seats under which they are not subject to shareholder election. RMG opposes protected board seats and preferential treatment of executive directors.

When reviewing director election proposals, RMG examines board composition, company performance, and any negative views or information on either the company or individual directors. RMG determines the number of executive directors, independent non-executive directors, and non-independent non-executive directors on the board, the existence and composition of board committees, and the independence of the chairman. A non-independent non-executive director is defined as one who represents a major shareholder; has significant commercial contacts with the company as a legal counsel, auditor, or consultant; has held executive positions within the company in the past; or is related to the founding family, another board member, or a top executive. In cases where board composition is of concern, the company’s general health and its recent financial performance may play a part in the evaluation of directors. Individual director information is also considered, including share ownership among director nominees.

RMG also takes into account the attendance records of directors when such information is provided to shareholders, using a benchmark attendance rate of 75 percent of board meetings. If an individual director fails to attend at least 75 percent of board meetings for two or more consecutive years, RMG makes further inquiries to the company regarding the absences. RMG recommends withholding votes against the director unless the company has provided a reasonable explanation for the absences. International companies tend to have directors who reside in other countries on their boards, making attendance difficult. While RMG understands the difficulties imposed on such directors, failing to attend meetings prevents directors from fulfilling their fiduciary obligations and adequately representing shareholder interests. Other business obligations and conflicting travel schedules are not acceptable reasons for consistently poor attendance records. RMG supports the use of teleconferencing and videoconferencing to cope with the increasing time and travel demands faced by directors in global business.

Statements of corporate governance practices are also helpful in reviewing director election proposals, but only in a few countries are these routinely included as part of the annual report, usually as a listing requirement of the major stock exchange. These reports are required in Australia, Canada, South Africa, and the United Kingdom.

Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections

For shareholder nominees, RMG places the persuasive burden on the nominee or the proposing shareholder to prove that they are better suited to serve on the board than management’s nominees. Serious consideration of shareholder nominees will be given only if there are clear and compelling reasons for the nominee to join the board. These nominees must also demonstrate a clear ability to contribute positively to board deliberations; some nominees may have hidden or narrow agendas and may unnecessarily contribute to divisiveness among directors.

The major decision factors are:

 

   

Company performance relative to its peers

 

   

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents

 

   

Independence of directors/nominees

 

   

Experience and skills of board candidates

 

   

Governance profile of the company

 

B2-14


   

Evidence of management entrenchment

 

   

Responsiveness to shareholders

 

   

Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed

When analyzing proxy contests/ shareholder nominees, RMG focuses on two central questions: (1) Have the dissidents proved that board change is warranted? and (2) if so, are the dissident board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value)?

 

B2-15


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

International Classification of Directors

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company;

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10 percent of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10 percent individually, but collectively own more than 10 percent), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

   

Government representative;

   

Currently provides (or a relative¹ provides) professional services² to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test³);

   

Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

   

Relative¹ of current employee of the company or its affiliates;

   

Relative¹ of former executive of the company or its affiliates;

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the general meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

   

Former executive (five-year cooling off period);

   

Years of service will NOT be a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market:

   

9 years (from the date of election) in the United Kingdom and Ireland;

   

12 years in European markets;

   

7 years in Russia.

Independent NED

 

   

No material4 connection, either direct or indirect, to the company other than a board seat.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

 

B2-16


Footnotes:

 

  1

“Relative” follows the SEC’s proposed definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

 
  2

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

 
  3

If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction.)

 
  4

For purposes of RMG’s director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal, or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

 

 

B2-17


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Director Compensation

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Discussion

Proposals seeking shareholder approval for non-executive directors’ fees are not controversial in most countries. RMG generally supports resolutions regarding directors’ fees unless they are excessive relative to fees paid by other companies in the same country or industry. In evaluating such proposals, RMG focuses on the fees paid to each non-executive or, if such detailed information is not available, on the aggregate amount payable to all of the non-executives. Where available, RMG will also take into consideration evidence of past abuses, both by the company and those, if any, characteristic of the market.

Companies in many markets provide their non-executives an option to receive all or a portion of their cash fees in the form of company shares. We approve these measures as the exchange is on a “dollar-for-dollar” basis, that is, as long as a director receives shares having a cash value equal to that of the foregone fees, with the share price used for such calculation being determined on a reasonable date. While there is some dilution associated with such payments, such dilution is minimal, and in any event, increasing directors’ share ownership is likely to align the interests of the directors with those of shareholders.

However, RMG will not support such arrangements if the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar; such exchanges put shareholders at a disadvantage by providing directors the opportunity to receive shares at discount, and the interests of directors who have acquired shares at a discount are likely to be less closely aligned with those of other shareholders. Some companies provide their non-executive directors the opportunity to exchange all or a portion of their cash fees for stock options; we would evaluate such grants in accordance with our stock option guidelines.

As is already common in the United States, companies in some global markets have begun to provide their non-executives with stock options as a separate element of their remuneration. In such countries, proposals seeking approval for the remuneration of non-executive directors cannot be evaluated without detailed information regarding the proposed remuneration, which could include options, and in some cases, discounted options. Remuneration proposals that include option grants must be evaluated in accordance with the guidelines for stock options. Likewise, remuneration proposals that could include option grants—by virtue of their being proposed by a company in a market where option grants to non-employee directors are common—must also be evaluated in accordance with the guidelines for stock options.

Some countries require shareholder approval for the remuneration of executive as well as non-executive directors. Companies in such markets occasionally bundle non-executive and executive remuneration proposals into a single resolution. While RMG generally believes that executive compensation is the purview of the board, when proposed executive compensation is gratuitous or otherwise excessive in light of market norms or there is

 

B2-18


past evidence of abuse, RMG will recommend a vote against such resolutions. In reviewing such proposals, our analysis focuses, among other things, on the amount of the proposed compensation relative to market norms but also relative to the company’s financial performance. For example, absent performance criteria and appropriate limits, it would be inappropriate to approve a resolution entitling an executive to a bonus equal to a substantial portion of a company’s profits.

Retirement benefits for non-executive directors are inappropriate, as they increase the directors’ financial reliance on the company and could call into question the objectivity of their decision-making. In addition, most directors have served as senior executives of other companies, and adequate retirement benefits should be provided through these companies. The only caveat to this policy would be for professional non-executive directors such as those found in the United Kingdom. However, requests for such benefits in the United Kingdom are rare, and the appropriateness of using shareholder funds in this manner is questionable.

 

B2-19


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Discharge of Board and Management

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

RMG will generally recommend voting for the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted on a case-by-case basis by:

 

   

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest

   

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged action yet to be confirmed (and not only in the fiscal year in question) such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions

   

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Discussion

The annual formal discharge of board and management represents shareholder approval of actions taken during the year. Discharge is a tacit vote of confidence in the company’s management and policies. It does not necessarily eliminate the possibility of future shareholder action, although it does make such action more difficult to pursue. Meeting agendas normally list proposals to discharge both the board and management as one agenda item.

This is a routine item in many countries. Discharge is generally granted unless a shareholder states a specific reason for withholding discharge and plans to undertake legal action. Withholding discharge is a serious matter and is advisable only when a shareholder has concrete evidence of negligence or abuse on the part of the board or management, has plans to take legal action, or has knowledge of other shareholders’ plans to take legal action.

If evidence suggests that one or more board or management members are responsible for problems such as fraud or grave mismanagement, shareholders can withhold discharge from these individuals and pursue further legal action. Poor performance that can be directly linked to flagrant error or neglect on the part of the board or management, or board actions that are detrimental to shareholders’ interests, may also constitute grounds for voting against discharge.

If shareholders approve discharge of the board and management, they will face a greater challenge if they subsequently decide to pursue legal action against these parties. Shareholders would be required to prove that management or the board did not supply correct and complete information regarding the matter in question.

 

B2-20


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Discussion

The scope of directors’ and officers’ indemnification and liability provisions varies by market. Within reason, RMG seeks to respect the indemnification and liability protections applicable in each market, but some markets allow companies to provide indemnification and liability protection that we deem excessive. In general, RMG believes that officers and directors should only be eligible for indemnification and liability protection if they have acted in good faith on company business and were found innocent of any civil or criminal charges for duties performed on behalf of the company. Providing indemnification and liability protection beyond such levels would effectively absolve officers and directors of their duties to shareholders. RMG recognizes that limiting a company’s ability to provide liability and indemnification protection may limit its ability to attract and retain qualified directors and executives and that indemnification provisions afford directors and officers protection to take risks and maximize shareholder wealth. However, RMG also believes that providing liability and indemnification protection in excess of that outlined above could unfairly prejudice shareholders in holding officers and directors accountable and that the level of protection allowed under our guidelines represents a reasonable compromise.

When evaluating indemnification and liability provisions in more developed markets that enumerate the duty of loyalty and the duty of care, RMG also takes into account the liability and indemnification provisions contained in RMG’s U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines.

Although RMG supports indemnifying directors and officers, RMG opposes providing these protections to auditors. These payments call into question the objectivity of the auditor in carrying out the audit, as the fees paid on its behalf could be greater than the audit fees alone. Eliminating concerns about being sued for carelessness could also lead to a decrease in the quality of the audit. Given the substantial settlements against auditors in recent years for poor audit practices, the cost of such insurance to the company and its shareholders is unwarranted.

 

B2-21


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Board Structure

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

Discussion

Resolutions relating to board structures range from fixing the number of directors or establishing a minimum or maximum number of directors to introducing classified boards and director term limits.

Board Size

Proposals to fix board size are common and are routinely approved. Proposals to establish a range of board size are also frequent; a range of two or three open slots relative to the existing board size is reasonable, as it gives the company some flexibility to attract potentially valuable board members during the year. Latitude beyond this range is inappropriate, however, because companies can use this freedom to hinder unwanted influence from potential acquirers or large shareholders.

Adopt Classified Board

RMG prefers that all directors stand for reelection every year. All directors should be accountable to shareholders on an annual basis, as the ability to elect directors is the single most important use of the shareholder franchise.

While classified boards are the norm in most countries, some companies have chosen to place their directors up for annual election. RMG supports initiatives to declassify boards and opposes proposals to classify previously unstaggered boards. Classifying the board makes it more difficult to effect a change of control through a proxy contest; because only a minority of the directors are elected each year, a dissident shareholder would be unable to win control of the board in a single election.

Introduction of Mandatory Age of Retirement

RMG believes that age should not be the sole factor in determining a director’s value to a company. Rather, each director’s performance should be evaluated on the basis of his or her individual contribution and experience.

Altering Board Size

Companies may attempt to increase board size in order to add related or like-minded directors to the board. Conversely, establishing a minimum number of directors could make it easier to remove independent directors from the board. RMG considers these proposals on a case-by-case basis.

All proposals to alter board size during a proxy fight or other possible contests for control should be opposed. Allowing directors to alter the terms of a contest while it is underway is not in shareholders’ interests, as this tactic could be used to thwart a takeover that is in shareholders’ interests.

 

B2-22


Two-Tiered Boards

Companies in many countries have a two-tiered board structure, comprising a supervisory board of non-executive directors and a management board with executive directors. The supervisory board oversees the actions of the management board, while the management board is responsible for the company’s daily operations. At companies with two-tiered boards, shareholders elect members to the supervisory board only; the supervisory board appoints management board members. In Austria, Brazil, the Czech Republic, Germany, Peru, Poland, Portugal, and Russia, two-tiered boards are the norm. Company law in France and Spain also permits them.

 

B2-23


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Capital Systems

Companies have one of two main types of capital systems: authorized and conditional. Both systems provide companies with the means to finance business activities, but they are considerably different in structure. Which system a company uses is determined by the economic and legal structure of the market in which it operates.

Authorized Capital System

The authorized capital system sets a limit in a company’s articles on the total number of shares that can be issued by the company’s board. The system allows companies to issue shares from this pre-approved limit, although in many markets shareholder approval must be obtained prior to an issuance. Companies also request shareholder approval for increases in authorization when the amount of shares contained in the articles is inadequate for issuance authorities. RMG reviews proposals for such increases based on the following criteria: the history of issuance requests; the size of the request; the purpose of the issuance (general or specific) associated with the increase in authorization; and the status of preemptive rights (see Share Issuance Requests).

Conditional Capital System

Under the conditional capital system, companies seek authorizations for pools of capital with fixed periods of availability. For example, if a company seeks to establish a pool of capital for general issuance purposes, it requests the creation of a certain number of shares with or without preemptive rights, issuable piecemeal at the discretion of the board for a fixed period of time. Shares unissued after the fixed time period lapse. This type of authority would be used to carry out a general rights issue or small issuances without preemptive rights.

Requests for a specific issuance authority are tied to a specific transaction or purpose, such as an acquisition or the servicing of convertible securities. Such authorities cannot be used for any purpose other than that specified in the authorization. In this case, a company requests the creation of a certain number of shares with or without preemptive rights, issuable as needed for the specific purpose requested. This pool of conditional capital also carries a fixed expiration date.

In reviewing these proposals, RMG takes into consideration the existence of pools of capital from previous years. Because most capital authorizations are for several years, new requests may be made on top of the existing pool of capital. While most requests contain a provision to eliminate earlier pools and replace them with the current request, this is not always the case. Thus, if existing pools of capital are being left in place, the aggregate potential dilution amount from all capital should be considered.

 

B2-24


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Share Issuance Requests

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

General Issuances:

Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

General Issuances

General issuance requests under both authorized and conditional capital systems allow companies to issue shares to raise funds for general financing purposes. Approval of such requests gives companies sufficient flexibility to carry out ordinary business activities without having to bear the expense of calling shareholder meetings for every issuance.

Issuances can be carried out with or without preemptive rights. Preemptive rights permit shareholders to share proportionately in any new issuances of stock. These rights guarantee existing shareholders the first opportunity to purchase shares of new issuances of stock in the class they own in an amount equal to the percentage of the class they already own. Corporate law in many countries recognizes preemptive rights and requires shareholder approval to waive such rights.

RMG believes that the ability to double share capital through a rights issue (with preemptive rights) provides the company with sufficient financing to meet most contingencies. Rights issues for general capital needs of more than 100 percent of outstanding capital warrant shareholder approval. Issuance authorities of more than 100 percent can lead to excessive cash calls on shareholders, requiring them to provide the funds necessary to maintain their relative positions in the company or to accept substantial dilution.

In some cases, companies may need the ability to raise funds for routine business contingencies without the expense of carrying out a rights issue. Such contingencies could include the servicing of option plans, small acquisitions, or payment for services. When companies make issuance requests without preemptive rights, shareholders suffer dilution as a result of such issuances. Therefore, authorizations should be limited to a fixed number of shares or a percentage of capital at the time of issuance. While conventions regarding this type of authority vary widely among countries, RMG routinely approves issuance requests without preemptive rights for up to 20 percent of a company’s outstanding capital.

Stock exchange listing rules also play a factor in determining the acceptability of share issuance requests. In some markets, companies may ask for the authority to issue all of their authorized but unissued share capital, yet the country’s stock exchange prevents a company from issuing more than ten percent of the company’s share capital in any one year without seeking additional shareholder approval. Another example is global companies that are listed on NASDAQ or the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Generally speaking, companies listed on NASDAQ and the NYSE must seek shareholder approval for any issuance of shares or of securities convertible into shares in excess of 20 percent of the company’s outstanding shares at the time of issuance. If stock exchange listing requirements include adequate safeguards with respect to share issuances, RMG will approve the request unless there are specific concerns with the company.

 

B2-25


Specific Issuances

Specific issuance requests should be judged on their individual merits. For example, a company may request the issuance of shares for an acquisition in the form of a rights issue to raise funds for a cash payment, or else a company could request an issuance without preemptive rights for use in a share-based acquisition or issuance to a third party. Such a request could be of any size, and RMG recommends approval as long as the proposal is sound. A more routine request would be an authority to issue shares without preemptive rights for issuance as needed upon conversion of convertible securities or to service a share option plan. These shares can only be used for the purpose defined in the resolution.

 

B2-26


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Increases in Authorized Capital

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

   

The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

   

The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Discussion

Increases in authorized capital are requested both for general financing flexibility and to provide for a specific purpose. Companies need an adequate buffer of unissued capital in order to take advantage of opportunities during the year, thus they often request increases in authorized capital for no specific purpose other than to retain this flexibility. RMG believes that approving such requests is reasonable.

An increase of 100 percent over the existing authorization gives the company sufficient flexibility in any given year, but requiring that at least 30 percent of the new authorization be outstanding also limits the company’s ability to abuse this privilege. If a company wishes to issue shares for any unforeseen reason during the year that would double (or possibly triple) outstanding share capital, an EGM to seek shareholder approval is justified.

Another important consideration is the status of preemptive rights. Not all countries recognize shareholders’ preemptive rights, and excessive authorizations could lead to substantial dilution for existing shareholders. When preemptive rights are not guaranteed, companies do not need shareholder approval for share issuances as long as the issuance does not result in an increase above the authorized capital limit.

For specific requests, increases in capital up to any size may be justified if the purpose of the new authorization is in shareholders’ interests. Such increases may be needed to fund a variety of corporate activities, thus each proposal must be reviewed on its individual merits. However, the same concerns with dilution exist if the outstanding capital is still less than 30 percent of the new authorization after all issuances take place.

RMG recommends that shareholders vote against proposals seeking to increase authorized capital to an unlimited number of shares. RMG does not believe that companies need unlimited financial flexibility to transact ordinary business because such an arrangement precludes management from periodically consulting shareholders for new capital. Unlimited authorizations may also be used as antitakeover devices, and they have the potential for substantial voting and earnings dilution; they are not in shareholders’ interests.

 

B2-27


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Reduction of Capital

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Proposals to reduce capital can cover a variety of corporate actions, ranging from routine accounting measures to reductions pertaining to a significant corporate restructuring in the face of bankruptcy. In addition, proposals to reduce capital can vary significantly from market to market as a result of local laws and accounting standards. Some examples of capital reduction proposals found overseas include:

Reduction in Stated Capital

One example of this type of proposal asks shareholders to allow the board to reduce the company’s deficit and create a contributed surplus by effecting a reduction in the state capital of the company’s common shares. A company may take this action if its net assets are in danger of falling below the aggregate of its liabilities and its stated capital. Should that situation occur, under some corporate law statutes the company would be prohibited from paying dividends on its shares. RMG usually supports such proposals as they are considered to be routine accounting measures. This type of proposal is seen often in Canada.

Reduction in Connection with Cancellation of Repurchased Shares

A company may also seek a reduction in capital corresponding to the cancellation of shares repurchased in connection with an earlier buyback authorization. The amount of equity that may be cancelled is usually limited to ten percent by national law. This type of proposal is seen most often in Scandinavia, Japan, Spain, and some Latin America markets and is considered a routine accounting measure.

Reduction in Connection with Dividend Payments

If a board determines growth in income to be insufficient to enable the payment of a dividend, it may propose to lower the par value of the company’s shares and pay the difference in par value back to the shareholders, effecting a corresponding reduction in capital. Such reduction is normally effected proportionately against all outstanding capital, and therefore does not involve any material change relative to shareholder value. Thus, RMG generally recommends that shareholders vote for these proposals, which are most often seen in Switzerland, Spain, and some Latin American markets.

Reduction in Connection with Repayment and Cancellation of Deferred Shares and Preference Shares

Companies may also seek approval for the reduction of share capital pursuant to a repayment and cancellation of deferred shares or preference shares. Deferred shares may be created as bonus shares by a company capitalizing credit from a share premium account pursuant to a reorganization plan, for example, to return excess capital back to shareholders. The company then repurchases the bonus shares in exchange for cash equal to their nominal value and cancels them through a capital reduction. Companies that have preference shares outstanding may also request to cancel and repay these shares which may no longer be required for the carrying out of their financial objectives and may accrue administration costs which have become disproportionate to the

 

B2-28


benefits of maintaining such shares. Preference shares also carry certain rights that restrict the flexibility of conducting certain corporate actions, in particular share repurchases, which is another reason why companies propose to cancel such shares. In either case, RMG supports such reductions as they simplify capital structure and save on administration costs and remove certain restrictions associated with preference shares. This type of proposal is commonly seen in the United Kingdom.

Reduction in Connection with Restructuring

As noted above, some proposals to reduce capital are made in connection with a significant corporate restructuring. RMG generally supports such proposals because opposition could lead to insolvency, which is not in shareholders’ interests. Evaluation of this type of proposal should take a realistic approach to the company’s situation and the future prospects for shareholders.

 

B2-29


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Capital Structures

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Discussion

A key decision for any business is determining its capital structure. When timed correctly, sophisticated capital management—finding the right mixes of equity, long-term debt, and short-term financing—can enhance shareholder returns. This process involves coordination of important issues, including dividend policy, tax and interest rates, types of assets, opportunities for growth, ability to finance new projects internally, and cost of obtaining additional capital.

These decisions are best left to a company’s board and senior management, who should be given the latitude to determine the company’s capital structure. However, shareholders should be aware that many financing decisions could have an adverse effect on shareholder returns. For example, additional equity financing may reduce an existing shareholder’s ownership interest and can dilute the value of the investment. Some capital requests can be used as takeover defenses; in response to this situation, company laws establish limits on management’s authority to issue new capital and often require shareholder approval for significant changes in management’s existing authorizations.

RMG supports a one-share, one-vote policy and opposes mechanisms that skew voting rights. Shareholders’ voting rights should accrue in accordance with their equity capital commitment to the company. Dual-class capital structures entrench certain shareholders and management, insulating them from possible takeovers or other external influence or action. The interests of parties with voting control may not be the same as those of shareholders constituting a majority of the company’s capital. Additionally, research and market experience have shown that companies with dual-class capital structures or other antitakeover mechanisms consistently trade at a discount to similar companies without such structures.

When companies with dual class capital structures seek shareholder approval for the creation of new shares, RMG opposes the creation of additional supervoting shares because this perpetuates the dual class structure. If companies are seeking to increase ordinary or subordinate share capital, RMG reviews such requests on a case-by-case basis. If the shares are needed for a specific purpose, RMG recommends approval as long as the proposal meets the issuance guidelines for specific requests. Refusing such requests could cause an immediate loss of shareholder value by not allowing the company to carry out its ordinary business. However, RMG opposes general share creation requests on the grounds that they would perpetuate unequal voting structures. If shareholders routinely approve the creation of ordinary or subordinate voting shares, the company has no incentive to reform its capital structure. By not approving such requests, shareholders can send a signal of dissatisfaction to management.

If a company submits a proposal, which in effect would narrow the gap between the number of votes attached to each share class but not necessarily eliminate the inequality, RMG may still consider supporting the proposal since it entails an improvement compared to the current situation.

 

B2-30


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Preferred Stock

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG’s guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Preferred stock is an equity security, but also has certain features that liken it to debt instruments, such as fixed dividend payments, seniority of claims relative to regular common stock, and (in most cases) no voting rights except on matters that affect the seniority of preferred stock as a class. Preferred stock usually ranks senior to a company’s ordinary shares with respect to dividends and the distribution of assets or winding up of the company. Preferred stock can be an effective means of raising capital without increasing debt levels, especially if a company has recently concluded a series of acquisitions.

In determining the acceptability of proposals relating to preferred stock, RMG examines the rights and terms of the proposed shares, including their designation, conditions, restrictions, and limitations. RMG prefers that the terms of preferred stock be set out at the time of the issuance or authorization request. Also important is the company’s justification for issuing or authorizing preferred stock. Whether or not the preferred shares carry voting rights is also considered, especially if the preferred stock will feature superior voting rights to the common shares. While RMG believes that preferred shares are a valid form of financing, we also believe that the creation or issuance of preference shares should be limited to 50 percent of a company’s share capital. RMG will also oppose cases where there has been evidence of management abuse of a past issuance authority.

Voting Preferred Stock

In some markets, preferred stock carries voting rights. Such preference shares may carry voting rights equal to the voting rights of the common shares or may carry multiple voting rights. In such cases, RMG’s guidelines on capital structure are applied. RMG supports a one share, one vote policy and opposes measures that seek to establish dual-class capital structures. However, if a company already has a preference share authorization with different voting rights than the common shares, RMG will approve additional issuances of the preference shares, as long as issuances of these preferred shares are limited and do not adversely affect the rights of common shareholders.

Convertible Preferred Stock

Companies may also seek approval for the creation or issuance of preferred stock that is convertible into common stock. If the shares are convertible into common shares, RMG evaluates the conversion ratio and

 

B2-31


calculates the maximum number of shares that could be issued upon conversion to determine the potential amount of dilution that could result for common shareholders as a result of the proposal. RMG’s equity issuance guidelines are then applied to determine whether the level of dilution is in shareholder’s best interests.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

Companies may also seek shareholder approval for blank check preferred stock, which refers to blanket authorities to issue preferred stock under which the directors are allowed to set the size, terms, and recipient of such shares at the time of issuance. Blank check preferred stock can be used for legitimate corporate purposes such as raising capital or making acquisitions. By not establishing the terms of preferred stock at the time the class of stock is created, companies maintain the flexibility to tailor their preferred stock offerings to prevailing market conditions. However, blank check preferred stock can also be used as an entrenchment device. The ability to issue a block of preferred stock with multiple voting or conversion rights to a friendly investor is a powerful takeover defense.

RMG supports blank check preferred stock proposals as long as the proposal states that the shares will not be issued as a takeover defense. RMG also considers, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to increase authorizations of blank check preferred stock when shareholders have already approved the class of stock and the company has a history of issuing such stock for legitimate financing purposes. Theoretically, companies with authorized blank check preferred stock can use these shares for antitakeover purposes as long as there are a few shares remaining, as they are free to set voting or conversion terms with each issue. Therefore, an increase in authorization may have little effect on the usage of this stock. In cases where a company has issued preferred stock from its authorization for legitimate financing purposes, there is no reason to object to an increase.

 

B2-32


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Debt Issuance Requests

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG’s guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Discussion

Debt issuance is a popular financing strategy in world markets. Companies routinely issue bonds directly to shareholders in order to raise funds while enjoying low borrowing costs, although bonds are also often issued without preemptive rights. The issuance of unsecured debt can often include warrants, which are detached at the time of bond issuance. Warrants are usually attached to a debt issuance in order to enhance the marketability of the accompanying fixed income security. Debt instruments are often issued with the right to convert into equity securities. Convertible bonds give holders the choice of becoming shareholders, thereby increasing the shareholder base and liquidity of the company’s stock, or selling their newly converted shares on the open market. In addition, many companies issue debt denominated in currencies other than that of their home market.

When evaluating a debt issuance request, RMG determines the type of debt instrument being issued, the characteristics of the instrument (including whether or not it is convertible into common stock), the intended recipient of the issuance, and the company’s justification for the issuance.

In the case of convertible debt, RMG evaluates the conversion ratio and calculates the maximum number of shares that could be issued upon conversion to determine the potential amount of dilution that could result from the proposal. RMG’s equity issuance guidelines are then applied to determine whether the level of dilution is in shareholders’ best interests.

In the case of non-convertible debt, RMG takes into account the size and purpose of the increase, and the board’s use of past authorizations including examining whether there has been a history of abuse of the authorities. RMG looks at the company’s current financial situation, specifically examining its current debt-to-equity ratio, or gearing level. A high gearing level may incline markets and financial analysts to downgrade the company’s bond rating, increasing its investment risk factor in the process. RMG also considers other factors such as the company’s growth over the past five years relative to earnings or market capitalization, recent corporate events that might affect the company’s bottom line (such as the acquisition of a major competitor or the release of a revolutionary product), and the normal debt levels in the company’s industry and country of origin. Although all of these considerations are factored into RMG’s analysis of debt issuance proposals, RMG generally believes that such financing concerns are best decided by management. RMG will, however, issue vote recommendations against such proposals in cases where there has been evidence of management abuse of an authority, where the proposal is not in line with market practices, or extreme cases where shareholders’ rights could be negatively affected.

Companies may also seek shareholder approval to restructure existing debt arrangements. RMG generally supports restructuring proposals, particularly if the company is in danger of default. However, RMG will oppose restructuring proposals in which common shareholders are being treated unfairly.

 

B2-33


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Pledging of Assets for Debt

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

In certain countries, shareholder approval is required when a company needs to secure a debt issuance with its assets. In many cases, this is a routine request and is a formality under the relevant law. When reviewing such proposals, RMG takes into account the terms of the proposed debt issuance and the company’s overall debt level. If both of these factors are acceptable, RMG recommends supporting these requests.

 

B2-34


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Increase in Borrowing Powers

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

In some countries, companies are required to seek shareholder approval for increases in their aggregate borrowing power authorities. The aggregate limit on the board’s ability to borrow money is often fixed in a company’s articles, and shareholder approval to change this limit is therefore legally required. RMG believes that a company’s financing needs are best determined by the board, and modest increases in borrowing powers are necessary to allow the company to take advantage of new acquisition opportunities or to complete development and restructuring projects. RMG’s analysis of borrowing power increase requests takes into account management’s stated need for the increase, the size of the increase, and the company’s current gearing level. Large increases in borrowing powers can sometimes result in dangerously high debt-to-equity ratios that could harm shareholder value. If an increase is excessive without sufficient justification and if a company already has exceptionally high gearing compared to its industry, RMG recommends opposing the request.

 

B2-35


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Share Repurchase Plans

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:

 

   

Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);

   

Duration does not exceed 18 months.

RMG will recommend AGAINST any proposal where:

 

   

The repurchase can be used for takeover defense;

   

There is clear evidence of abuse;

   

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

   

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice

RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed CASE-BY-CASE based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:

 

   

The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;

   

The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.

Discussion

Proposals regarding share repurchase plans are routine in most countries, and such plans are usually sufficiently regulated by local laws or listing requirements to protect shareholder interests.

RMG looks for the following conditions in share repurchase plans: limitations on a company’s ability to use the plan to repurchase shares from third parties at a premium; limitations on the exercise of the authority to thwart takeover threats; and a requirement that repurchases be made at arm’s length through independent third parties and that selective repurchases require shareholder approval.

Share repurchase programs often involve positive financial consequences to shareholders, as they generally increase the level of earnings per share and bring greater liquidity to the share. Therefore we are generally supportive of share buybacks. 

For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority. In Greece, the legal framework allows share repurchase authorizations to last a maximum of 24 months, although they are typically renewed on a yearly basis. Greek companies typically request shareholders to approve share repurchase schemes in line with provisions in the Company Act. Rarely does a company specify the exact duration of the authorization. Therefore, it is assumed that the duration could be up to 24 months, as foreseen in the legal framework. Around half of Austrian companies restrict share repurchase plans to a limit of 18 months, the majority of Austrian companies either ask for a maximum of 30 months or do not disclose the duration at all.

 

B2-36


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Discussion

RMG generally believes that properly timed repurchases of company shares can enhance shareholder value and improve general shareholder returns. With good timing and proper safeguards, the same returns and improvements in shareholder value can be generated through the reissuance of the shares repurchased. In most countries, the text of this general mandate provides sufficient shareholder protection to make this item routine. When reviewing such proposals, RMG takes into account the country’s legal framework for such reissuances and the company’s history of reissuing shares under the authority.

 

B2-37


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase In Par Value

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

Discussion

Companies routinely carry out bonus issues of shares or increases in par value to existing shareholders, usually through the capitalization of reserves from either the share premium reserve or the retained earnings account. Capitalization of these reserves—transferring them into the share capital account—usually requires shareholder approval. These issuances essentially function as dividends.

When companies increase par value or capitalize reserves and distribute new fully paid shares to shareholders free of charge through a bonus issue, there is no cost to shareholders to maintain their stakes and no risk of dilution. This procedure transfers wealth to shareholders and does not significantly impact share value. The only impact on shareholders is that by increasing the number of shares on issue, the company could increase liquidity, enhance marketability, and ultimately expand its shareholder base.

 

B2-38


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Reorganizations/Restructurings

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Requests to approve corporate reorganizations or restructurings range from the routine shuffling of subsidiaries within a group to major rescue programs for ailing companies. RMG usually approves such resolutions unless there are clear conflicts of interest among the various parties, shareholders’ rights are being negatively affected, or certain groups or shareholders appear to be getting a better deal at the expense of general shareholders.

In the case of routine reorganizations of assets or subsidiaries within a group, RMG’s primary focus with the proposed changes is to ensure that shareholder value is being preserved. This includes the effect of the reorganization on the control of group assets, the final ownership structure, the relative voting power of existing shareholders if the share capital is being adjusted, and the expected benefits arising from the changes.

In the case of a distress restructuring of a company or group, shareholders’ options are far more limited; often, they have no choice but to approve the restructuring or lose everything. In such cases, RMG first determines the company’s degree of distress by determining whether or not the company still has a positive net asset value—that is, if realizable assets are greater than liabilities. Although rare, liquidation should be considered an option in these situations.

In most cases, however, the company has a negative asset value, meaning that shareholders would have nothing left after a liquidation. RMG seeks to ensure that the degree of dilution proposed is consistent with the claims of outside parties and is commensurate with the relative commitments of other company stakeholders. Existing shareholders usually must accept the transfer of majority control over the company to outside secured creditors. Ultimately, ownership of a small percentage of something is worth more than majority ownership of nothing.

 

B2-39


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

   

Valuation—Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

   

Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.

   

Strategic rationale—Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

   

Conflicts of interest—Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

   

Governance—Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Discussion

When evaluating the merits of a proposed acquisition, merger, or takeover offer, RMG focuses on the impact of the proposal on shareholder value, both in the immediate and long term. The primary concern is to determine whether or not the proposal is beneficial to shareholders’ existing and future earnings stream and to ensure that the impact on voting rights is not disproportionate to that benefit. Although RMG examines these proposals closely from a corporate governance perspective, a variety of other factors are considered, including the financial terms of the transaction and the strategic rationale for the proposal.

In the case of an acquisition, RMG examines the level of voting or earnings dilution and the logic of the proposed purchase if large share issuances are required. The method of financing is also important, as various methods can result in different valuations than originally perceived. RMG also checks for an independent valuation of the terms, particularly if the target of the acquisition is not a publicly traded entity or asset and precise market valuations are not readily available. RMG also considers the control premium in the transaction. Control premiums on acquisitions vary widely depending on the industry, the time period, and the country. For publicly traded entities or assets, RMG looks at the price of the acquisition relative to the average market price prior to any announcement, as well as the historical price trends for 60 days prior. For non-publicly traded entities or assets, an independent financial evaluation becomes even more important.

 

B2-40


In the case of mergers, RMG examines whether or not the merger makes commercial or strategic sense for the company. RMG also considers the method of effecting the merger and the ultimate impact on shareholders of the proposed financial and corporate governance structure. While historical relative valuations based on market prices are useful in the financial evaluation process, the often-complicated financial details of such proposals make an independent fairness opinion of extreme importance. The proposed board structure, share capital structure, relative share ownership, and any takeover defenses of the new company are all important factors for consideration in this evaluation process.

Obviously, levels of disclosure regarding merger and acquisition proposals will vary greatly from market to market. In more developed markets, shareholders are often provided with detailed financial and governance information as well as an independent fairness opinion and in some cases, a formal valuation report. When evaluating proposals in these markets, RMG relies primarily on the documents and information provided by the company and its advisors. However, in many emerging markets, detailed information regarding mergers and acquisitions can be scarce. In these markets, RMG must rely more heavily on secondary sources, including local shareholder associations, market reaction to the proposed transaction, and news reports.

If the details of a given proposal are unclear or not available and a fairness opinion (in markets where they are regularly provided) is also not available, RMG recommends voting against the proposal. If a company is uncooperative in providing information about the proposal or is evasive when responding to questions, RMG recommends voting against the item in question.

 

B2-41


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Many countries impose a bid threshold that forces any shareholder whose stake exceeds the limit to tender a public bid to all the other owners to purchase the remaining shares. The thresholds are imposed either by national law, stock exchange rules, or a company’s articles of association. This mandatory takeover bid rule prohibits a shareholder from owning a large stake in the company and having a dominating voice in the decision-making without being required to purchase the remainder of the shares. Without such a requirement, the other shareholders, although potentially holding a substantial percentage of the company’s shares, would be left with relatively little say in decisions. Mandatory bid requirements also seek to prevent “creeping acquisitions” and to ensure that shareholders, other than the controlling shareholder, receive a control premium when control of the company shifts to the large shareholder.

RMG opposes proposals to exempt a large shareholder from the obligation to bid. The requirement that a takeover bid should be launched when a substantial amount of shares have been acquired prevents the entrenchment of the controlling shareholder and protects minority owners.

RMG does make an exception to the mandatory takeover bid rule when the event prompting the takeover bid is a repurchase by the company of its own shares. When a company repurchases its own shares, the relative stake of a large shareholder increases even though the number of shares held by the large shareholder has not changed. In certain markets, notably the United Kingdom and Ireland, the mandatory bid rules require a large shareholder to make a takeover bid if its stake in the company is increased on a relative basis as a result of a share repurchase by the company. Companies in these markets may seek a waiver from the takeover bid requirement applicable to their large shareholder. Under certain circumstances, RMG will support such a waiver, namely, if the share repurchase would not push the large shareholder’s stake in the company above 50 percent.

 

B2-42


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Reincorporation Proposals

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Reincorporation proposals are most commonly seen in Canada, where companies may register under one of the provincial business statutes. However, companies in other countries may also seek shareholder approval to reincorporate in a U.S. state or another country. Many companies, including U.S. companies, choose to reincorporate in places such as Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, or the British Virgin Islands for tax purposes.

When examining a reincorporation proposal, RMG first examines the reasons for the move. Sometimes a reincorporation proposal is part of a restructuring effort or merger agreement that contributes significantly to a company’s growth, financial health, and competitive position more than the anticipated negative consequences of incorporating in another province or country. Some reincorporations allow firms to realize lower taxes or incorporation fees. In addition, there may be advantages to incorporating in the province in which the company conducts the bulk of its business.

Companies often adopt a new charter or bylaws with increased protection for management upon reincorporation. For instance, many reincorporation proposals are bundled with the ratification of a new charter that increases the company’s capital stock or imposes a classified board. When such changes to the charter include the addition of negative corporate governance provisions, the impact of these new provisions on shareholders must be balanced against the anticipated benefits of the reincorporation.

RMG believes that reincorporations to countries, states, or provinces with less stringent disclosure requirements or corporate governance provisions are often management attempts to lessen accountability to shareholders. In such cases, RMG recommends voting against the proposal. The expenses involved in a change of domicile relating to legal and administrative fees, plus the greater entrenchment such a reincorporation could provide management, would likely harm shareholders’ interests. In cases where companies propose to move to a more protective province or country and supply reasonable financial reasons for doing so, the benefits of the reincorporation must be weighed against the costs of possible management entrenchment.

 

B2-43


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Expansion of Business Activities

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Discussion

Companies are usually required by law to include in their articles of association or memorandum of association specific business purposes in the form of an objects clause. Because most countries require shareholder approval before articles can be amended, any change to the company’s objects clause requires shareholder approval. Countries often seek shareholder approval to amend the objects clause to expand business lines.

Expanding business lines is a decision usually best left to management, but there are some instances where RMG withholds support for such changes. If a company has performed poorly for several years and seeks business expansion into a risky enterprise, RMG would require further clarification from management regarding the purpose of the expansion. If the company does not provide a satisfactory business plan, RMG recommends that shareholders vote against the proposal.

 

B2-44


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Related-Party Transactions

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Shareholders are often asked to approve commercial transactions between related parties. A transaction between a parent company and its subsidiary, or a company’s dealings with entities that employ the company’s directors, are usually classified as related-party transactions and are subject to company law or stock exchange listing requirements that mandate shareholder approval. Shareholder approval of these transactions is meant to protect shareholders against insider trading abuses.

In most cases, both the rationale and terms of such transactions are reasonable. RMG looks for evidence of an evaluation of the transaction by an independent body, but this is not always available. Unless the agreement requests a strategic move outside the company’s charter or contains unfavorable terms, RMG recommends that shareholders support the proposal.

 

B2-45


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Compensation Plans

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Discussion

Disclosure on compensation in many markets is still not as extensive as U.S.-style disclosure. However, compensation plans are becoming more common on meeting agendas of non-U.S. companies, and the structures of these plans are of vital interest to shareholders. When given the opportunity to review these structures, RMG supports plans that motivate participants to focus on long-term shareholder value and returns, encourage employee stock ownership, and more closely align employee interests with those of shareholders.

For many years, RMG has employed a complex compensation model methodology for evaluating compensation proposals in the United States and Canada, but this has only been possible because of the extensive disclosure provided in these markets’ proxy circulars. This degree of disclosure is a reflection of strict regulatory requirements, investor concern and activity, and corporate governance sophistication.

Beyond the problems presented by limited disclosure, local conditions and traditions in particular countries also hinder the creation of a comprehensive compensation evaluation procedure. Standard market practice in one country may be illegal activity in another. Some countries establish numerical limits on the number of shares available under their plans, while others have percentage limits that apply over a specific length of time. Holding all global companies to the strict standards of the United States, for example, could result in recommendations against almost every compensation plan in many countries. Conversely, making too many allowances for local practices may only encourage poor governance standards over the long term.

RMG reviews three main types of compensation plans: stock option plans, incentive plans, and share purchase plans. Also included in this section are grants outside of plans. RMG analyzes plans by calculating the potential dilution under a company’s share plans and by analyzing plan features.

Stock Option Plans

Stock option plans grant participants an option to buy company shares at a set price (the exercise price). Shares are usually granted at market prices and may be exercised when the company’s share price reaches the exercise price. Participants may then purchase the promised shares at the strike price and may later sell the shares after their purchase (or after a defined holding period when the shares may not be sold).

When evaluating stock option plans, RMG’s first hurdle is obtaining information regarding the key terms of the plan. Ideally, we would like to see the full text of the plan, or a summary of the plan’s key terms, with information on the plan’s dilution, exercise price/presence of discounts, administration and participation, types of awards used, vesting provisions, and performance criteria. However, in many markets, especially where companies are only beginning to introduce stock-based compensation, information on key plan terms can be quite limited. RMG generally supports efforts to more closely align executive pay with shareholder interests, and generally encourages companies to improve their compensation disclosure practices. However, until disclosure standards improve in these markets, RMG believes that it would be counterproductive to oppose all plans in a given country on this basis. Still, some basic parameters are necessary in order for RMG to consider supporting a compensation plan. At a minimum, RMG requires information on the maximum potential dilution of a plan and information concerning the exercise price. If a plan meets our guidelines on these two points, RMG will support the plan. For markets where certain plan information is regularly disclosed, and a company has failed to provide this information to shareholders, RMG will vote against the plan on the basis of substandard disclosure.

 

B2-46


Among the criteria that RMG examines in evaluating stock option plans are the following, generally organized from criteria of greater importance to criteria of lesser importance:

Shares Reserved for Issuance of Options Under the Plan

The maximum number of shares RMG approves under a plan depends on the classification of a company’s stage of development as growth or mature. Growth companies are usually smaller, in new industries requiring significant research and development, and have restricted cash flows. A company in an established industry but expanding rapidly, or a mature company that is experiencing an extended period of rapid expansion, may also be classified as growth. Mature companies are characterized by stable sales and revenue growth, production efficiencies resulting from volume gains, and strong cash flow resulting from developed products in the payoff stage.

For mature companies, shares available under stock option plans should be no more than 5 percent of the issued capital at the time of approval under all plans. For growth companies, shares available should be no more than 10 percent of the issued capital at the time of approval under all plans. However, RMG will support plans at mature companies with dilution levels of up to 10 percent if the plan includes other positive features, such as challenging performance criteria or premium-priced options. These features partially offset dilution concerns, as their inclusion reduces the likelihood that options will become exercisable unless there is a clear improvement in shareholder value.

For all companies, an absolute number of shares fixed at the time of approval is ideal, but many countries do not include such a limit. In these cases, revolving limits (a certain percentage of issued shares at any one time) of 5 percent or 10 percent are common. The practice of setting a percentage of shares issuable over a certain number of years before or after the plan is adopted appears to be a compromise between these first two methods. RMG prefers plans where the limits are sufficiently spread out, e.g., 5 percent in five years, 10 percent in ten years. Revolving limits of 10 percent in ten years should also include “flow-rate” restrictions that further limit the plan’s dilution, such as a cap of “3 percent in three years,” “2.5 percent in five years,” or “1 percent in one year.”

Exercise Price

RMG prefers that options be priced at not less than 100 percent of the shares’ fair market value on the date of grant. Usually this is taken as the closing price of the company’s shares on the day prior to the date of grant. Some countries determine fair market value as an average of the trading price for the five days prior to the date of grant. This is a common and acceptable practice. Some emerging market countries use a 30-day average or longer to determine fair market value; these resolutions must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although provisions of longer than 30 days increase the possibility of discounted options.

Discounted Options, Restricted Stock, and Stock Grants

Many countries allow for options to be granted at a discount to market prices. RMG evaluates restricted stock, which is essentially a deeply discounted option often with mandatory vesting provisions, in the same manner as a discounted option. Restricted stock, which is generally offered at a 100-percent discount and vests in three to five years, is most often seen in the United States, but it is becoming increasingly popular in other jurisdictions. Stock grants are another type of discounted award in which company shares may be granted outright to recipients with no payment required for the receipt of shares. In the absence of performance criteria (see below), RMG opposes grants of discounted options, including restricted stock. Absent performance criteria or vesting provisions, holders of discounted options or restricted stock have an incentive to cash in their grants for an immediate return rather than hold on to their options for future gains, thereby reducing or eliminating the incentive value of such awards. RMG generally opposes stock grants as their incentive value is dubious.

 

B2-47


In very rare cases, RMG may consider supporting a plan that includes discounted options, including restricted stock, if the company has attached challenging performance criteria to the options, including price hurdles. Performance-based vesting provisions require tangible improvements in the company’s financial performance or share price before the discounted options or restricted shares can be exercised. Performance criteria are evaluated by reference to both the company’s country of incorporation and industry. Recipients of discounted options and restricted shares are required to tender less consideration, if any, to exercise their awards than recipients of market-priced options are required to tender; as a result, the former type of awards are more costly to shareholders from an economic perspective. However, the higher performance threshold imposed by suitably challenging performance criteria may mitigate the higher economic costs.

In general, RMG does not believe that vesting provisions, however stringent, sufficiently mitigate the excessive cost of discounted awards, but with respect to the use of restricted stock in U.S.-style stock option plans seen in global markets, RMG recognizes that restricted stock is a common feature of these plans, that often these awards represent only a small portion (usually significantly below 1 percent) of a company’s outstanding share capital, and that performance criteria are not common in U.S.-style plans. As a result, RMG believes that it would be counterproductive to oppose all such plans solely on the inclusion of restricted stock. However, RMG would only approve of plans that set out strict limits on such grants, include stringent vesting provisions, sufficiently challenging performance criteria, and that meet our guidelines in all other aspects.

Plan Administration

RMG opposes allowing the administering committee to grant options to itself due to the potential for abuse and conflicts of interest. Administration of plans should be in the hands of directors who are unable to participate in the plan. Plans administered by the full board should not allow voting by executive directors; plans administered by remuneration committees should be composed entirely of independent directors. Plans that allow non-executive directors to participate should not give them any discretion on individual grants; instead, an automatic system of grants should be introduced with fixed annual grants at market prices on a fixed date. Alternatively, RMG approves of separate non-executive director option plans with independent administration if the number of shares reserved for such plans is limited. Shares reserved for director plans, when combined with shares reserved for all of the company’s stock option plans should not exceed RMG’s aggregate dilution limits. In addition, shares reserved over the life of such a plan should not exceed 1 percent of a company’s outstanding share capital for mature companies and 1.6 percent for growth-oriented companies for a five-year plan. Shares reserved for non-executive director option grants in any one year should not exceed 0.2 percent for mature companies and 0.3 percent for growth companies.

Eligibility and Participation

RMG prefers separate plans for employees, directors, and non-executive directors, but most plans include all or some combination of these categories of participants. Other global plans distinguish between full-time and part-time employees or establish a set length of service to the company (usually one year) before options may be granted. Most plans allow the administrating committee to select plan participants.

Performance Criteria and Vesting Provisions

Performance criteria and vesting provisions are important considerations when evaluating a compensation plan, and the existence of long vesting provisions and realistic performance criteria may compensate for minor shortcomings in a plan. If a plan falls just beyond one of the above guidelines but has both performance criteria and vesting provisions, support may be justified. RMG prefers a minimum three-year vesting period. The ultimate goal of share option plans is to tie executive and employee remuneration to company performance and to give key employees and executives incentive to stay with the firm. We favor the inclusion of performance targets and graduated vesting schedules because awards that are contingent upon sustained and measurable improvements are more likely to fulfill their purpose of truly providing incentive. However, if a plan meets all

 

B2-48


other aspects of RMG’s guidelines, these two criteria are not mandatory, unless the inclusion of such provisions are standard in the company’s country of incorporation and a company has failed to include them.

Other Features Specific to Option Plans

Issue Terms

Some countries require optionees to pay a nominal fee (often equivalent to $0.01) for every option received. This is common and acceptable, although many companies that once enforced this provision are now deleting it from the rules of their plans.

Option Repricing

Some plans include specific provisions allowing for the repricing of options at the board’s discretion. RMG opposes plans that include option repricing when the exercise price is reduced in response to a dropping share price. Repricing outstanding options reduces the incentive that options provide to raise the share price for shareholders.

Financial Assistance

Some plans offer participants loans to pay the full exercise price on their options. If loans are part of a company’s option plan, RMG prefers that loans be made to employees as part of a broad-based, company-wide plan to encourage ownership rather than being given only to executive directors. RMG also prefers loans with interest set at market rates that must be paid back in full over a reasonable length of time. The absence of these features does not necessary warrant a recommendation against an option plan, but they are taken into consideration in RMG’s analysis of the plan.

Plans for International Employees

Many overseas companies introduce separate plans or delegate a special section of their option plan to deal with tax considerations raised by having a large number of employees working in other countries. Many of these plans contain provisions that deal directly with particular U.S. tax code provisions on stock options. RMG applies the same criteria to these plans as to country-specific plans.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights (SARs) allow participants to receive the difference between the exercise price and the market price at the date of exercise. Many companies use SARs in lieu of regular options. While SARs do not result in the dilution associated with large option exercises, there is little difference between a SAR and a regular option from a shareholder perspective because the financial cost to the company is the same. However, SARs do not encourage stock ownership by participants because they involve no purchase or sale of company stock. RMG reviews SARs in the context of the option plan under which they are issued.

Phantom Stock Option Plans

Phantom stock options offer participants cash bonuses based on the increase in share price during a set period of time. Phantom plans are distinct from SARs in that they often form their own separate plan. Some companies will create a phantom stock option plan to award employees who reside in countries that do not allow stock-based compensation. Participants are designated a set number of hypothetical (phantom) shares, on which the award is based. While RMG prefers compensation plans that encourage employee ownership, SARs and phantom options are an effective way to provide incentive.

 

B2-49


Superoptions

Superoptions exceed the limits in a particular country for the value of options granted to any one individual, although they are usually tied to significantly more restrictive vesting provisions and performance criteria. U.K. superoptions, for example, exceed the Association of British Insurers’ recommended limit that options represent no more than one times a participant’s salary in any year, yet the stricter performance criteria and longer vesting periods usually mitigate excessive grants. Additionally, dilution resulting from superoptions has historically been fairly moderate. Superoptions appear most often in advanced markets with developed stock option plans.

Dividends Under Option and Dividend Equivalent Payment Provisions

Most holders of stock options do not receive dividend payments. However, some option plans allow participants to receive dividends or dividend equivalent payments prior to the exercise of options. RMG believes that any economic benefit derived from option plans should occur at the time of exercise.

Using Repurchased Shares in Share Compensation Plans

In many countries, companies purchase shares on the market for use in their compensation plans. In some cases, using repurchased shares is more efficient than issuing new shares to participants on exercise. RMG also recognizes the benefits to existing shareholders when repurchased shares are used to fund option grants, as dilution to their interests is minimized. However, although there is no cost to shareholders in terms of dilution of their voting interests (“voting dilution”), buybacks still represent a real cost to the company and shareholders (“economic dilution”). As a result, if a company wants to use repurchased shares in its compensation plans, RMG will include repurchased shares in its dilution calculation and apply the same dilution thresholds as for newly issued shares (see above under “Shares Reserved for Issuance of Options under the Plan”).

RMG recommends that shareholders support a plan if it includes a specified limit on the total number of shares that could be used and if repurchased shares would count toward that limit, as long as it meets all other guidelines. However, RMG looks for an additional limitation, either an aggregate numerical limit, a percentage limit, or limitations on individual awards, when repurchased shares do not count toward the plan’s limit on newly issued shares, but rather operate as an additional pool of shares.

Incentive Plans

Share incentive plans tie key employees’ compensation more directly to company performance. Though most popular in the United Kingdom, incentive plans are becoming increasingly popular across the globe. Incentive plans provide participants with free grants of company shares (or, less frequently, cash grants) in proportion with prearranged performance criteria-often earnings per share measured against inflation or total shareholder return. These indicators are frequently compared with those of other firms in the company’s industry or stock market index, creating a benchmark and a further determinant of the number of shares granted to a particular participant. Proponents of incentive plans note that they offer shareholders the potential for less dilution and that they more directly encourage participants to focus on long-term company performance through strict performance criteria tied to more than just share price movements.

Most incentive plans are organized with strict vesting provisions, where participants may not receive the share awards until after a period of three years or more. Many plans also grant a percentage of the total amount reserved for each participant on a sliding scale measured against performance criteria. Performance criteria targets that have been satisfied only to a certain point may represent disbursement of 25 percent of the shares or cash to a participant, while 100-percent satisfaction may represent the full allotment of the grant. From a shareholder perspective, this graduated system of performance criteria is a major advance.

 

B2-50


Evaluation of incentive plans is similar to that of option plans in that acceptable dilution and impartial administration and eligibility remain key factors for a positive recommendation. Insufficient performance criteria or abbreviated vesting provisions are deciding factors as well.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans and Savings-Related Share Option Schemes

Employee stock purchase plans and savings-related share option schemes (together, ESPPs) provide employees an opportunity to purchase stock in their company, often at a discount to market prices. Plans may operate via monthly deductions from employees’ paychecks, gathered and held for safekeeping by a trust or bank, and used to purchase company stock on behalf of the employee. ESPPs can lead to greater commitment from employees, provide performance incentives, and provide all employees the opportunity to share in the company’s growth.

ESPPs differ from stock option plans in that in an ESPP, all eligible participants have the option to participate in the plan and may choose how much they wish to contribute to the plan, whereas in a stock option plan, the administering committee chooses who actually participates in the plan, that is, receives options under the plan. RMG recommends approval for many of these plans because they encourage wide share ownership in the company among employees. When analyzing ESPPs for global companies, RMG considers the following factors:

Eligibility

This is an important factor when considering ESPPs proposed by global companies. For a plan to qualify as an ESPP, all full-time employees who have been with the company for a reasonable amount of time (some plans also allow for participation by part-time employees) must be eligible to participate in the plan, and more important, eligible participants must have the ability to determine whether they will participate and to what extent they will participate, subject to certain limits, as discussed below.

Dilution

Many markets, such as the United States, Canada, Ireland, and certain tax haven markets, differentiate between shares reserved for ESPPs and shares reserved for stock option plans. In these markets it is our practice to have separate dilution limits (a) for shares reserved for ESPPs, and (b) shares reserved for stock option plans. Other markets, notably the United Kingdom, do not reserve separate pools of shares for ESPPs and option plans, therefore we cannot make such distinctions.

For those markets that reserve a separate pool of shares for ESPPs, RMG policy is to exclude such shares from our dilution calculations for stock option plans. However, RMG policy provides that no more than 10 percent of a company’s shares may be reserved for ESPPs at any given time, with such 10 percent being over and above the company’s limit (either 5 or 10 percent) reserved for option plans, as long as discounts do not exceed 15 percent. Accordingly, a company could have up to 10 percent of its shares reserved for option plans and 10 percent of its shares reserved for ESPPs at any given time. If market practice dictates a larger discount under the ESPPs, the allowable dilution will be adjusted downward proportionately. For example, if a company is allowed to offer discounts of 30 percent, the allowable dilution will be 5 percent. Allowable dilution on discounts between 15 percent and 30 percent will be determined on a pro rata basis. Alternatively, RMG would consider a higher dilution limit for ESPPs if the company in question sufficiently limited dilution under its option plans.

For those markets that reserve a common pool of shares for ESPPs and stock option plans, RMG policy is to evaluate the dilution under the common pool of shares in accordance with the dilution limitations applicable to stock option plans.

 

B2-51


Offering Period and Offering Price

The offering period, also known as the purchase period, is the time period over which a participant’s contributions are accumulated for the purchase of shares under the plan. The offering price is the company’s share price taken on a specific date, less the applicable discount, at which a participant’s accumulated payroll deductions are used to purchase shares. Both the offering period and the offering price are country- and plan-specific. For example, ESPPs that are intended to comply with Section 423 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (Section 423 Plans) and therefore qualify for favorable tax treatment may not have an offering period in excess of 27 months. Section 423 Plans, however, almost always provide for an “either/or” offering price, which provides participants the right to purchase shares at the lesser of the fair market value of that company’s shares, less the applicable discount, as of either the first or last day of the offering period. In contrast, plans in the United Kingdom and Ireland generally have a three-, five-, or even seven-year offering period, and the offering price is the fair market value on the date an employee commences participation in the plan.

RMG’s assessment of a plan takes into account the length of the offering period and the date on which the offering price is determined. If the plan has an “either/or” feature, a shorter offering period is in the interests of shareholders because such provisions reduce the market risk associated with the plan. The maximum offering period for plans with such a feature is 27 months. In contrast, if the offering price is based on the price of the company’s shares on the date plan participation commences, then a longer offering period is generally in the interests of shareholders, as it should more effectively focus the efforts of plan participants on increasing shareholder value. In these cases, the minimum offering period is three years.

Discounts

These are generally country-specific, e.g. the maximum discount under a Section 423 Plan is 15 percent. In the United Kingdom the maximum discount is 20 percent, and in Ireland it is 25 percent. The amount of the discount is often obscured because some plans do not provide for a discount per se, but rather provide that participants will receive matching shares. This practice is common in Canada. For instance, a plan may stipulate that for every two shares a participant purchases under a plan, the company will provide one “matching share” to the participant; in effect the participant receives three shares for the price of two, which is mathematically equivalent to a 33-percent discount. If a plan employs matching shares, the analyst must simply calculate the imputed discount using the maximum match.

In reviewing discounts, RMG takes into consideration the offering period and offering price. Because plans with “either/or” provisions reduce the market risk associated with plan purchases, we believe the maximum discount available under such plans should be 15 percent. However, RMG guidelines allow for greater discounts, up to 25 percent, for plans in which the offering price is based on the company’s share price on the date participation commences.

Limits on the Number or Value of Shares Purchasable (Participation Limits)

ESPPs must specify a limit on the number or value of shares each participant is eligible to purchase, for Section 423 Plans it is US$25,000 per year, in the United Kingdom and Ireland it is GBP 3,000 and IRP 3,000, respectively. Because the shares are discounted, there must be some limit on the ability of eligible employees to participate to prevent excessive dilution. This also limits the ability of executives to buy, via the plan, large amounts of discounted shares. Ideally, there should be a plan feature prohibiting employees who are large shareholders (5 percent in Section 423 Plans) from participating.

Loan Terms

Some plans offer participants loans to pay for the shares. If loans are part of a share purchase plan, RMG prefers that loans be made to employees as part of a broad-based, company-wide plan to encourage ownership

 

B2-52


rather than being given only to executive directors. RMG also prefers loans with interest set at market rates that must be paid back in full over a reasonable length of time. The absence of these features does not necessarily warrant a recommendation against a share purchase plan, but they are taken into consideration in RMG’s analysis of the plan.

Grants Outside of Plans

Resolutions asking shareholders to approve specific grants of shares or cash outside of established plans are problematic. Some companies prefer not to adopt formal share plans, instead asking shareholders to approve yearly grants to specific employees. RMG prefers that companies make such grants in the context of an established plan.

RMG’s primary concern with grants outside of plans is the level of dilution they afford. The number of shares issued as part of the grants, when combined with the number of shares reserved for the company’s other share plans, must fall within acceptable dilution limits. Vesting provisions and performance criteria are also important and are evaluated on the same basis as if the grants were part of a formal plan.

 

B2-53


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Antitakeover Mechanisms

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Discussion

Common antitakeover mechanisms include staggered boards, supervoting shares, poison pills, unlimited authorized capital authorizations (including blank check preferred stock), and golden shares. Some of these restrictions are aimed solely at limiting share ownership by foreign or unwanted minority shareholders, and others are designed to preclude an unwanted takeover of the target company by any party. RMG opposes all forms of such mechanisms, as they limit shareholder value by eliminating the takeover or control premium for the company. As owners of the company, shareholders should be given the opportunity to decide on the merits of takeover offers.

Golden Shares

Recently privatized companies around the world often include in their share structure a golden share held by their respective governments. These shares often carry special voting rights or the power of automatic veto over specific proposals. Golden shares are most common among former state-owned companies or politically sensitive industries such as utilities, railways, and airlines. While the introduction of golden shares is not a desirable governance practice, RMG recognizes the political importance certain companies hold for governments and treats the introduction or amendment of government shares on a case-by-case basis.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Supermajority vote requirements violate the principle that a simple majority of voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change regarding a company and its corporate governance provisions. Requiring more than this may permit management to entrench themselves by blocking provisions that are in the best interest of shareholders. However, in many world markets, supermajority vote requirements for special resolutions or EGMs are the norm, either two-thirds or three-fourths of shares voting at the meeting (either in person or by proxy). When reviewing proposals to introduce supermajority vote requirements, RMG takes into account market norms, the company’s reasons for the change, and the company’s ownership structure.

 

B2-54


2010 International Voting-Policy Manual

Shareholder Proposals

 

RMG General Recommendation & Policy

Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Discussion

RMG reviews all shareholder proposals to ascertain whether the proposal is beneficial or detrimental to shareholder value. Most resolutions fall into three basic categories: corporate governance, social, and environmental. While shareholder proposals in most countries are not as prevalent as they are in the United States, they are becoming more common, and standards for reviewing the various types of proposals are necessary.

Corporate Governance Proposals

Corporate governance-related proposals must be evaluated carefully because any changes can dramatically affect shareholder value. Support for such proposals must be measured against the likely impact that approval would have on the company’s operations. If a measure would improve disclosure of company activities in non-strategic areas and at minimal costs, RMG supports the proposal. If a proposal seeks to improve the company’s corporate governance structure, such as adopting board committees, eliminating staggered board structures, or canceling antitakeover instruments, approval is also warranted. However, if acceptance of a proposal is likely to lead to a disruption in board or management operations and to cause the company to incur significant costs without clear benefit, RMG recommends opposing the proposal.

Social and Environmental Proposals

In evaluating social and environmental proposals, RMG first determines whether or not the issue in question should be addressed on a company-specific basis. Many social and environmental issues are beyond the scope of any one company and are more properly the province of government and broader regulatory action. If this is the case, RMG recommends voting against the proposal.

Most proposals of this type require shareholders to apply subjective criteria in making their voting decision. While broader issues are of concern to everyone, institutional shareholders acting as representatives of their beneficiaries are required to consider only the ultimate interests of their direct beneficiaries. Relating the interests of their beneficiaries to the greater good can be a difficult process and a matter for individual determination. For this reason, RMG focuses on the financial aspects of social and environmental proposals. If a proposal would have a negative impact on the company’s financial position or adversely affect important operations, RMG recommends opposing the resolution. Conversely, if a proposal would have a clear and beneficial impact on the company’s finances or operations, RMG recommends supporting the proposal.

 

B2-55


Filed under Rule 497(c)

File no. 33-43446

February 26, 2010

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST

LEGG MASON CLEARBRIDGE APPRECIATION FUND

Class A (SHAPX), Class B (SAPBX), Class C (SAPCX),

Class FI (LMPIX), Class R (LMPPX), Class R1 (LAPRX), Class I (SAPYX) and Class IS (LMESX)

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

Funds Investor Services 1-800-822-5544

Institutional Shareholder Services 1-888-425-6432

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus of Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund (the “fund”) dated February 26, 2010, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. Effective April 16, 2007, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund. Certain historical information for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. Prior to October 5, 2009, the fund was named “Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund.” The fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The fund’s Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”), by writing or calling the Trust at the address or telephone number set forth above, by sending an e-mail request to prospectus@leggmason.com or by visiting the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objective and Management Policies

   3

Investment Practices and Risk Factors

   3

Investment Policies

   17

Management

   21

Investment Management and Other Services

   31

Purchase of Shares

   42

Redemption of Shares

   48

Exchange Privilege

   49

Valuation of Shares

   50

Portfolio Transactions

   50

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   52

The Trust

   55

Dividends and Distributions

   58

Taxes

   58

Legal Matters

   66

Financial Statements

   68

Appendix A—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   A-1

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectus or this SAI in connection with the offerings made by the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the fund or its distributor. The Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute offerings by the fund or by the distributor in any jurisdiction in which such offerings may not lawfully be made.

 

2


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) as an open-end, diversified management investment company.

The fund’s Prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and policies. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in its Prospectus.

Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks to provide long-term appreciation of shareholders’ capital.

The fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund typically invests in medium and large capitalization companies, but may also invest in small capitalization companies.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in the securities of foreign issuers.

There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its investment objective.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies and practices that may be used by the fund, which all involve risks of varying degrees.

Defensive Investing. The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments, short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations. If the fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective. The subadviser adjusts the amount held in cash reserves depending on the subadviser’s outlook for the stock market. The subadviser will increase the fund’s allocation to cash when, in the subadviser’s opinion, market valuation levels become excessive. The subadviser may sometimes hold a significant portion of the fund’s assets in cash while waiting for buying opportunities or to provide a hedge against stock market declines. If the fund holds a significant portion of its assets in cash during periods of stock market increases, that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

Equity Securities. Investors should realize that risk of loss is inherent in the ownership of any securities and that the net asset value (“NAV”) of the fund will fluctuate, reflecting fluctuations in the market value of its portfolio positions.

Common Stock. The fund may invest in common stocks. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity entitling the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.

Preferred Stock. The fund may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stock pays dividends at a specified rate and generally has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of the issuer’s assets, but is junior to the debt securities of the issuer in those same respects. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, dividends on preferred stock are generally payable at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Shareholders of preferred stock may suffer a loss of value if dividends are not paid. The market prices of preferred stocks are subject to changes in interest rates and are more sensitive to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than are the prices of debt securities. Generally, under normal circumstances, preferred stock does not carry voting rights.

 

3


Warrants and Rights. Warrants and stock purchase rights are securities permitting, but not obligating, their holder to purchase other securities, normally the issuer’s common stock. Stock purchase rights are frequently issued as a dividend to a company’s stockholders and represent the right to purchase a fixed number of shares at a fixed or formula price. The price may reflect a discount to the market price. Warrants are generally sold by a company or issuer together with fixed income securities and represent the right to a fixed number of shares of common stock or other securities at a fixed or formula price. The exercise price is normally higher than the market price at the time the company sells the warrant.

Warrants and stock purchase rights do not carry with them the right to receive dividends on or to vote the securities that they entitle their holders to purchase. They also do not entitle the holder to share in the assets of the company in liquidation. The rights to purchase common stock or other securities conferred by a warrant or stock purchase right can only be exercised on specific dates or for a specific period. Trading in these instruments is affected both by the relationship of the exercise price to the current market price of the common stock or other securities and also by the period remaining until the right or warrant expires. An investment in warrants and stock purchase rights may be considered more speculative than other types of equity investments. A warrant or stock purchase right expires worthless if it is not exercised on or prior to its expiration date.

Convertible Securities. The fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion or exchange, convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield of nonconvertible debt. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable-tier nonconvertible securities but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure.

The value of a convertible security is a function of (1) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (2) its worth, at market value, if converted or exchanged into the underlying common stock. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be less than the ultimate conversion or exchange value.

Convertible securities are subject both to the stock market risk associated with equity securities and to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities. As the market price of the equity security underlying a convertible security falls, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its yield and other fixed income characteristics. As the market price of such equity security rises, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its equity conversion features.

Investing in Small and Medium Capitalization Companies. Investing in the equity securities of small and medium capitalization companies involves additional risks compared to investing in large capitalization companies. Compared to large companies, these companies may have more limited product lines and capital resources; have less established markets for their products; have earnings that are more sensitive to changes in the economy, competition and technology; and be more dependent upon key members of management. The market value of the common stock of small and medium capitalization companies may be more volatile, particularly in response to company announcements or industry events, have less active trading markets and be harder to sell at the time and prices that an adviser considers appropriate.

Foreign Securities. The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets (at the time of investment) in foreign securities. The fund may invest directly in foreign issuers or invest in depositary receipts. The returns of the fund may be adversely affected by fluctuations in value of one or more currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with

 

4


investing in U.S. companies. These include risks resulting from revaluation of currencies; future adverse political and economic developments; possible imposition of currency exchange blockages or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; reduced availability of public information concerning issuers; differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions; possible expropriation, nationalization or confiscatory taxation; possible withholding taxes and limitations on the use or removal of funds or other assets, including the withholding of dividends; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Additionally, foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility and be less liquid. Foreign securities held by the fund may not be registered with, nor the issuers thereof be subject to the reporting requirements of, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information about the securities and about the foreign company issuing them than is available about a U.S. company and its securities. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions. These risks are intensified when investing in countries with developing economies and securities markets, also known as “emerging markets.”

The costs associated with investment in the securities of foreign issuers, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions and custodial fees, may be higher than those associated with investment in domestic issuers. Transactions in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to less efficient settlement practices, including extended clearance and settlement periods. In addition, foreign investment transactions may be subject to difficulties associated with the settlement of such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return can be earned on them. The inability of the fund to make intended investments due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in liability to the purchaser.

Since the fund may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and since the fund may hold foreign currencies, it may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rates between such currencies and the U.S. dollar. Changes in the currency exchange rates may influence the value of the fund’s shares and may also affect the value of dividends and interest earned by the fund and gains and losses realized by the fund. Exchange rates are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments, other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

Generally, American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the domestic market. Usually issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, ADRs are receipts that demonstrate ownership of underlying foreign securities. For purposes of the fund’s investment policies and limitations, ADRs are considered to have the same characteristics as the securities underlying them. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored; issuers of securities underlying unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the United States. Accordingly, there may be less information available about such issuers than there is with respect to domestic companies and issuers of securities underlying sponsored ADRs. The fund may also invest in Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and other similar instruments, which are receipts that are often denominated in U.S. dollars and are issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. bank evidencing ownership of underlying foreign securities. Even where they are denominated in U.S. dollars, depositary receipts are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is denominated in a foreign currency. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Money Market Instruments. The fund may invest in times of unusual or adverse market, economic or political conditions, for temporary defensive purposes and for cash management purposes, in corporate and

 

5


government bonds and notes and money market instruments. The fund may invest in cash and in short-term instruments, and it may hold cash and short-term instruments without limitation when the manager determines that it is appropriate to maintain a temporary defensive posture. Short-term instruments in which the fund may invest include: (a) obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including repurchase agreements with respect to such securities); (b) bank obligations (including certificates of deposit (“CDs”), time deposits (“TDs”) and bankers’ acceptances of domestic or foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and similar institutions); (c) floating rate securities and other instruments denominated in U.S. dollars issued by international development agencies, banks and other financial institutions, governments and their agencies or instrumentalities and corporations located in countries that are members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; and (d) commercial paper rated no lower than A-2 by Standard & Poor’s, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or Prime-2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or the equivalent from another major rating service or, if unrated, of an issuer having an outstanding, unsecured debt issue then rated within the three highest rating categories. Money market instruments in which the fund may invest include: obligations issued by or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”); certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and similar institutions; high grade commercial paper; and repurchase agreements with respect to the foregoing types of instruments. The following is a more detailed description of such money market instruments.

CDs are short-term negotiable obligations of commercial banks. TDs are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers usually in connection with international transactions.

Domestic commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each bank held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of governmental regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks, such as CDs and TDs, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and government regulation. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of domestic banks or domestic branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of domestic banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations, and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a domestic bank than about a domestic bank. CDs issued by wholly owned Canadian subsidiaries of domestic banks are guaranteed as to repayment of principal and interest (but not as to sovereign risk) by the domestic parent bank.

Obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by governmental regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A domestic branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In

 

6


addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state, an amount of its assets equal to 5% of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a domestic branch of a foreign bank than about a domestic bank.

In view of the foregoing factors associated with the purchase of CDs and TDs issued by foreign branches of domestic banks or by domestic branches of foreign banks, the manager will carefully evaluate such investments on a case-by-case basis.

Savings and loan associations whose CDs may be purchased by the fund are supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC and is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. As a result, such savings and loan associations are subject to regulation and examination.

Repurchase Agreements. The fund may enter into repurchase agreements. In an attempt to reduce the risk of incurring a loss on a repurchase agreement, the fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with domestic banks with total assets in excess of $1 billion, or primary government securities dealers reporting to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, with respect to securities of the type in which the fund may invest, and will require that additional securities be deposited with it if the value of the securities purchased should decrease below resale price. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed-upon price and time, thereby determining the yield during the fund’s holding period. If the value of such securities were less than the repurchase price, plus interest, the other party to the agreement would be required to provide additional collateral so that at all times the collateral is at least 102% of the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its right to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. The manager, acting under the supervision of the Board of Trustees (the “Board”), reviews on an ongoing basis the value of the collateral and creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate potential risks.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”), may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U.S. government securities. Each joint repurchase arrangement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

Securities Lending. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. The fund will not lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the manager unless it has applied for and received specific authority to do so from the SEC. From time to time, the fund may pay to the borrower and/or a third party which is unaffiliated with the fund or Legg Mason and is acting as a “finder” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned. Although the borrower will generally be required to make payments to the fund in lieu of any dividends the fund would have otherwise received had it not loaned the shares to the borrower, such payments will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the fund’s regular dividends (as defined below) received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

 

7


Requirements of the SEC, which may be subject to future modification, currently provide that the following conditions must be met whenever the fund’s portfolio securities are loaned: (a) the fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (c) the fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (d) the fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (e) the fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower. However, if a material event adversely affecting the investment in the loaned securities occurs, the fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities.

The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. The fund could also lose money if its short-term investment of the cash collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

Derivatives.

General. The fund may invest in certain derivative instruments (also called “Financial Instruments”), discussed below, to attempt to hedge its investments, among other things, as described in the Prospectus. The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). In addition, the fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations. In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the subadviser expects that additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques may become available. These new opportunities may become available as the subadviser develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objective and are permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. The fund might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Each Financial Instrument purchased for the fund is reviewed and analyzed by the subadviser to assess the risk and reward of each such instrument in relation to the fund’s investment strategy. The decision to invest in derivative instruments or conventional securities is made by measuring the respective instrument’s ability to provide value to the fund.

Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in the fund’s portfolio. In a short hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the fund intends to acquire. In a long hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to a security the fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the fund intends to acquire. If the fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security as anticipated, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indexes, in

 

8


contrast, may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities may be used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

Special Risks. The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of the fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed.

(1) Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the subadviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed and use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to enhance returns or manage risk.

(2) When Financial Instruments are used for hedging purposes, the historical correlation between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged might change so as to make the hedge less effective or unsuccessful. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a change in correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using Financial Instruments on indexes will depend on the degree to which correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the securities being hedged can be accurately predicted.

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match the fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. The fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves the risk that the options or futures position will not track the performance of the fund’s other investments.

Options and futures prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the fund’s investments well. Options and futures prices are affected by factors which may not affect security prices the same way, such as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract.

Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures are traded as compared to securities or from the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. The fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in the fund’s options or futures positions have a low correlation with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

(3) If successful, the hedging strategies discussed above can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if the fund entered into a short hedge because its subadviser projected a decline in the price of a security in the fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

(4) The fund might be required to maintain segregated assets as “cover” or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., Financial Instruments

 

9


other than purchased options). If the fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so or require that the fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

(5) The fund may be subject to the risk that the other party to a Financial Instrument (the “counterparty”) will not be able to honor its financial obligation to the fund.

(6) Many derivative instruments are traded in institutional markets rather than on an exchange. Nevertheless, many derivative instruments are actively traded and can be priced with as much accuracy as conventional securities. Derivative instruments that are custom designed to meet the specialized investment needs of a relatively narrow group of institutional investors such as the fund are not readily marketable and are subject to the fund’s restrictions on illiquid investments.

The fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the fund.

Options, Futures and Currency Strategies. The fund may, but is not required to, use forward currency contracts and certain options and futures strategies to attempt to hedge its portfolio, i.e., reduce the overall level of investment risk normally associated with the fund as a substitute for buying or selling securities, or as a cash management technique. There can be no assurance that such efforts will succeed.

To attempt to hedge against adverse movements in exchange rates between currencies, the fund may enter into forward currency contracts for the purchase or sale of a specified currency at a specified future date. Such contracts may involve the purchase or sale of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar or may involve two foreign currencies. The fund may enter into forward currency contracts either with respect to specific transactions or with respect to its portfolio positions. For example, when the subadviser anticipates making a purchase or sale of a security, it may enter into a forward currency contract in order to set the rate (either relative to the U.S. dollar or another currency) at which the currency exchange transaction related to the purchase or sale will be made (“transaction hedging”). Further, when the subadviser believes that a particular currency may decline compared to the U.S. dollar or another currency, the fund may enter into a forward contract to sell the currency the subadviser expects to decline in an amount approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s securities denominated in that currency. When the subadviser believes that one currency may decline against a currency in which some or all of the portfolio securities held by the fund are denominated, it may enter into a forward contract to buy the currency expected to appreciate for a fixed amount (“position hedging”). In this situation, the fund may, in the alternative, enter into a forward contract to sell a different currency for a fixed amount of the currency expected to decline where the subadviser believes that the value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall whenever there is a decline in the value of the currency in which portfolio securities of the fund are denominated (“cross hedging”). The fund’s custodian places cash or other liquid assets in a separate account of the fund having a value equal to the aggregate amount of the fund’s commitments under forward currency contracts entered into with respect to position hedges and cross-hedges. If the value of the securities placed in a separate account declines, additional cash or securities are placed in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the amount will equal the amount of the fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

For hedging purposes, the fund may write covered call options and purchase put and call options on currencies to hedge against movements in exchange rates and on debt securities to hedge against the risk of fluctuations in the prices of securities held by the fund or which the subadviser intends to include in its portfolio. The fund also may use interest rate futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in the general level in interest rates.

 

10


The fund may write call options on securities and currencies only if they are covered, and such options must remain covered so long as the fund is obligated as a writer. A call option written by the fund is “covered” if the fund owns the securities or currency underlying the option or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security or currency without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by the fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities or currencies held in its portfolio. A written call option is also covered if the fund holds on a share-for-share basis a purchased call on the same security or holds a call on the same currency as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to less than the exercise price of the call written or greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is maintained by the fund in cash or other liquid assets.

The fund may purchase put and call options in anticipation of declines in the value of portfolio securities or increases in the value of securities to be acquired. If the expected changes occur, the fund may be able to offset the resulting adverse effect on its portfolio, in whole or in part, through the options purchased. The risk assumed by the fund in connection with such transactions is limited to the amount of the premium and related transaction costs associated with the option, although the fund may be required to forfeit such amounts in the event the prices of securities underlying the options do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated. The fund may invest up to 5% of the total assets in put and call options on securities.

Over-the-counter options in which the fund may invest differ from exchange-traded options in that they are two-party contracts, with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options. The fund may be required to treat as illiquid over-the-counter options purchased and securities being used to cover certain written over-the-counter options.

Stock Index Options. The fund may purchase put and call options and write call options on U.S. stock indexes listed on U.S. exchanges in order to realize its investment objective of capital appreciation or for the purpose of hedging its portfolio. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index.

Options on stock indexes are generally similar to options on stock except for the delivery requirements. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a stock index gives the holder the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount” equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b) a fixed “index multiplier.” Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based being greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars or a foreign currency, as the case may be, times a specified multiple. The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The writer may offset its position in stock index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing transaction on an exchange or it may let the option expire unexercised.

The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options as a hedging technique will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the securities portfolio of the fund being hedged correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the fund will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indexes, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the fund of options on stock indexes will be subject to the subadviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

 

11


The fund will engage in stock index options transactions only when determined by the subadviser to be consistent with the fund’s efforts to control risk. There can be no assurance that such judgment will be accurate or that the use of these portfolio strategies will be successful. The fund can invest up to 5% of its total assets in put and call options on domestic and foreign stock indexes.

Options on Securities. The fund may engage in the writing of covered call options. The fund may also purchase put options and enter into closing transactions.

The principal reason for writing covered call options on securities is to attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. In return for a premium, the writer of a covered call option forfeits the right to any appreciation in the value of the underlying security above the strike price for the life of the option (or until a closing purchase transaction can be effected). Nevertheless, the call writer retains the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. Similarly, the principal reason for writing covered put options is to realize income in the form of premiums. The writer of a covered put option accepts the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. The size of the premiums the fund may receive may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other investment companies, engage in or increase their option-writing activities.

Options written by the fund will normally have expiration dates between one and six months from the date written. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to, or above the current market values of the underlying securities at the times options are written. In the case of call options, these exercise prices are referred to as “in-the-money,” “at-the-money” and “out-of-the-money,” respectively.

The fund may write (a) in-the-money call options when the subadviser expects the price of the underlying security to remain flat or decline moderately during the option period, (b) at-the-money call options when the subadviser expects the price of the underlying security to remain flat or advance moderately during the option period and (c) out-of-the-money call options when the subadviser expects that the price of the security may increase but not above a price equal to the sum of the exercise price plus the premiums received from writing the call option. In any of the preceding situations, if the market price of the underlying security declines and the security is sold at this lower price, the amount of any realized loss will be offset wholly or in part by the premium received. Writing out-of-the-money, at-the-money and in-the-money put options (the reverse of call options as to the relation of exercise price to market price) may be utilized in the same market environments as such call options are used in equivalent transactions.

So long as the obligation of the fund as the writer of an option continues, the fund may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker/dealer through which the option was sold, requiring it to deliver, in the case of a call, or take delivery of, in the case of a put, the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates when the option expires or the fund effects a closing purchase transaction. The fund can no longer effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option once it has been assigned an exercise notice. To secure its obligation to deliver the underlying security when it writes a call option, or to pay for the underlying security when it writes a put option, the fund will be required to deposit in escrow the underlying security or other assets in accordance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) or similar clearing corporation and the securities exchange on which the option is written.

An option position may be closed out only where there exists a secondary market for an option of the same series on a recognized securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market. The fund expects to write options only on national securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. The fund may purchase put options issued by the OCC or in the over-the-counter market. The fund may realize a profit or loss upon entering into a closing transaction. In cases in which the fund has written an option, it will realize a profit if the cost of the closing purchase transaction is less than the premium received upon writing the original option and will incur a loss if the cost of the closing purchase transaction exceeds the premium received upon writing the original option. Similarly, when the fund has purchased an option and engages in a closing sale transaction, whether it

 

12


recognizes a profit or loss will depend upon whether the amount received in the closing sale transaction is more or less than the premium the fund initially paid for the original option plus the related transaction costs.

Although the fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which the subadviser believes there is an active secondary market so as to facilitate closing transactions, there is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market on a securities exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time, and for some options no such secondary market may exist or option may cease to exist. In the past, for example, higher than anticipated trading activity or order flow, or other unforeseen events, have at times rendered certain of the facilities of the OCC and national securities exchanges inadequate and resulted in the institution of special procedures, such as trading rotations, restrictions on certain types of orders or trading halts or suspensions in one or more options. There can be no assurance that similar events, or events that may otherwise interfere with the timely execution of customers’ orders, will not recur. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options. If, as a covered call option writer, the fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Securities exchanges generally have established limitations governing the maximum number of calls and puts of each class which may be held or written, or exercised within certain periods, by an investor or group of investors acting in concert (regardless of whether the options are written on the same or different securities exchanges or are held, written or exercised in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). It is possible that the fund and other clients of the manager or subadviser and certain of their affiliates may be considered to be such a group. A securities exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

In the case of options written by the fund that are deemed covered by virtue of the fund’s holding convertible or exchangeable preferred stock or debt securities, the time required to convert or exchange and obtain physical delivery of the underlying common stock with respect to which the fund has written options may exceed the time within which the fund must make delivery in accordance with an exercise notice. In these instances, the fund may purchase or temporarily borrow the underlying securities for purposes of physical delivery. By so doing, the fund will not bear any market risk because the fund will have the absolute right to receive from the issuer of the underlying security an equal number of shares to replace the borrowed stock, but the fund may incur additional transaction costs or interest expenses in connection with any such purchase or borrowing.

Although the subadviser will attempt to take appropriate measures to minimize the risks relating to the fund’s writing of call options and purchasing of put and call options, there can be no assurance that the fund will succeed in its option-writing program.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. As described generally above, the fund may enter into futures contracts and purchase and write (sell) options on these contracts, including but not limited to, interest rate, securities index and foreign currency contracts and put and call options on these futures contracts. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. The fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures to seek higher investment returns when a futures contract is priced more attractively than stocks comprising a benchmark index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. The fund will only enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts that are traded on a U.S. exchange and board of trade. Assets committed to futures contracts will be segregated on the fund’s books to the extent required by law.

The purpose of entering into a futures contract is to protect the fund from fluctuations in the value of securities without actually buying or selling the securities. For example, in the case of stock index futures contracts, if the fund anticipates an increase in the price of stocks that it intends to purchase at a later time, the fund could enter into contracts to purchase the stock index (known as taking a “long” position) as a temporary

 

13


substitute for the purchase of stocks. If an increase in the market occurs that influences the stock index as anticipated, the value of the futures contracts increases and thereby serves as a hedge against the fund’s not participating in a market advance. The fund then may close out the futures contracts by entering into offsetting futures contracts to sell the stock index (known as taking a “short” position) as it purchases individual stocks. The fund can accomplish similar results by buying securities with long maturities and selling securities with short maturities. But by using futures contracts as an investment tool to reduce risk, given the greater liquidity in the futures market, it may be possible to accomplish the same result more easily and more quickly.

No consideration will be paid or received by the fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract, which is returned to the fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker, will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” In addition, when the fund enters into a long position in a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, it must maintain an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to the total market value of the underlying futures contract, less amounts held in the fund’s commodity brokerage account at its broker. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the fund’s existing position in the contract.

The fund will not enter into futures contracts and related options for which the aggregate initial margin and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of the fund’s assets after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any contracts it has entered into. Owning the underlying security or segregation of assets will cover all futures and options on futures positions. With respect to long positions in a futures contract or option (e.g., futures contracts to purchase the underlying instrument and call options purchased or put options written on these futures contracts or instruments), the underlying value of the futures contract at all times will not exceed the sum of cash, short-term U.S. debt obligations or other high quality obligations set aside for this purpose.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange) and no secondary market exists for those contracts. In addition, although the fund intends to enter into futures contracts only if there is an active market for the contracts, there is no assurance that an active market will exist for the contracts at any particular time. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses. In such event, and in the event of adverse price movements, the fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin; in such circumstances, an increase in the value of the portion of the portfolio being hedged, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract. As described above, however, no assurance can be given that the price of the securities being hedged will correlate with the price movements in a futures contract and thus provide an offset to losses on the futures contract.

The CFTC has eliminated limitations on futures transactions and options thereon by registered investment companies, provided that the manager to the registered investment company claims an exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator. The fund is managed by an entity that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. As a result of these CFTC rule changes, the fund is no longer restricted in its ability to enter into futures transactions and options thereon under CFTC regulations. The fund, however, continues to have policies with respect to futures and

 

14


options thereon. The current view of the staff of the SEC is that the fund’s long and short positions in futures contracts as well as put and call options on futures written by it must be collateralized with cash or other liquid assets and segregated with the fund’s custodian or a designated sub-custodian or “covered” in a manner similar to that for covered options on securities and designed to eliminate any potential leveraging.

Investment in Other Investment Companies. The fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies, which can include open-end funds, closed-end funds and unregistered investment companies, subject to the limits set forth in the 1940 Act that apply to these types of investments. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risks of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index, the NASDAQ-100 Index, the Barclays Capital Treasury Bond Index, or more narrow sector or foreign indexes, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout the trading day, bought and sold based on market prices rather than NAV. Shares can trade at either a premium or discount to NAV. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day and an approximation of actual NAV is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index-based ETFs tend to closely track the actual NAV of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a larger discount or premium to actual NAVs.

The fund may invest in closed-end funds which hold securities of U. S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end funds may entail the additional risk that the discount from NAV could increase while the fund holds the shares.

Short Sales. The fund may sell securities short. A short sale is effected when it is believed that the price of a particular security will decline, and involves the sale of a security which the fund does not own in the hope of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. There can be no assurance that the fund will be able to close out a short position (i.e., purchase the same security) at any particular time or at an acceptable or advantageous price. To make delivery to the buyer, the fund must borrow the security from a broker/dealer through which the short sale is executed, and the broker/dealer must deliver the security, on behalf of the fund, to the buyer. The broker/dealer is entitled to retain the proceeds from the short sale until the fund delivers to such broker/dealer the security sold short. In addition, the fund is required to pay to the broker/dealer the amount of any dividends or interest paid on shares sold short. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for short sales at any one time.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risks beyond the initial capital necessary to secure each transaction. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from

 

15


those losses that could arise from a cash investment in a security because losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security. Whenever the fund sells short, it must segregate assets held by its custodian as collateral to cover its obligation, and maintain the collateral in an amount at least equal to the market value of the short position. To the extent that the liquid securities segregated by the fund’s custodian are subject to gain or loss, and the securities sold short are subject to the possibility of gain or loss, leverage is created. The liquid securities utilized by the fund in this respect will normally be primarily composed of equity portfolio securities that are subject to gains or losses and, accordingly, when the fund executes short sales leverage will normally be created.

There is also a risk that a borrowed security will need to be returned to the broker/dealer on short notice. If the request for the return of a security occurs at a time when other short sellers of the security are receiving similar requests, a “short squeeze” can occur, meaning that the fund might be compelled, at the most disadvantageous time, to replace the borrowed security with a security purchased on the open market, possibly at prices significantly in excess of the proceeds received earlier.

The fund has a short position in the securities sold short until it delivers to the broker/dealer the securities sold, at which time the fund receives the proceeds of the sale. The fund will normally close out a short position by purchasing on the open market and delivering to the broker/dealer an equal amount of the securities sold short.

As a hedging technique, the fund may purchase call options to buy securities sold short by the fund. Such options would lock in a future price and protect the fund in case of an unanticipated increase in the price of a security sold short by the fund.

The fund may also make short sales “against the box,” meaning that at all times when a short position is open, the fund owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, for securities of the same issues as, and in an amount equal to, the securities sold short. Short sales “against the box” result in a “constructive sale” and require the fund to recognize any gain unless an exception to the constructive sale rule applies.

Investments by Funds of Funds. Certain investment companies, including those that are affiliated with the fund because they are managed by an affiliate of the manager, may invest in the fund as part of an asset allocation strategy. These investment companies are referred to as “funds of funds” because they invest primarily in other investment companies.

From time to time, the fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to rebalancings of the assets of a fund of funds invested in the fund. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so. If this were to occur, the effects of the rebalancing trades could adversely affect the fund’s performance. Redemptions of fund shares due to rebalancings could also accelerate the realization of taxable capital gains in the fund and might increase brokerage and/or other transaction costs.

The fund’s subadviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in connection with investments by affiliated funds of funds. For example, the subadviser may have an incentive to permit an affiliated fund of funds to become a more significant shareholder (with the potential to cause greater disruption to the funds) than would be permitted for an unaffiliated investor. The subadviser has committed to the Board that it will resolve any potential conflict in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund in accordance with its fiduciary duty to the fund. As necessary, the subadviser will take such actions as it deems appropriate to minimize potential adverse impacts, including redemption of shares in-kind, rather than in cash. Similar issues may result from investment in the fund by Section 529 plans.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities. Up to 15% of the net assets of the fund may be invested in illiquid securities. An illiquid security is any security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of

 

16


business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security. Illiquid securities may include (a) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days; (b) futures contracts and options thereon for which a liquid secondary market does not exist; (c) TDs maturing in more than seven calendar days; (d) securities subject to contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments that lack readily available markets; and (e) securities of new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded.

Under SEC regulations, certain securities acquired through private placements can be traded freely among qualified purchasers. The SEC has stated that an investment company’s board of directors, or its investment adviser acting under authority delegated by the board, may determine that a security eligible for trading under these regulations is “liquid.” The fund intends to rely on these regulations, to the extent appropriate, to deem specific securities acquired through private placements as “liquid.” The Board has delegated to the manager the responsibility for determining whether a particular security eligible for trading under these regulations is “liquid.” Investing in these restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the fund’s illiquidity if qualified purchasers become, for a time, uninterested in buying these securities.

Restricted securities are securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on their resale, such as private placements. Such restrictions might prevent the sale of restricted securities at a time when the sale would otherwise be desirable. Restricted securities may be sold only (1) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) (such securities are referred to herein as “Rule 144A securities”), or another exemption; (2) in privately negotiated transactions; or (3) in public offerings with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A securities, although not registered in the United States, may be sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. As noted above, the manager, acting pursuant to guidelines established by the Board, may determine that some Rule 144A securities are liquid for purposes of limitations on the amount of illiquid investments the fund may own. Where registration is required, the fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the fund is able to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the fund might obtain a less favorable price than expected when it decided to sell.

Illiquid securities may be difficult to value and the fund may have difficulty disposing of such securities promptly. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing illiquid investments than those securities for which a more active market exists. The fund does not consider non-U.S. securities to be restricted if they can be freely sold in the principal markets in which they are traded, even if they are not registered for sale in the United States.

To the extent required by applicable law and SEC guidance, no securities for which there is not a readily available market will be acquired by the fund if such acquisition would cause the aggregate value of illiquid securities to exceed 15% of the fund’s net assets.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power of the fund present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund. The Board may change non-fundamental investment policies at any time.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction.

 

17


The fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

(1) The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(2) The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(3) The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(4) The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(5) The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(6) The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(7) Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of the fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate the fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently, the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

 

18


With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to the fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits the fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. The fund may also borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of the fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from owning real estate; however, the fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits the fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies

 

19


whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust (“REIT”) securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, the fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits the fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If the fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There may also be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in ETFs that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s non-fundamental investment policies are as follows:

1. The fund may not invest in other registered open-end management investment companies and registered unit investment trusts in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraphs (G) or (F) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act. The foregoing investment policy does not restrict the fund from (i) acquiring securities of other registered investment companies in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or acquisition of assets, or (ii) purchasing the securities of registered investment companies, to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

2. The fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies

 

20


or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund’s portfolio turnover rates were 39% and 20%, respectively.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent the portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”), and executive officers of the Trust, their years of birth, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

 

Name and

Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past 5 Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

       

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

  Trustee   Since 1983   Law Firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)   53   None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

  Trustee   Since 1991   President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)   53   None

 

21


Name and

Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past 5 Years

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1981  

Professor Emeritus, Harvard Business School (since 2007); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007); Independent Consultant (since 1969)

  53   None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1993   President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)   53   None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

  Trustee   From 1981 to 1998 and 2000 to Present   Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)   53   None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

  Trustee   Since 1983   Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1992)   53   None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

  Trustee   Since 1995   Retired   53   None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

  Trustee   Since 1983   President, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer), division of Li & Fung (since 1963)   53   None

 

22


Name and

Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past 5 Years

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

  Trustee   Since 2002   Founder and Senior Principal, Murphy Capital Management (investment management) (since 1983)   53  

Trustee, UBS Funds (52 funds) (since 2008); Director, Nicholas Applegate Institutional Funds (12 funds) (since 2005); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (since 2002); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); formerly, Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (1983 to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

  Trustee   Since 1983  

President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (brewery) (since 1989); Partner, Thompson Coburn LLP (law firm) (since 2009); formerly, Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) and its predecessor firms (prior to May 2009)

  53   Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

  Trustee   Since 1993   Retired   53   None

 

23


Name and

Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past 5 Years

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

         

R. Jay Gerken , CFA†

Born 1951

 

Trustee,

President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

  Since 2002   Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 146 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Chairman, President and CEO, Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (former registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)   133   Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (2002 to 2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with LMPFA and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

24


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s) with
Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 146 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and CEO of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, SBFM and Chairman, President and CEO, CFM (former registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly Managing Director of CGMI (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (since 2006); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM” ) (a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management, CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005)

John Chiota

Born 1968

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer and Identity Theft Prevention Officer    Since 2006 and 2008    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Identity Theft Prevention Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2008); formerly Vice President at CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse (prior to 2004)

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003); formerly, Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (2000 to 2005); formerly, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004)

 

25


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s)with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (1992 to 2005)

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); formerly, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004)

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005)

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2007    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2008); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); formerly, Accounting Manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005)

Jeanne M. Kelly

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Senior Vice President    Since 2005    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director of Global Fund Administration, CAM (1996 to 2005)

 

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the Trust receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings. The Board has six standing

 

26


Committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Contract Committee, the Governance Committee, the Performance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Hubbard, Johnson, Maryatt, J. Miller, K. Miller, Murphy, Schlafly and Viscione. The Compensation Committee is composed of three Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Maryatt, J. Miller and K. Miller. The Contract Committee is composed of four Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Hubbard, Johnson, Murphy and Schlafly. The Performance Committee is composed of five Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Murphy and Viscione, and the Chairman of the Board. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund, the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management arrangement.

The function of the Compensation Committee is to recommend to the Board the appropriate compensation for serving as a Trustee on the Board.

The Contract Committee is charged with assisting the Board in requesting and evaluating such information from the manager and subadviser as may reasonably be necessary to evaluate the terms of the fund’s investment management agreement and subadvisory agreement.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems it appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

27


   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution that the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution that the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with assisting the Board in carrying out its oversight responsibilities over the fund and fund management with respect to investment management, objectives, strategies, policies and procedures, performance and performance benchmarks.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on boards of predecessors to the Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met eight times during the fund’s last fiscal year. The Audit, Compensation, Contract, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met four, one, one, four, four and four times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal period.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
the Fund($)
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities In
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee($)

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

   10,001-50,000    Over 100,000

Andrew L. Breech

   None    Over 100,000

Dwight B. Crane

   50,001-100,000    Over 100,000

Frank G. Hubbard

   None    Over 100,000

Howard J. Johnson

   10,001-50,000    Over 100,000

David E. Maryatt(1)

   None    None

Jerome H. Miller

   None    Over 100,000

Ken Miller

   None    Over 100,000

John J. Murphy

   None    Over 100,000

Thomas F. Schlafly

   None    Over 100,000

Jerry A. Viscione

   10,001-50,000    Over 100,000

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

   10,001-50,000    Over 100,000

 

(1) As of December 31, 2009, Mr. Maryatt had between $10,001 - $50,000 invested in Legg Mason funds not overseen by him as a Trustee.

As of January 29, 2010, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

 

28


Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustees’ fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $120,000 plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for each telephonic Board meeting in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee receives an additional $25,000 per year, the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional $15,000 per year and the Chairs of the Performance, Contract and Compensation Committees each receive an additional $12,500 per year. Other members of the Performance, Contract and Compensation Committees each receive an additional $10,000 per year.

Information regarding compensation paid to the Trustees is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund($)(2)
   Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of Fund
Expenses($)(4)
   Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee($)(3)
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
complex
Overseen by
Trustee

Independent Trustees

           

Paul R. Ades

   29,086    None    193,000    53

Andrew L. Breech

   29,325    None    195,000    53

Dwight B. Crane

   34,373    None    218,000    53

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.(5)

   30,578    None    193,000    53

Frank G. Hubbard

   30,578    None    193,000    53

Howard J. Johnson

   33,607    None    190,500    53

David E. Maryatt

   30,578    None    193,000    53

Jerome H. Miller

   31,179    None    194,500    53

Ken Miller

   30,578    None    192,000    53

John J. Murphy

   32,476    None    205,500    53

Thomas F. Schlafly

   30,578    None    193,000    53

Jerry A. Viscione

   29,086    None    193,000    53

Interested Trustee

           

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   None    None    None    133

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Information is for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009.
(3) Information is for the calendar year ended December 31, 2009.
(4) Pursuant to prior retirement plans, the fund made payments of $34,163 to former Trustees for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009.
(5) Mr. Frayn retired from the Board effective December 31, 2009.

As of January 29, 2010, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding common stock the fund.

 

29


As of January 29, 2010, to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or “groups” (as the term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”)) owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Class

  

Shareholder Name and Address

   Percentage of
Shares Held (%)

Class A

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

700 Red Brook Boulevard

Owings Mill, MD 2117-5184

   51.93

Class A

  

PFPC Brokerage Services

FBO Primerica Financial Services

760 Moore Road

King of Prussia, PA 19406-1212

   26.26

Class B

  

PFPC Brokerage Services

FBO Primerica Financial Services

760 Moore Road

King of Prussia, PA 19406-1212

   63.04

Class B

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

700 Red Brook Boulevard

Owings Mill, MD 2117-5184

   27.29

Class C

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

700 Red Brook Boulevard

Owings Mill, MD 2117-5184

   64.32

Class FI

  

MG Trust Company FBO GTB Innovative Solutions Inc.

700 17th Street, Suite 300

Denver, CO 80202-3531

   100.00

Class R

  

ING Enhanced K Choice

Trustee, Reliance Trust Company

400 Atrium Drive

Somerset, NJ 08873-4162

   54.16

Class R

  

ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, CT 06156-0002

   16.23

Class R

  

Counsel Trust DBA MATC

FBO Direct Source, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust

1251 Waterfront Pl.

Suite 525

Pittsburgh, PA 15222-4228

   7.49

Class R

  

First Clearing LLC

A/C 1784-2134

2801 Market Street

St. Louis, MO 63103-2523

   5.95

Class R

  

Capital Bank and Trust Company

Trustee, Alden Associates

8515 E. Orchard Road 2T2

Greenwood Village, CO 80111-5002

   5.84

 

30


Class

  

Shareholder Name and Address

   Percentage of
Shares Held (%)

Class I

  

State Street Bank and Trust Co.

Custodian FBO Minnesota State Retirement System

60 Empire Drive, Suite 300

St. Paul, MN 55103-3000

   31.56

Class I

  

CitiStreet Trustee U/A dated 4/2/01 FBO Westinghouse Electric Company Savings Plan

801 Pennsylvania Ave.

Kansas City, MO 64105-1307

   6.34

Class I

  

Montgomery County Defined Compensation Plan

One Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA 02171-2105

   5.65

Class IS

  

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 85%

55 Water Street, 31st Floor

New York, NY 10041-3299

   18.70

Class IS

  

State of Colorado

Scholars Choice

College Invest Equity Portfolio

55 Water Street, 31st Floor

New York, NY 10041-3299

   17.80

Class IS

  

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 70%

55 Water Street, 31st Floor

New York, NY 10041-3299

   12.95

Class IS

  

State of Colorado

Scholars Choice

College Invest Portfolio 4

55 Water Street, 31st Floor

New York, NY 10041-3299

   9.68

Class IS

  

State of Colorado

Scholars Choice

College Invest Portfolio 3

55 Water Street, 31st Floor

New York, NY 10041-3299

   5.68

Class IS

  

State of Colorado

Scholars Choice

College Invest Portfolio 1

55 Water Street, 31st Floor

New York, NY 10041-3299

   5.38

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund, pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term instruments of the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As

 

31


of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

The manager has agreed, under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision of the fund’s Board, to provide the fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision; furnish a continuous investment program for the fund’s portfolio of securities and other investments consistent with the fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions; and place orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The manager is permitted to enter into contracts with subadvisers or subadministrators, subject to the Board’s approval. The manager has entered into a subadvisory agreement, as described below.

The manager performs administrative and management services as reasonably requested by the fund necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence; and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Management Agreement is not assignable by the Trust except with the consent of the manager. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under the Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Net Assets

   Investment Management
Fee Rate (%)

First $250 million

   0.750

Next $250 million

   0.700

Next $500 million

   0.650

Next $1 billion

   0.600

Next $1 billion

   0.550

Over $3 billion

   0.500

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund accrued management fees of $33,856,922, $28,388,997 and $18,391,008, respectively. For the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, $9,641 in management fees were waived.

 

32


Subadviser

ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) serves as the subadviser to the fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement between the manager and ClearBridge (the “Subadvisory Agreement”). ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018. ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. As of December 31, 2009, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $53.5 billion.

Under the Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will, except for the management of cash and short-term instruments that is performed by LMPFA, manage the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Subadvisory Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its subadvisory services, the manager pays the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $23,699,845, $19,872,298 and $15,427,319, respectively.

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of October 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies the portfolio managers, the number of accounts (other than the fund) for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and, if applicable, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance.

 

Portfolio Managers

  

Registered Investment
Companies

  

Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

  

Accounts with
Fees Based on
Performance

Scott K. Glasser

   6 registered investment companies with approximately $2.86 billion in total assets under management    6 other pooled investment vehicles with approximately $0.15 billion in assets under management    36,658 other accounts with approximately $6.60 billion in total assets under management    None

 

33


Portfolio Managers

 

Registered Investment
Companies

 

Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles

 

Other Accounts

 

Accounts with Fees
Based on Performance

Michael Kagan

  5 registered investment companies with approximately $1.41 billion in total assets under management   3 other pooled investment vehicles with approximately $0.09 billion in assets under management   5,065 other accounts with approximately $0.89 billion in total assets under management   1 other account with approximately $0.49 billion in total assets under management.

Investment Professional Compensation

Portfolio Manager Compensation

ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio managers and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

Incentive Compensation

Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. A portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3 and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the applicable product benchmark (e.g., a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s Prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data (e.g., primarily Lipper or Callan).

The 1, 3 and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by ClearBridge’s Chief Investment Officer and Chief Operating Officer based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an annual incentive compensation plan with a combined scorecard based on portfolio manager questionnaires/surveys, stock picking performance and contribution to the firm. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through FactSet and make up a portion of the analyst’s overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indexes.

 

34


Deferred Award

Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For portfolio managers, one-quarter of this deferral is invested in their primary managed product, one-quarter in a composite portfolio of the firm’s new products and one-quarter in up to 14 elected proprietary ClearBridge managed funds. Consequently, portfolio managers potentially could have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. The final one-quarter of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, one-half of their deferral is invested in up to 14 elected proprietary funds, while one-quarter is invested in the new product composite and the remaining one-quarter is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the proprietary ClearBridge-managed funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees in shares upon vesting over a four year deferral period.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager or the subadviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, the manager and the subadviser each seek to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

 

35


Selection of Broker/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the manager and/or subadviser determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee (and the percentage paid to the subadviser) and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities. The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by the portfolio managers, as of October 31, 2009. These holdings are in addition to the shares held for the portfolio managers’ benefit under the subadviser’s incentive compensation program.

 

Portfolio Managers

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities
($)

Scott K. Glasser

   100,001-500,000

Michael Kagan

   1-10,000

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and

 

36


other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, Trustees and employees of the fund, if any; the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Trustees and employees; and litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and any legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Trustees and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to implement an expense cap, forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares. Any such forgone and/or reimbursed fees are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The expense caps and forgone and/or reimbursed fees do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Trustees or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

In order to implement an expense cap, the manager will, as necessary, forgo management fees or reimburse operating expenses. However, the manager is permitted to recapture amounts previously forgone or reimbursed by the manager to the fund during the same fiscal year if the fund’s total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the expense cap shown in the fund’s Prospectus. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular fund business day, in the fund’s total annual operating expenses exceeding the expense cap.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “distribution agreement”). LMIS serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor. For the period from January 1, 2007 through November 30, 2007, LMIS, CGMI, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, and PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”), located at 3120 Breckinridge Boulevard, Duluth, Georgia 30099, served as co-distributors of the fund.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act. The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares.

The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

 

37


Initial Sales Charge

The aggregate dollar amounts of initial sales charges on Class A shares received by the distributors were as follows:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:    LMIS ($)    CGMI ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   410,218    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2008

   715,867    492,602    3,249,870

December 31, 2007

   0    524,616    4,296,276

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amount of contingent deferred sales charges on Class A, Class B and Class C shares received by the distributors were as follows:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:    LMIS ($)    CGMI ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   978    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2008

   14,822    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2007

   5,876        0    3,704

Class B Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:    LMIS ($)    CGMI ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   65,804    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2008

   209,279    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2007

   394,521        0    718,279

Class C Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:    LMIS ($)    CGMI ($)     

October 31, 2009

   15,343    N/A   

December 31, 2008

   22,324    N/A   

December 31, 2007

   18,391    0   

Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan

The Trust, on behalf of the fund, has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class B, Class C, Class R and Class R1 shares and service fees for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class B, Class C and Class R1 shares at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each such class and with respect to the Class R shares at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class.

 

38


Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, Service Agents and other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund may also make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B and Class C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution-related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the fund in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Dealer reallowances, if any, are described in the fund’s Prospectus.

 

39


The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the fund pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan during the fiscal period or year indicated:

 

      Fiscal Period
Ended
10/31/09 ($)

Class A

   5,083,084

Class B

   3,121,529

Class C

   2,964,176

Class R

   9,467

Class FI

   13

 

* Amount represents less than $1.00

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS during the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009 for compensation to Service Agents, accruals for interest on expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares, printing costs of prospectuses and marketing materials are expressed in the following table.

 

Share Class

  

Third
Party
Fees ($)

  

Amortization ($)

  

Marketing ($)

  

Printing ($)

  

Total Current
Expenses ($)

Class A

  

5,054,897

  

0

  

0

  

N/A

  

5,054,897

Class B

  

2,163,801

  

623,166

  

89,018

  

11,122

  

2,880,207

Class C

  

1,739,725

  

376,287

  

140,445

  

3,788

  

1,920,245

Class F1

  

10

  

0

  

0

  

0

  

10

Class R

  

5,698

  

0

  

5,252

  

0

  

10,950

No information is presented for Class R1 shares because no shares of that class were outstanding during the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund, receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund, and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement with BFDS, BFDS maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, BFDS receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as co-transfer agent with BFDS with respect to shares purchased by clients of certain service providers. Under the co-transfer agency agreement with PNC, PNC maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes

 

40


dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, PNC receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves as counsel to the Trust and the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2010.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility. Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a copy of which is attached as Appendix A to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

41


PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I or Class IS shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s Prospectus.

There are minimum investment requirements of $1,000 for initial investments and $50 for subsequent investments for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA or its affiliates (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its affiliates, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Purchase orders received by the fund prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s transfer agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Class I Shares. The following persons are permitted to purchase Class I shares of the fund: (1) current employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates; (2) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Legg Mason; (3) current and former board members of Legg Mason; and 4) the immediate families of such persons. For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50.1

Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases fund shares pursuant to a fee-based advisory account program of an Eligible Financial Intermediary as authorized by LMIS may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion between one or more share classes owned by the investor in the same fund to Class I shares of that fund. Such a conversion in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $50 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. The Systematic Investment Plan authorizes the distributor

 

 

1

Employees who leave the employment of Legg Mason will be able to retain ownership of their Class I shares but will not be able to purchase additional shares.

 

42


to apply cash held in the shareholder’s brokerage account to make additions to the account. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the NAV plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s Prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and Class C Shares. Class B and Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I, and Class IS Shares. Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

  (b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

 

  (c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

 

  (d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another fund sold by the distributor that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

 

43


  (e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

 

  (f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

 

  (g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

All existing retirement plan shareholders who purchased Class A shares at NAV prior to November 20, 2006, are permitted to purchase additional Class A shares at NAV. Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries approved by LMIS prior to November 20, 2006 will also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

Accumulation Privilege—Please see the fund’s Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent—Helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1) $25,000

   (5) $500,000

(2) $50,000

   (6) $750,000

(3) $100,000

   (7) $1,000,000

(4) $250,000

  

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to pay the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the funds sold by the distributor.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a fund sold by the distributor may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

The eligible funds may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

 

44


Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then-current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter of Intent. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted and will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal whether because you made insufficient Eligible Fund Purchases, redeemed all of your holdings or cancelled the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

 

45


Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the NAV at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the Prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month. The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders.

 

Year Since Purchase Was Made

   Contingent
Deferred Sales
Charge (%)

First

   5.00

Second

   4.00

Third

   3.00

Fourth

   2.00

Fifth

   1.00

Sixth and thereafter

   0.00

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholder as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other funds sold by the distributor. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70 1/2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59 1/2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in

 

46


certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other funds sold by the distributor may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs authorized prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”) to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason fund are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program, Class C shares may be purchased by plans investing less than $3,000,000. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason funds equal at least $3,000,000, at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. The public offering price for Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shares (and Class A share purchases, including applicable rights of accumulation,

 

47


equaling or exceeding $1,000,000) is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase and no sales charge is imposed at the time of purchase. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class B and Class C shares, and on Class A shares when purchased in amounts equaling or exceeding $1,000,000.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the NAV of a share of the fund as of October 31, 2009.

 

Class A (based on a NAV of $11.67 and a maximum initial sales charge of 5.75%)

  $ 12.38

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of NAV is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange.

Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program. Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

 

48


Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds sold by the distributor or classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at NAV in additional shares of the fund.

For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan should be sent to the transfer agent. Withdrawals may be scheduled on any day of the month; however, if the shareholder does not specify a day, the transfer agent will schedule the withdrawal on the 25th day (or the next business day if the 25th day is a weekend or holiday) of the month.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the fund’s Prospectus. Because redemption in-kind may be used at times of unusual illiquidity in the markets, these valuation methods may include fair value estimations. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities and the market price of those securities will be subject to fluctuation until they are sold. A redemption in-kind may be considered the sale of securities by the fund to the party receiving the securities (except for tax purposes). Redemptions in-kind will not be done with LMIS or other affiliated persons of the fund except as permitted by SEC rules or orders, or other interpretive guidance from regulators.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in another fund sold by the distributor. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current NAV, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then-current NAV. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS Exchanges. Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges. Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

 

49


Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. See “Grandfathered Retirement Programs with Exchange Features” for additional information.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares” in the Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined NAV but the purchase order would be effective only at the NAV next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the NAV next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The NAV per share of each class is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday except in the event of an emergency or for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share NAV of each class will differ. Please see the Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions, except that the manager manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker/ dealers on all transactions.

 

50


The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for the three most recent fiscal years are set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement, each of the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services, as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or their affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. Investment research services include information and analysis on particular companies and industries as well as market or economic trends and portfolio strategy, market quotations for portfolio evaluations, analytical software and similar products and services. If a research service also assists the manager or the subadviser in a non-research capacity (such as bookkeeping or other administrative functions), then only the percentage or component that provides assistance to the manager or the subadviser in the investment decision making process may be paid in commission dollars. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadviser do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or subadviser, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or the subadviser by brokers that effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or the subadviser manages may be used by the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund paid commissions to brokers that provided research services as follows:

 

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Transactions
Related to Research Services ($)

  

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Commissions
Paid on Transactions Related to Research Services ($)

823,775,885

   1,093,830

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The fund’s Board has adopted

 

51


procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009 and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions as set forth in the table below.

 

      Total Brokerage
Commissions ($)

2009

   2,289,739

2008

   4,041,146

2007

   5,883,643

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

The decrease in the aggregate brokerage commissions that the fund paid for the period ended October 31, 2009 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008 was due to decreased assets under management.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

At October 31, 2009, the fund held the following equity securities issued by its regular broker/dealers.

 

Issuer

   Market
Value
(000’s) ($)

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

   75,186

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason family of funds, the funds’ boards have adopted policies and procedures developed by the fund’s manager with respect to the disclosure of a fund’s portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of the fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of the manager, the distributor or their affiliates be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding the fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

 

52


The manager’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by the fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

 

Under the policy, the fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the fund’s Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. The fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. The fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by portfolio managers (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5. The fund’s sector weightings, performance attribution (e.g., analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. The fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either the party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of the information must be subject to restrictions on sharing non-public information with any unauthorized source and on trading upon non-public information. None of the funds, Legg Mason or any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by the fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to the release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with the manager’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to each fund’s board.

 

53


Generally, the fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. As an exception to the policy, a fund may disclose its complete portfolio holdings earlier on that website.

Set forth below is a list, as of December 31, 2009, of those parties with whom the manager, on behalf of each fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy, as well as the frequency of the release under such arrangements and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay before dissemination  

State Street Bank and Trust Company
(Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

RiskMetrics Group (formerly Institutional Shareholder Services)
(Proxy Voting Services)

   As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Thomson/Vestek

   Daily    None

FactSet

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York Mellon

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

SunGard/Protegent (formerly Dataware)

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

Portfolio holdings information for the fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay before dissemination  

Baseline

   Daily    None

Frank Russell

   Monthly    1 Day

Callan

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

RogersCasey (EQuest)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Nelson Information

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

   Daily    None

Advent

   Daily    None

BARRA

   Daily    None

Plexus

   Quarterly (Calendar)    Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

   Quarterly (Calendar)    Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily    None

Ambac

   Daily    None

 

54


Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay before dissemination  

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End    None

SunTrust

   Weekly and Month End    None

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night    1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily    None

Cabot Research

   Weekly    None

Goldman Sachs

   Daily    None

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

   Daily    None

Canterbury Consulting

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Broadridge

   Daily    None

DST Global Solutions Limited

   As necessary    Varies

Interactive Data Corp.

   Daily    None

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   Daily    None

THE TRUST

The Trust.

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the “trust”) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. The fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust on April 16, 2007. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to the reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a Maryland corporation.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the “trustees”) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the “declaration”). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting.

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for

 

55


“dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares rather than all series or classes.

Election and Removal of Trustees.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration.

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or employees of the trust, or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares.

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings.

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts.

The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for

 

56


ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability.

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions.

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand if, in the judgment of the independent

 

57


trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its Prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or self-employed retirement plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The fund’s policy is to distribute its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, annually. The fund may also pay additional dividends from certain amounts of undistributed ordinary income and capital gains realized, in order to avoid a federal tax liability.

If a shareholder does not otherwise instruct, dividends and capital gains distributions will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the same class at NAV, with no additional sales charge or contingent deferred sales charge. A shareholder may change the option at any time by notifying his Service Agent. Shareholders whose accounts are held directly at the transfer agent should notify the transfer agent in writing, requesting a change to this reinvest option.

Income dividends on a class of shares of the fund may be lower than another class of shares as a result of different expenses with respect to the classes. Distributions of capital gains, if any, will be in the same amount for each class of shares.

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Each prospective shareholder is urged to consult his own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund intends to continue to qualify to be treated as a regulated investment company under the Code each taxable year. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in

 

58


each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities, foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the fund and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to United States federal income tax on the portion of its taxable income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or net capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. However, such dividends will be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

59


On October 31, 2009, the unused capital loss carryovers by the fund were approximately $284,232,424. For federal income tax purposes, this amount is available to be applied against future capital gains of the fund, if any, that are realized prior to the expiration of the applicable carryover. The amount and year of expiration for each carryforward loss is indicated below. Expiration occurs on October 31 of each year indicated below.

 

      

    2010 ($)    

    

    2016 ($)    

    

     2017 ($)     

Carryforward Amounts

     11,206,278      20,182,635      252,843,511

The fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies) will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

The fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss. The tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain.

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market, constructive sale or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. The fund may therefore be required to obtain cash to be used to satisfy these distribution requirements by selling securities at times that it might not otherwise be desirable to do so or borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

 

60


In certain situations, the fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The fund will not be eligible to elect to treat any foreign taxes it pays as paid by its shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits for such taxes on their own tax returns. Foreign taxes paid by the fund will reduce the return from the fund’s investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the fund were to elect otherwise.

Tax Credit Bonds. If the fund holds (directly or indirectly) one or more “tax credit bonds” (defined below) on one or more specified dates during the fund’s taxable year, and the fund satisfies the minimum distribution requirement, the fund may elect for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to pass through to shareholders tax credits otherwise allowable to the fund for that year with respect to such bonds. A tax credit bond is defined in the Code as a “qualified tax credit bond” (which includes a qualified forestry conservation bond, a new clean renewable energy bond, a qualified energy conservation bond, or a qualified zone academy bond, each of which must meet certain requirements specified in the Code), a “build America bond” (which includes certain qualified bonds issued before January 1, 2011) or certain other specified bonds. If the fund were to make an election, a shareholder of the fund would be required to include in income and would be entitled to claim as a tax credit an amount equal to a proportionate share of such credits. Certain limitations may apply on the extent to which the credit may be claimed.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

 

61


If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased all of the PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the fund, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of United States Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. If the fund is held through a qualified retirement plan entitled to tax-deferred treatment for federal income tax purposes, distributions will generally not be taxable currently. Special rules apply to such retirement plans. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of distributions (which may include amounts attributable to fund distributions) which may be taxable when distributed from the retirement plan. Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any distribution or dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year.

The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include it as income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. All other dividends of the fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

 

62


Special rules apply, however, to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund; or (ii) the portion of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and qualified foreign corporations, provided that the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a REIT or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such REIT or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income. For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the long-term capital gain rate is scheduled to return to 20%.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Dividends paid by the fund that are attributable to dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to the record date for a taxable dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends are included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock

 

63


became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Under current law, the fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund if shares in the fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Certain types of income received by the fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To fund shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are fund shareholders.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his or her basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment in a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. The fund may be required to withhold, for United States federal income tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s United States federal income tax liabilities.

Notices. Shareholders will also receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the United States federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxes. Distributions also may be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

 

64


If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Dividends paid by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund.

For foreign shareholders of the fund, a distribution attributable to the fund’s sale or exchange of U.S. real property or an interest in a U.S. real property holding corporation will be subject to 35% withholding and taxed to the shareholder as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business if the distribution is attributable to distributions from a REIT to the fund. In addition, foreign shareholders may be subject to certain tax filing requirements if 50% or more of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations.

Disposition of fund shares by foreign shareholders will be subject to withholding tax and treated as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations and the foreign shareholder owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the fund at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition.

The rules laid out in the previous two paragraphs, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding the fund’s participation in a wash sale transaction or its payment of a substitute dividend.

Shares of the fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated in the United States and subject to the U.S. estate tax, which under current law will be repealed only for the year 2010, if applicable.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

 

65


LEGAL MATTERS

Beginning in May 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI and a number of its then affiliates, including SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”) and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) including the fund, which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, and against CAM, SBAM and SBFM as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Defendant Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. The appeal was fully briefed and oral argument before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit took place on March 5, 2009. The parties currently are awaiting a decision from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

* * *

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds, and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors

 

66


Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

* * *

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM, based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against CGMI and SBFM by the SEC as described above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the adviser for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

The five actions were subsequently consolidated, and a consolidated complaint was filed. On September 26, 2007, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint, and judgment was entered. An appeal was filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. After full briefing, oral argument before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit took place on March 4,

 

67


2009. On February 16, 2010, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued its opinion affirming the dismissal, in part, and vacating and remanding, in part. The opinion affirmed the dismissal with prejudice of plaintiffs’ claim pursuant to Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act but vacated the dismissal of the Section 10(b) securities fraud claim. The case has been remanded to Judge Pauley of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York.

As of the date of this SAI, the fund’s investment manager believes that resolution of the pending lawsuit will not have a material effect on the ability of the fund’s investment manager and its affiliates to continue to render services to the fund under their respective contracts.

* * *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of October 31, 2009, including the Schedule of Investments as of October 31, 2009, Statement of Operations for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, Financial Highlights for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and each of the years or periods in the five-year period ended December 31, 2008, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on December 30, 2009; Accession Number 0001193125-09-261806).

 

68


APPENDIX A

CLEARBRIDGE ADVISORS

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2009

 

I. TYPES OF ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH CLEARBRIDGE VOTES PROXIES

 

II. GENERAL GUIDELINES

 

III. HOW CLEARBRIDGE VOTES

 

IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

  (1) Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

 

  (2) Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

  (3) Third Party Proxy Voting Firm – Conflicts of Interest

 

V. VOTING POLICY

 

  (1) Election of Directors

 

  (2) Proxy Contests

 

  (3) Auditors

 

  (4) Proxy Contest Defenses

 

  (5) Tender Offer Defenses

 

  (6) Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

 

  (7) Capital Structure

 

  (8) Executive and Director Compensation

 

  (9) State of Incorporation

 

  (10) Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

 

  (11) Social and Environmental Issues

 

  (12) Miscellaneous

 

VI. OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

 

  (1) Share Blocking

 

  (2) Securities on Loan

 

VII. DISCLOSURE OF PROXY VOTING

 

VIII. RECORDKEEPING AND OVERSIGHT

 

A-1


CLEARBRIDGE ADVISORS’1

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

I. TYPES OF ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH CLEARBRIDGE VOTES PROXIES

ClearBridge votes proxies for each client that has specifically authorized us to vote them in the investment management contract or otherwise and votes proxies for each ERISA account unless the plan document or investment advisory agreement specifically reserves the responsibility to vote proxies to the plan trustees or other named fiduciary. These policies and procedures are intended to fulfill applicable requirements imposed on ClearBridge by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations adopted under these laws.

 

II. GENERAL GUIDELINES

In voting proxies, we are guided by general fiduciary principles. Our goal is to act prudently, solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts we manage and, in the case of ERISA accounts, for the exclusive purpose of providing economic benefits to such persons. We attempt to provide for the consideration of all factors that could affect the value of the investment and will vote proxies in the manner that we believe will be consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values.

 

III. HOW CLEARBRIDGE VOTES

Section V of these policies and procedures sets forth certain stated positions. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position, we generally vote in accordance with the stated position. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in Section V that we consider in voting on such issue, we consider those factors and vote on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of factors that we consider in voting on such issue, we vote on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. We may utilize an external service provider to provide us with information and/or a recommendation with regard to proxy votes but we are not required to follow any such recommendations. The use of an external service provider does not relieve us of our responsibility for the proxy vote.

For routine matters, we usually vote according to our policy or the external service provider’s recommendation, although we are not obligated to do so and an individual portfolio manager may vote contrary to our policy or the recommendation of the external service provider. If a matter is non-routine, e.g., management’s recommendation is different than that of the external service provider and ClearBridge is a significant holder or it is a significant holding for ClearBridge, the issues will be highlighted to the appropriate investment teams and their views solicited by members of the Proxy Committee. Different investment teams may vote differently on the same issue, depending upon their assessment of clients’ best interests.

ClearBridge’s proxy voting process is overseen and coordinated by its Proxy Committee.

 

IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

In furtherance of ClearBridge’s goal to vote proxies in the best interests of clients, ClearBridge follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients.

 

 

1

These policies and procedures pertain to ClearBridge Advisors, LLC and ClearBridge Asset Management Inc (collectively, “ClearBridge”).

 

A-2


(1) Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

ClearBridge relies on the following to seek to identify conflicts of interest with respect to proxy voting:

 

  A. ClearBridge’s employees are periodically reminded of their obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of ClearBridge with respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of their personal relationships or personal or business relationships relating to another Legg Mason business unit , and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  B. ClearBridge’s finance area maintains and provides to ClearBridge Compliance and proxy voting personnel an up- to-date list of all client relationships that have historically accounted for or are projected to account for greater than 1% of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

 

  C. As a general matter, ClearBridge takes the position that relationships between a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason unit and an issuer (e.g., investment management relationship between an issuer and a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason affiliate) do not present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting proxies with respect to such issuer because ClearBridge operates as an independent business unit from other Legg Mason business units and because of the existence of informational barriers between ClearBridge and certain other Legg Mason business units. As noted above, ClearBridge employees are under an obligation to bring such conflicts of interest, including conflicts of interest which may arise because of an attempt by another Legg Mason business unit or non-ClearBridge Legg Mason officer or employee to influence proxy voting by ClearBridge to the attention of ClearBridge Compliance.

 

  D. A list of issuers with respect to which ClearBridge has a potential conflict of interest in voting proxies on behalf of client accounts will be maintained by ClearBridge proxy voting personnel. ClearBridge will not vote proxies relating to such issuers until it has been determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for resolving the conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented, as described in Section IV below.

 

(2) Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

  A. ClearBridge maintains a Proxy Committee which, among other things, reviews and addresses conflicts of interest brought to its attention. The Proxy Committee is comprised of such ClearBridge personnel (and others, at ClearBridge’s request), as are designated from time to time. The current members of the Proxy Committee are set forth in the Proxy Committee’s Terms of Reference.

 

  B. All conflicts of interest identified pursuant to the procedures outlined in Section IV. (1) must be brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for resolution. A proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated ClearBridge position on such issue or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party generally is not brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for a conflict of interest review because ClearBridge’s position is that any conflict of interest issues are resolved by voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party.

 

  C. The Proxy Committee will determine whether a conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear to influence, ClearBridge’s decision-making in voting the proxy. All materiality determinations will be based on an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. A written record of all materiality determinations made by the Proxy Committee will be maintained.

 

  D. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is not material, ClearBridge may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.

 

A-3


  E. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is material, the Proxy Committee will determine an appropriate method to resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination shall be based on the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc. Such methods may include:

 

  i. disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent before voting;

 

  ii. suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the proxy on their behalf;

 

  iii. in the case of a conflict of interest resulting from a particular employee’s personal relationships, removing such employee from the decision-making process with respect to such proxy vote; or

 

  iv. such other method as is deemed appropriate given the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc.*

A written record of the method used to resolve a material conflict of interest shall be maintained.

 

(3) Third Party Proxy Voting Firm – Conflicts of Interest

With respect to a third party proxy voting firm described herein, the Proxy Committee will periodically review and assess such firm’s policies, procedures and practices with respect to the disclosure and handling of conflicts of interest.

 

V. VOTING POLICY

These are policy guidelines that can always be superseded, subject to the duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts, by the investment management professionals responsible for the account holding the shares being voted. There may be occasions when different investment teams vote differently on the same issue. A ClearBridge investment team (e.g., ClearBridge’s Social Awareness Investment team) may adopt proxy voting policies that supplement these policies and procedures. In addition, in the case of Taft-Hartley clients, ClearBridge will comply with a client direction to vote proxies in accordance with Institutional Shareholder Services’ (ISS) PVS Proxy Voting Guidelines, which ISS represents to be fully consistent with AFL-CIO guidelines.

 

(1) Election of Directors

 

  A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections.

 

  1. We withhold our vote from a director nominee who:
  (a) attended less than 75 percent of the company’s board and committee meetings without a valid excuse (illness, service to the nation/local government, work on behalf of the company);
  (b) were members of the company’s board when such board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of a majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years;
  (c) received more than 50 percent withheld votes of the shares cast at the previous board election, and the company has failed to address the issue as to why;
  (d)

is an insider where: (1) such person serves on any of the audit, compensation or nominating committees of the company’s board, (2) the company’s board performs the functions

 

 

* Especially in the case of an apparent, as opposed to actual, conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee may resolve such conflict of interest by satisfying itself that ClearBridge’s proposed vote on a proxy issue is in the best interest of client accounts and is not being influenced by the conflict of interest.

 

A-4


 

typically performed by a company’s audit, compensation and nominating committees, or (3) the full board is less than a majority independent (unless the director nominee is also the company CEO, in which case we will vote FOR);

  (e) is a member of the company’s audit committee, when excessive non-audit fees were paid to the auditor, or there are chronic control issues and an absence of established effective control mechanisms.

 

  2. We vote for all other director nominees.

 

  B. Chairman and CEO is the Same Person.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals that would require the positions of the Chairman and CEO to be held by different persons. We would generally vote FOR such a proposal unless there are compelling reasons to vote against the proposal, including:

 

   

Designation of a lead director

   

Majority of independent directors (supermajority)

   

All independent key committees

   

Size of the company (based on market capitalization)

   

Established governance guidelines

   

Company performance

 

  C. Majority of Independent Directors

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Generally that would require that the director have no connection to the company other than the board seat. In determining whether an independent director is truly independent (e.g. when voting on a slate of director candidates), we consider certain factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: whether the director or his/her company provided professional services to the company or its affiliates either currently or in the past year; whether the director has any transactional relationship with the company; whether the director is a significant customer or supplier of the company; whether the director is employed by a foundation or university that received significant grants or endowments from the company or its affiliates; and whether there are interlocking directorships.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.

 

  D. Stock Ownership Requirements

We vote against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.

 

  E. Term of Office

We vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors.

 

  F. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

  1. Subject to subparagraphs 2, 3, and 4 below, we vote for proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection.

 

A-5


  2. We vote for proposals to limit and against proposals to eliminate entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

  3. We vote against indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

 

  4. We vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage noted in subparagraph 3 above in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if: (1) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and (2) if only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

 

  G. Director Qualifications

 

  1. We vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Considerations include how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

 

  2. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.

 

(2) Proxy Contests

 

  A. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

We vote on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. Considerations include: chronology of events leading up to the proxy contest; qualifications of director nominees (incumbents and dissidents); for incumbents, whether the board is comprised of a majority of outside directors; whether key committees (ie: nominating, audit, compensation) comprise solely of independent outsiders; discussion with the respective portfolio manager(s).

 

  B. Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest. Considerations include: identity of persons who will pay solicitation expenses; cost of solicitation; percentage that will be paid to proxy solicitation firms.

 

(3) Auditors

 

  A. Ratifying Auditors

We vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position or there is reason to believe the independent auditor has not followed the highest level of ethical conduct. Specifically, we will vote to ratify auditors if the auditors only provide the company audit services and such other audit-related and non-audit services the provision of which will not cause such auditors to lose their independence under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

  B. Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports

We generally vote for management proposals seeking approval of financial accounts and reports and the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors or directors.

 

A-6


  C. Remuneration of Auditors

We vote for proposals to authorize the board or an audit committee of the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.

 

  D. Indemnification of Auditors

We vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.

 

(4) Proxy Contest Defenses

 

  A. Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

 

  1. We vote against proposals to classify the board.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

  B. Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

 

  1. We vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

  3. We vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

  4. We vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

  C. Cumulative Voting

 

  1. If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections, we vote for proposals to permit or restore cumulative voting.

 

  2. If majority voting is in place for uncontested director elections, we vote against cumulative voting.

 

  3. If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections, and proposals to adopt both cumulative voting and majority voting are on the same slate, we vote for majority voting and against cumulative voting.

 

  D. Majority Voting

 

  1. We vote for non-binding and/or binding resolutions requesting that the board amend a company’s by-laws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of the votes cast, provided that it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. In addition, all resolutions need to provide for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats (i.e. contested election). In addition, ClearBridge strongly encourages companies to adopt a post-election director resignation policy setting guidelines for the company to follow to promptly address situations involving holdover directors.

 

  E. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

  1. We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

 

A-7


  2. We vote for proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

 

  F. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

  1. We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

 

  G. Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

 

  1. We vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.
  2. We vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

  H. Advance Notice Proposals

We vote on advance notice proposals on a case-by-case basis, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

 

  I. Amendment of By-Laws

 

  1. We vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the by-laws.

 

  2. We vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the by-laws in addition to shareholders.

 

  J. Article Amendments (not otherwise covered by ClearBridge Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures).

We review on a case-by-case basis all proposals seeking amendments to the articles of association.

We vote for article amendments if:

 

   

shareholder rights are protected;

   

there is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;

   

management provides adequate reasons for the amendments; and

   

the company is required to do so by law (if applicable).

 

(5) Tender Offer Defenses

 

  A. Poison Pills

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill. Considerations include: when the plan was originally adopted; financial condition of the company; terms of the poison pill.

 

A-8


  3. We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to ratify a poison pill. Considerations include: sunset provision – poison pill is submitted to shareholders for ratification or rejection every 2 to 3 years; shareholder redemption feature -10% of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the rights plan.

 

  B. Fair Price Provisions

 

  1. We vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.

 

  C. Greenmail

 

  1. We vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

 

  D. Unequal Voting Rights

 

  1. We vote against dual class exchange offers.

 

  2. We vote against dual class re-capitalization.

 

  E. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws

 

  1. We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

 

  F. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

 

  1. We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

  G. White Squire Placements

We vote for shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues.

 

(6) Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

 

  A. Confidential Voting

 

  1.

We vote for shareholder proposals that request corporations to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include

 

A-9


 

clauses for proxy contests as follows: in the case of a contested election, management is permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

 

  2. We vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting subject to the proviso for contested elections set forth in sub-paragraph A.1 above.

 

  B. Equal Access

We vote for shareholder proposals that would allow significant company shareholders equal access to management’s proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.

 

  C. Bundled Proposals

We vote on a case-by-case basis on bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests and therefore not in the best interests of the beneficial owners of accounts, we vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, we support such proposals.

 

  D. Shareholder Advisory Committees

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee. Considerations include: rationale and cost to the firm to form such a committee. We generally vote against such proposals if the board and key nominating committees are comprised solely of independent/outside directors.

 

  E. Other Business

We vote for proposals that seek to bring forth other business matters.

 

  F. Adjourn Meeting

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals that seek to adjourn a shareholder meeting in order to solicit additional votes.

 

  G. Lack of Information

We vote against proposals if a company fails to provide shareholders with adequate information upon which to base their voting decision.

 

(7) Capital Structure

 

  A. Common Stock Authorization

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue, except as described in paragraph 2 below.

 

  2. Subject to paragraph 3, below we vote for the approval requesting increases in authorized shares if the company meets certain criteria:

 

A-10


  a) Company has already issued a certain percentage (i.e. greater than 50%) of the company’s allotment.

 

  b) The proposed increase is reasonable (i.e. less than 150% of current inventory) based on an analysis of the company’s historical stock management or future growth outlook of the company.

 

  3. We vote on a case-by-case basis, based on the input of affected portfolio managers, if holding is greater than 1% of an account.

 

  B. Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the split.

 

  C. Reverse Stock Splits

We vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the reverse split.

 

  D. Blank Check Preferred Stock

 

  1. We vote against proposals to create, authorize or increase the number of shares with regard to blank check preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

 

  3. We vote for proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

 

  4. We vote for proposals requiring a shareholder vote for blank check preferred stock issues.

 

  E. Adjust Par Value of Common Stock

We vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

 

  F. Preemptive Rights

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking to establish them and consider the following factors:

 

  a) Size of the Company.

 

  b) Characteristics of the size of the holding (holder owning more than 1% of the outstanding shares).

 

  c) Percentage of the rights offering (rule of thumb less than 5%).

 

A-11


  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking the elimination of pre-emptive rights.

 

  G. Debt Restructuring

We vote on a case-by-case basis for proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt-restructuring plan. Generally, we approve proposals that facilitate debt restructuring.

 

  H. Share Repurchase Programs

We vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

  I. Dual-Class Stock

We vote for proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

 

   

It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

   

It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

 

  J. Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

We vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

 

  K. Debt Issuance Requests

When evaluating a debt issuance request, the issuing company’s present financial situation is examined. The main factor for analysis is the company’s current debt-to-equity ratio, or gearing level. A high gearing level may incline markets and financial analysts to downgrade the company’s bond rating, increasing its investment risk factor in the process. A gearing level up to 100 percent is considered acceptable.

We vote for debt issuances for companies when the gearing level is between zero and 100 percent.

We view on a case-by-case basis proposals where the issuance of debt will result in the gearing level being greater than 100 percent. Any proposed debt issuance is compared to industry and market standards.

 

  L. Financing Plans

We generally vote for the adopting of financing plans if we believe they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

 

(8) Executive and Director Compensation

In general, we vote for executive and director compensation plans, with the view that viable compensation programs reward the creation of stockholder wealth by having high payout sensitivity to increases in shareholder value. Certain factors, however, such as repricing underwater stock options without shareholder approval, would cause us to vote against a plan. Additionally, in some cases we would vote against a plan deemed unnecessary.

 

A-12


  A. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals

 

  1. Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grant or Amend Administrative Features

We vote for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. Amendments to Added Performance-Based Goals

We vote for amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  3. Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA

We vote for amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  4. Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans

We vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  B. Expensing of Options

We vote for proposals to expense stock options on financial statements.

 

  C. Index Stock Options

We vote on a case by case basis with respect to proposals seeking to index stock options. Considerations include whether the issuer expenses stock options on its financial statements and whether the issuer’s compensation committee is comprised solely of independent directors.

 

  D. Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information. Considerations include: cost and form of disclosure. We vote for such proposals if additional disclosure is relevant to shareholder’s needs and would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.

We have a policy of voting to reasonably limit the level of options and other equity-based compensation arrangements available to management to reasonably limit shareholder dilution and management compensation. For options and equity-based compensation arrangements, we vote FOR proposals or amendments that would result in the available awards being less than 10% of fully diluted outstanding shares (i.e. if the combined total of shares, common share equivalents and options available to be awarded under all current and proposed compensation plans is less than 10% of fully diluted shares). In the event the available awards exceed the 10% threshold, we would also consider the % relative to the common practice of its specific industry (e.g. technology firms). Other considerations would include, without limitation, the following:

 

   

Compensation committee comprised of independent outside directors

 

A-13


   

Maximum award limits

   

Repricing without shareholder approval prohibited

 

  E. Golden Parachutes

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals to have golden parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. Considerations include: the amount should not exceed 3 times average base salary plus guaranteed benefits; golden parachute should be less attractive than an ongoing employment opportunity with the firm.

 

  F. Golden Coffins

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request a company not to make any death benefit payments to senior executives’ estates or beneficiaries, or pay premiums in respect to any life insurance policy covering a senior executive’s life (“golden coffin”). We carve out benefits provided under a plan, policy or arrangement applicable to a broader group of employees, such as offering group universal life insurance.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals that request shareholder approval of survivor benefits for future agreements that, following the death of a senior executive, would obligate the company to make payments or awards not earned.

 

  G. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

We vote for proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is “excessive” (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).

 

  H. 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

We vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

 

  I. Stock Compensation Plans

 

  1. We vote for stock compensation plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis for stock compensation plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange using a quantitative model.

 

  J. Directors Retirement Plans

 

  1. We vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

  K. Management Proposals to Reprice Options

We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options. Considerations include the following:

 

   

Historic trading patterns

   

Rationale for the repricing

 

A-14


   

Value-for-value exchange

   

Option vesting

   

Term of the option

   

Exercise price

   

Participation

 

  L. Shareholder Proposals Recording Executive and Director Pay

 

  1. We vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

 

  2. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

 

  3. We vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricing to a shareholder vote.

 

  4. We vote for shareholder proposals that call for a non-binding advisory vote on executive pay (“say-on-pay”). Company boards would adopt a policy giving shareholders the opportunity at each annual meeting to vote on an advisory resolution to ratify the compensation of the named executive officers set forth in the proxy statement’s summary compensation table.

 

  5. We vote on a case-by-case basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking unto account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

 

(9) State/Country of Incorporation

 

  A. Voting on State Takeover Statutes

 

  1. We vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

 

  B. Voting on Re-incorporation Proposals

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to change a company’s state or country of incorporation. Considerations include: reasons for re-incorporation (i.e. financial, restructuring, etc); advantages/benefits for change (i.e. lower taxes); compare the differences in state/country laws governing the corporation.

 

  C. Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

  1. We vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

 

  3. We vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.
  4. We vote for proposals to opt out of control share cashout statutes.

 

A-15


(10) Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

 

  A. Mergers and Acquisitions

We vote on a case-by-case basis on mergers and acquisitions. Considerations include: benefits/advantages of the combined companies (i.e. economies of scale, operating synergies, increase in market power/share, etc…); offer price (premium or discount); change in the capital structure; impact on shareholder rights.

 

  B. Corporate Restructuring

We vote on a case-by-case basis on corporate restructuring proposals involving minority squeeze outs and leveraged buyouts. Considerations include: offer price, other alternatives/offers considered and review of fairness opinions.

 

  C. Spin-offs

We vote on a case-by-case basis on spin-offs. Considerations include the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.

 

  D. Asset Sales

We vote on a case-by-case basis on asset sales. Considerations include the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

 

  E. Liquidations

We vote on a case-by-case basis on liquidations after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

 

  F. Appraisal Rights

We vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

 

  G. Changing Corporate Name

We vote for proposals to change the “corporate name”, unless the proposed name change bears a negative connotation.

 

  H. Conversion of Securities

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals regarding conversion of securities. Considerations include the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

 

  I. Stakeholder Provisions

We vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

 

A-16


(11) Social and Environmental Issues

 

  A. In general we vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder social and environmental proposals, on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. In most cases, however, we vote for disclosure reports that seek additional information, particularly when it appears the company has not adequately addressed shareholders’ social and environmental concerns. In determining our vote on shareholder social and environmental proposals, we also analyze the following factors:

 

  1. whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value;

 

  2. the percentage of sales, assets and earnings affected;

 

  3. the degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing;

 

  4. whether the issues presented should be dealt with through government or company-specific action;

 

  5. whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in a proposal;

 

  6. whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;

 

  7. what other companies have done in response to the issue;

 

  8. whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

 

  9. whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal; and

 

  10. whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board.

 

  B. Among the social and environmental issues to which we apply this analysis are the following:

 

  1. Energy and Environment

 

  2. Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination

 

  3. Product Integrity and Marketing

 

  4. Human Resources Issues

 

(12) Miscellaneous

 

  A. Charitable Contributions

We vote against proposals to eliminate, direct or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.

 

  B. Operational Items

 

  1. We vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

A-17


  2. We vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

  3. We vote for by-law or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

 

  4. We vote for management proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

 

  5. We vote against shareholder proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

 

  6. We vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting item.

 

  C. Routine Agenda Items

In some markets, shareholders are routinely asked to approve:

 

   

the opening of the shareholder meeting

   

that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory requirements

   

the presence of a quorum

   

the agenda for the shareholder meeting

   

the election of the chair of the meeting

   

regulatory filings

   

the allowance of questions

   

the publication of minutes

   

the closing of the shareholder meeting

We generally vote for these and similar routine management proposals.

 

  D. Allocation of Income and Dividends

We generally vote for management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the amount of the distribution is consistently and unusually small or large.

 

  E. Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives

 

  1. We vote for most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

 

  2. We vote against proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

ClearBridge has determined that registered investment companies, particularly closed end investment companies, raise special policy issues making specific voting guidelines frequently inapplicable. To the extent that ClearBridge has proxy voting authority with respect to shares of registered investment companies, ClearBridge shall vote such shares in the best interest of client accounts and subject to the general fiduciary principles set forth herein without regard to the specific voting guidelines set forth in Section V. (1) through (12).

The voting policy guidelines set forth in Section V may be changed from time to time by ClearBridge in its sole discretion.

 

A-18


VI. OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

In certain situations, ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on behalf of a client because ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting shares is outweighed by countervailing considerations. Examples of situations in which ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on behalf of a client include:

 

(1) Share Blocking

Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking.” This means that shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting (e.g. one week) with a designated depositary. During the blocking period, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares have been returned to client accounts by the designated depositary. In deciding whether to vote shares subject to share blocking, ClearBridge will consider and weigh, based on the particular facts and circumstances, the expected benefit to clients of voting in relation to the detriment to clients of not being able to sell such shares during the applicable period.

 

(2) Securities on Loan

Certain clients of ClearBridge, such as an institutional client or a mutual fund for which ClearBridge acts as a sub-adviser, may engage in securities lending with respect to the securities in their accounts. ClearBridge typically does not direct or oversee such securities lending activities. To the extent feasible and practical under the circumstances, ClearBridge will request that the client recall shares that are on loan so that such shares can be voted if ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting such shares outweighs the detriment to the client of recalling such shares (e.g., foregone income). The ability to timely recall shares for proxy voting purposes typically is not entirely within the control of ClearBridge and requires the cooperation of the client and its other service providers. Under certain circumstances, the recall of shares in time for such shares to be voted may not be possible due to applicable proxy voting record dates and administrative considerations.

 

VII. DISCLOSURE OF PROXY VOTING

ClearBridge employees may not disclose to others outside of ClearBridge (including employees of other Legg Mason business units) how ClearBridge intends to vote a proxy absent prior approval from ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer, except that a ClearBridge investment professional may disclose to a third party (other than an employee of another Legg Mason business unit) how s/he intends to vote without obtaining prior approval from ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer if (1) the disclosure is intended to facilitate a discussion of publicly available information by ClearBridge personnel with a representative of a company whose securities are the subject of the proxy, (2) the company’s market capitalization exceeds $1 billion and (3) ClearBridge has voting power with respect to less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the company.

If a ClearBridge employee receives a request to disclose ClearBridge’s proxy voting intentions to, or is otherwise contacted by, another person outside of ClearBridge (including an employee of another Legg Mason business unit) in connection with an upcoming proxy voting matter, he/she should immediately notify ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer.

If a portfolio manager wants to take a public stance with regards to a proxy, s/he must consult with ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer before making or issuing a public statement.

 

A-19


VIII. RECORDKEEPING AND OVERSIGHT

ClearBridge shall maintain the following records relating to proxy voting:

 

  a copy of these policies and procedures;
  a copy of each proxy form (as voted);
  a copy of each proxy solicitation (including proxy statements) and related materials with regard to each vote;
  documentation relating to the identification and resolution of conflicts of interest;
  any documents created by ClearBridge that were material to a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for that decision; and
  a copy of each written client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by ClearBridge to any (written or oral) client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

Such records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in an appropriate office of the ClearBridge adviser.

To the extent that ClearBridge is authorized to vote proxies for a United States Registered Investment Company, ClearBridge shall maintain such records as are necessary to allow such fund to comply with its recordkeeping, reporting and disclosure obligations under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

In lieu of keeping copies of proxy statements, ClearBridge may rely on proxy statements filed on the EDGAR system as well as on third party records of proxy statements and votes cast if the third party provides an undertaking to provide the documents promptly upon request.

 

A-20


Filed under Rule 497(c)
File number 33-43446

February 26, 2010

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST

LEGG MASON CLEARBRIDGE SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

Class A (SASMX), Class B (SBSMX), Class C (SCSMX), Class FI (LMPSX),

Class R (LMPOX), Class R1, Class I (SBPYX), Class IS (LMOIX) and Class 1 (LMPMX)

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

Funds Investor Services 1-800-822-5544

Institutional Shareholder Services 1-888-425-6432

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus of Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund (the “fund”), dated February 26, 2010, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. Effective April 16, 2007, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund. Certain historical information for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. Prior to October 5, 2009, the fund was named “Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund.” The fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The fund’s Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”), by writing or calling the Trust at the address or telephone number set forth above, by sending an e-mail request to prospectus@leggmason.com or by visiting the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objective and Management Policies

   3

Investment Practices and Risk Factors

   3

Investment Policies

   42

Management

   46

Investment Management and Other Services

   57

Purchase of Shares

   67

Redemption of Shares

   73

Exchange Privilege

   75

Valuation of Shares

   76

Portfolio Transactions

   76

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   78

The Trust

   82

Taxes

   85

Legal Matters

   92

Financial Statements

   94

Appendix A — Description of Ratings

   A-1

Appendix B — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   B-1

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectus or this SAI in connection with the offerings made by the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the fund or its distributor. The Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute offerings by the fund or by the distributor in any jurisdiction in which such offerings may not lawfully be made.

 

2


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) as an open-end, diversified management investment company.

The fund’s Prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and policies. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in its Prospectus.

Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of companies with small market capitalizations and related investments. The fund expects that, under normal market conditions, the equity securities in which it invests will typically be common stocks. For the purposes of this 80% policy, small capitalization companies are companies with market capitalization values not exceeding (i) $3 billion or (ii) the highest month-end market capitalization value of any stock in the Russell 2000 Index for the previous 12 months, whichever is greater. Securities of companies whose market capitalizations no longer meet this definition after purchase by the fund are still considered to be securities of small capitalization companies for purposes of the fund’s 80% investment policy. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. As of January 31, 2010, the market capitalization of the largest company included in the Russell 2000 Index was $4.84 billion and the median market capitalization was $383 million. The fund may invest up to 20% of the value of its net assets in equity securities of companies that are not considered to be small capitalization companies.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in debt securities, including debt securities of foreign issuers, when the portfolio managers believe that their total return potential equals or exceeds the potential return of equity securities.

The fund’s 80% investment policy may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its investment objective.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies and practices that may be used by the fund, which all involve risks of varying degrees.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities. Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. The fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in the fund would likely decrease. Also, the fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities are different from market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgages is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to the fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages,

 

3


which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments.

Asset-Backed Securities. The fund may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Assets which, to date, have been used to back asset-backed securities include motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Corporate asset-backed securities present certain risks. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Other types of asset-backed securities will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.

Corporate asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors to make payments on underlying assets, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. The fund will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an instrument in such a security.

Bank Obligations. Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of this industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operations of this industry and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations.

Bank obligations that may be purchased by the fund include certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits (“TDs”). CDs are short-term negotiable obligations of commercial banks.

 

4


TDs are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers usually in connection with international transactions. Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

Domestic commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each bank held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of governmental regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks, such as CDs and TDs, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and government regulation. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of domestic banks or domestic branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of domestic banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a domestic bank than about a domestic bank. CDs issued by wholly owned Canadian subsidiaries of domestic banks are guaranteed as to repayment of principal and interest (but not as to sovereign risk) by the domestic parent bank.

Obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by governmental regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A domestic branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state, an amount of its assets equal to 5% of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a domestic branch of a foreign bank than about a domestic bank.

Savings and loan associations whose CDs may be purchased by the fund are supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC and is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. As a result, such savings and loan associations are subject to regulation and examination.

Investors should also be aware that securities issued or guaranteed by foreign banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, and foreign government and private issuers may involve investment risks in addition to those relating to domestic obligations. The fund will not purchase bank obligations which the manager believes, at the time of purchase, will be subject to exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes; however, there can be no assurance that such laws may not become applicable to the fund’s investments. In the event unforeseen exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes are imposed with respect to the fund’s investments, the effect may be to reduce the income received by the fund on such investments.

 

5


In view of the foregoing factors associated with the purchase of CDs and TDs issued by foreign branches of domestic banks or by domestic branches of foreign banks, the manager will carefully evaluate such investments on a case-by-case basis.

Borrowing. The fund may borrow in certain limited circumstances. Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased returns, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the NAV of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, the fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing, which could affect the subadviser’s strategy and the ability of the fund to comply with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) in order to provide pass-though tax treatment to shareholders. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

Brady Bonds. The fund may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”).

Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”).

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that any Brady Bonds in which the fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multiclass Pass-through Securities. Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private pass-throughs (such collateral is collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and of interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

 

6


In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. Planned amortization class bonds (“PAC Bonds”) are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such as the fund, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes. The fund, therefore, may only invest in a master demand note to the extent that the investment would not violate the fund’s limits on restricted and illiquid securities.

Master demand notes are unsecured obligations of U.S. corporations redeemable upon notice that permit investment by a mutual fund of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation. Because master demand notes are direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation, there is no secondary market for the notes. The notes are, however, redeemable at face value plus accrued interest at any time. However, the fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.

Common Stock. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so. Common stocks do not represent an obligation of the issuer. The issuance of debt securities or preferred stock by an issuer will create prior claims which could adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock with respect to the assets of the issuer upon liquidation or bankruptcy.

 

7


Convertible Securities. The fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion or exchange, convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield of nonconvertible debt. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable-tier nonconvertible securities, but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure.

The value of a convertible security is a function of (1) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (2) its worth, at market value, if converted or exchanged into the underlying common stock. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be less than the ultimate conversion or exchange value.

Convertible securities are subject both to the stock market risk associated with equity securities and to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities. As the market price of the equity security underlying a convertible security falls, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its yield and other fixed income characteristics. As the market price of such equity security rises, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its equity conversion features.

Debt Obligations. Under certain circumstances, the fund may invest a portion of its assets in debt and fixed income securities. The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in non-convertible bonds, notes and other debt obligations when the subadviser believes that their total return potential equals or exceeds the potential return of equity securities. For long-term debt obligations, this includes securities that are rated Baa or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB or better by Standard’s & Poor’s, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) or that are not rated but are considered by the subadviser to be of equivalent quality. See Appendix A to this SAI for a description of such ratings.

Debt obligations include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper, loans and other instruments issued by banks, corporations, local and state and national governments, both U.S. and foreign and supranational entities. Debt obligations are typically fixed income obligations, but may have a variable or adjustable rate of interest. To the extent that the fund holds fixed income securities, changes in market yields will affect the fund’s NAV as prices of fixed income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

While debt securities carrying the fourth highest quality rating (“Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P) are considered investment grade and are viewed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, investments in such securities involve a higher degree of risk than that associated with investments in debt securities in the higher rating categories and such debt securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade debt securities. Debt securities rated lower than investment grade are called high yield securities.

 

8


In addition, many fixed income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although the fund would typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises such a call option and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, the fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the fund. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, redemption or prepayment rates may slow, leading to an extension in the expected maturity of the obligation, leading to greater price volatility.

Defensive Investing. The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments, short-term debt securities, fixed income securities, cash or cash equivalents without regard to any percentage limitations. If the fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective of capital growth.

Deferred Interest Bonds. Deferred interest bonds are debt obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and that are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. The fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the fund’s distribution obligations.

Derivatives

The fund may use various investment strategies described below to hedge market risks (such as broad or specific market movements, interest rates and currency exchange rates), to manage the effective maturity or duration of debt instruments held by the fund, or to seek to enhance the fund’s income or gain. While the fund does not use derivatives as a primary investment technique, the fund will not limit their use to hedging, and will use derivatives for a variety of purposes, including as a substitute for buying and selling securities and to increase its return as a non-hedging strategy that may be considered speculative.

The fund may purchase and sell interest rate, single stock, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts and enter into currency transactions; purchase and sell (or write) exchange listed and OTC put and call options on securities, currencies, futures contracts, indexes and other financial instruments; enter into interest rate transactions, equity swaps and related transactions; and invest in indexed securities and other similar transactions that may be developed in the future to the extent that the subadviser determines that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objectives and policies and applicable regulatory requirements. The fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars, and the fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts and options thereon, currency swaps and options on currencies.

General. The fund may invest in certain derivative instruments (also called “Financial Instruments”). The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). In addition, the fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations. In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the subadviser expects that additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques may become available. These new

 

9


opportunities may become available as the subadviser develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objective and are permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. The fund might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Each Financial Instrument purchased for the fund is reviewed and analyzed by the subadviser to assess the risk and reward of each such instrument in relation to the fund’s investment strategy. The decision to invest in derivative instruments or conventional securities is made by measuring the respective instrument’s ability to provide value to the fund.

Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in a fund’s portfolio. In a short hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the fund intends to acquire. In a long hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to a security the fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the fund intends to acquire. If the fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security as anticipated, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indexes, in contrast, may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities may be used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

Special Risks. The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of the fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed.

(1) Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the subadviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed. Use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to enhance returns or manage risk.

(2) When Financial Instruments are used for hedging purposes, the historical correlation between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged might change so as to make the hedge less effective or unsuccessful. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a change in correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using Financial Instruments on indexes will depend on the degree to which correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the securities being hedged can be accurately predicted.

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match the fund’s current or anticipated investments

 

10


exactly. The fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves the risk that the options or futures position will not track the performance of the fund’s other investments.

Options and futures prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the fund’s investments well. Options and futures prices are affected by factors which may not affect security prices the same way, such as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures are traded as compared to securities or from the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. The fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in the fund’s options or futures positions have a low correlation with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

(3) If successful, the hedging strategies discussed above can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if the fund entered into a short hedge because its subadviser projected a decline in the price of a security in the fund’s portfolio and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

(4) The fund might be required to maintain segregated assets as “cover” or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., Financial Instruments other than purchased options). If the fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

(5) The fund may be subject to the risk that the other party to a Financial Instrument (the “counterparty”) will not be able to honor its financial obligation to the fund.

(6) Many derivative instruments are traded in institutional markets rather than on an exchange. Nevertheless, many derivative instruments are actively traded and can be priced with as much accuracy as conventional securities. Derivative instruments that are custom designed to meet the specialized investment needs of a relatively narrow group of institutional investors such as the fund are not readily marketable and are subject to the fund’s restrictions on illiquid investments.

The fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the fund.

Futures Contracts. The fund may trade futures contracts on domestic and foreign exchanges on currencies, interest rates and bond indices, and on domestic and foreign exchanges on single stocks and stock indexes. The purpose of entering into a futures contract is to protect the fund from fluctuations in the value of securities without actually buying or selling the securities. For example, in the case of stock index futures contracts, if the fund anticipates an increase in the price of stocks that it intends to purchase at a later time, the fund could enter into contracts to purchase the stock index (known as taking a “long” position) as a temporary substitute for the

 

11


purchase of stocks. If an increase in the market occurs that influences the stock index as anticipated, the value of the futures contracts increases and thereby serves as a hedge against the fund’s not participating in a market advance. The fund then may close out the futures contracts by entering into offsetting futures contracts to sell the stock index (known as taking a “short” position) as it purchases individual stocks. The fund can accomplish similar results by buying securities with long maturities and selling securities with short maturities. But by using futures contracts as an investment tool to reduce risk, given the greater liquidity in the futures market, it may be possible to accomplish the same result more easily and more quickly.

No consideration will be paid or received by the fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract, which is returned to the fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker, will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the fund’s existing position in the contract.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange) and no secondary market exists for those contracts. In addition, although the fund intends to enter into futures contracts only if there is an active market for the contracts, there is no assurance that an active market will exist for the contracts at any particular time. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses. In such event, and in the event of adverse price movements, the fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin; in such circumstances, an increase in the value of the portion of the portfolio being hedged, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract. As described above, however, no assurance can be given that the price of the securities being hedged will correlate with the price movements in a futures contract and thus provide an offset to losses on the futures contract.

The CFTC has eliminated limitations on futures transactions and options thereon by registered investment companies, provided that the manager to the registered investment company claims an exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator. The fund is managed by an entity that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. As a result of these CFTC rule changes, the fund is no longer restricted in its ability to enter into futures transactions and options thereon under CFTC regulations. The fund, however, continues to have policies with respect to futures and options thereon as set forth above. The current view of the staff of the SEC is that the fund’s long and short positions in future contracts as well as put and call options on futures written by it must be collateralized with cash or other liquid securities and segregated with the fund’s custodian or a designated sub-custodian or “covered” in a manner similar to that for covered options on securities and designed to eliminate any potential leveraging.

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts in order to protect it from fluctuations in interest rates without necessarily buying or selling fixed income securities. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular index of debt securities at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular debt security at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. For

 

12


example, if the fund owns bonds, and interest rates are expected to increase, the fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities having characteristics similar to those held in the portfolio. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the fund. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the fund would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the NAV of the fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The fund could accomplish similar results by selling bonds with longer maturities and investing in bonds with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

Similarly when the subadviser expects that interest rates may decline, the fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against having to make subsequently anticipated purchases of bonds at the higher prices subsequently expected to prevail. Since the fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should be similar to that of the bonds that will be purchased, the fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the bonds without actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the fund could make the intended purchase of the bonds in the cash market and the futures contracts could be liquidated.

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to an interest rate futures contract, adjustments are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract. In some (but not many) cases, securities called for by a futures contract may have a shorter term than the term of the futures contract and, consequently, may not in fact have been issued when the futures contract was entered.

Single Stock Futures. The fund may trade standardized futures contracts on individual equity securities, such as common stocks, exchange traded funds and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), as well as narrow-based securities indexes, generally called security futures contracts or “SFCs,” on U.S. and foreign exchanges. As with other futures contracts, a SFC involves an agreement to purchase or sell in the future a specific quantity of shares of a security or the component securities of the index. The initial margin requirements (typically 20%) are generally higher than with other futures contracts. Trading SFCs involves many of the same risks as trading other futures contracts, including the risks involved with leverage, and losses are potentially unlimited. Under certain market conditions, for example if trading is halted due to unusual trading activity in either the SFC or the underlying security due to events involving the issuer of the security, it may be difficult or impossible for the fund to liquidate its position or manage risk by entering into an offsetting position. In addition, the prices of SFCs may not correlate as anticipated with the prices of the underlying security. Unlike options on securities in which the fund may invest, where the fund has the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a security prior to the expiration date, if the fund has a position in a SFC, the fund has both the right and the obligation to buy or sell the security at a future date, or otherwise offset its position.

Options. In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to enhance returns, the fund may purchase put and call options or write (sell) “covered” put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies. In addition, in order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to enhance returns, the fund may purchase put and call options and write “covered” put and call options on securities, indices, currencies and other financial instruments. The fund may utilize options on currencies in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks. A call option is “covered” if, so long as the fund is obligated as the writer of the option, it will: (i) own the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) own securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; (iii) own a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written; or (iv) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value equal to the excess of the value of the security or index that is the subject of the call over the exercise price. A put option is “covered” if, to support its obligation to purchase the underlying investment if a put option that the fund writes is exercised, the fund will either (a) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value at least equal to

 

13


the exercise price of the underlying investment or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts of the same “series” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment having the same exercise prices and expiration dates as those written by the fund), or an equivalent number of puts of the same “class” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment) with exercise prices greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those it has written, it will deposit the difference with its custodian in a segregated account). Parties to options transactions must make certain payments and/or set aside certain amounts of assets in connection with each transaction, as described below.

Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below.

A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the option, the obligation to buy, the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but may also be applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.

OCC-issued and exchange-listed options, including options on securities, currencies and financial instruments, generally settle for cash, although physical settlement maybe required in some cases. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

The fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (1) insufficient trading interest in certain options, (2) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange, (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits, (4) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange, (5) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume or (6) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.

 

14


OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (collectively referred to as “counterparties” and individually referred to as a “counterparty”) through a direct bilateral agreement with the counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that the fund will generally only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.

Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, the subadviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. The fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker/dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that the subadviser deems to be creditworthy. In the absence of a change in the current position of the staff of the SEC, OTC options purchased by the fund and the amount of the fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.

If the fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by the fund or may enhance the fund’s returns. Similarly, the sale of put options can also enhance returns for the fund.

The fund may purchase and sell call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the fund must be “covered” (that is, the fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call), or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding. Even though the fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the fund will expose the fund during the term of the option to the possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the fund to hold a security or instrument that it might otherwise have sold.

The fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased. A covered option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the underlying security is delivered upon exercise, with the result that the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline in the underlying security during such period. Should the fund choose to exercise an option, the fund will receive in the case of a call option, or sell in the case of a put option, the securities, commodities or commodity futures contracts underlying the exercised option.

Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although, in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.

 

15


The fund reserves the right to purchase or sell options on instruments and indices which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law, the fund’s investment objective and the restrictions set forth herein.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, by writing a call the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, the fund bears the risk of a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by a fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the investment’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the positive difference, if any, between the call price paid to the fund and the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, in purchasing a put option the fund will seek to benefit from, or protect against, a decline in the market price of the underlying investment, while in purchasing a call option, the fund will seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying investment. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying investment remains equal to or greater than the exercise price in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the fund will lose its investment in the option. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying investment must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs.

In the case of certain options on interest rate futures contracts, the fund may purchase a put option in anticipation of a rise in interest rates, and purchase a call option in anticipation of a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered call option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered put option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a rise in interest rates.

The fund may purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. In selling put options, the fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.

(a) Options on Stocks and Stock Indices. The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on stocks and stock indices listed on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to increase income or gain to the fund. In addition, the fund may purchase options on stocks that are traded OTC. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Options traded may include (“NYSE”) Composite Index or the Canadian Market Portfolio Index or a narrower market or industry index such as the S&P 100 Index, the NYSE Arca Oil Index or the NYSE Arca Computer Technology Index. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

If the subadviser expects general stock market prices to rise, the fund might purchase a call option on a stock index or a futures contract on that index as a hedge against an increase in prices of particular equity securities it wants ultimately to buy. If the stock index does rise, the price of the particular equity securities

 

16


intended to be purchased may also increase, but that increase would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the fund’s index option or futures contract resulting from the increase in the index. If, on the other hand, the subadviser expects general stock market prices to decline, it might purchase a put option or sell a futures contract on the index. If that index does decline, the value of some or all of the equity securities in the fund’s portfolio may also be expected to decline, but that decrease would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the fund’s position in such put option or futures contract.

Options on stock indexes are generally similar to options on stock except for the delivery requirements. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a stock index gives the holder the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount” equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b) a fixed “index multiplier.” Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based being greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars or a foreign currency, as the case may be, times a specified multiple. The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The writer may offset its position in stock index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing transaction on an exchange or it may let the option expire unexercised.

The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options as a hedging technique will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the securities portfolio of the fund being hedged correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the fund will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indexes, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the fund of options on stock indexes will be subject to the subadviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

(b) Options on Currencies. The fund may invest in options on currencies traded on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks or to increase income or gain.

(c) Options on Futures Contracts. The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies traded on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges, in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments or to enhance returns and may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. An option on a stock index futures contract, interest rate futures contract or currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). While the price of the option is fixed at the point of sale, the value of the option does change daily and the change would be reflected in the NAV of the fund.

The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the fund. If the fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

 

17


Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions. The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps and may purchase or sell (i.e., write) interest rate and equity caps, floors and collars. The fund expects to enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to enhance returns. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount.

The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor, which preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps, caps, floors and collars on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the fund’s custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. If the fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the fund will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the fund’s obligations with respect to the swap. To the extent the fund sells caps, floors and collars it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or cash equivalents or other liquid assets having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the fund’s obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars. The fund will enter into interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor or collar transactions only with counterparties the subadviser deems to be creditworthy. The subadviser will monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties to its interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor and collar transactions on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The subadviser has determined that, as a result, the swap market is liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the subadviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the subadviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the fund agreed to exchange payments in U.S. dollars for payments in a foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

Swap agreements are sophisticated risk management instruments that typically require a small cash investment relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the fund’s performance. Swap agreements entail both interest rate risk and credit risk.

 

18


There is a risk that, based on movements of interest rates in the future, the payments made by the fund under a swap agreement will be greater than the payments it received. Swap agreements are subject to credit risks related to the counterparty’s ability to perform, and may decline in value if the counterparty’s creditworthiness deteriorates, potentially resulting in losses. The fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions.

The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the subadviser based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features) and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the fund’s rights and obligations relating to the investment). Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed within the percentage restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

There is no limit on the amount of interest rate and equity swap transactions that may be entered into by the fund. These transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the fund is contractually obligated to make, if any. The effective use of swaps and related transactions by the fund may depend, among other things, on the fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the subadviser deems it desirable to do so. Because swaps and related transactions are bilateral contractual arrangements between the fund and counterparties to the transactions, the fund’s ability to terminate such an arrangement may be considerably more limited than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. To the extent the fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction. If the other party to a swap defaults, the fund’s risk of loss is the net amount of payments that the fund contractually is entitled to receive, if any. The fund may purchase and sell caps, floors and collars without limitation, subject to the segregated account requirements described above.

Credit Default Swaps. The fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes or to add leverage to its portfolio. When used for hedging purposes, the fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Indexed Securities. The fund may purchase securities, the prices of which are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign currency-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

Because the amount of interest and/or principal payments that the issuer of indexed securities is obligated to make is linked to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies or other financial indicators, such

 

19


payments may be significantly greater or less than payment obligations in respect of other types of debt securities. As a result, an investment in indexed securities may be considered speculative. Moreover, the performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of and may be more volatile than the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.

Currency Transactions. The fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value or to enhance returns. Currency transactions include foreign currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon, exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies and currency swaps. A foreign currency forward contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap. The fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the subadviser deems to be creditworthy.

The fund may enter into foreign currency forward contracts when the subadviser believes that the currency of a particular country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. In those circumstances, the fund may enter into a foreign currency forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of that currency approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such currency. Foreign currency forward contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

The fund will not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater, after netting all transactions intended wholly or partially to offset other transactions, than the aggregate market value (at the time of entering into the transaction) of the securities held by the fund that are denominated or generally quoted in or currently convertible into the currency, other than with respect to proxy hedging as described below.

Such contracts may involve the purchase or sale of a foreign currency forward contract against the U.S. dollar or may involve two foreign currencies. The fund may enter into foreign currency forward contracts either with respect to specific transactions or with respect to its portfolio positions. For example, when the subadviser anticipates making a purchase or sale of a security, it may enter into a foreign currency forward contract in order to set the rate (either relative to the U.S. dollar or another currency) at which the currency exchange transaction related to the purchase or sale will be made (“transaction hedging”). Further, when the subadviser believes that a particular currency may decline compared to the U.S. dollar or another currency, the fund may enter into a foreign currency forward contract to sell the currency the subadviser expects to decline in an amount approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s securities denominated in that currency. When the subadviser believes that one currency may decline against a currency in which some or all of the portfolio securities held by the fund are denominated, it may enter into a foreign currency forward contract to buy the currency expected to appreciate for a fixed amount (“position hedging”). In this situation, the fund may, in the alternative, enter into a foreign currency forward contract to sell a different currency for a fixed amount of the currency expected to decline where the subadviser believes that the value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the foreign currency forward contract will fall whenever there is a decline in the value of the currency in which portfolio securities of the fund are denominated (“cross hedging”).

Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the fund’s holdings is exposed is difficult to hedge generally or difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a foreign currency forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated, and to buy

 

20


dollars. The amount of the contract would not exceed the market value of the fund’s securities denominated in linked currencies.

Combined Transactions. The fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions, instead of a single derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the judgment of the subadviser, it is in the best interests of the fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions will normally be entered into by the fund based on the subadviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the fund’s objective.

Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives. Derivatives have special risks associated with them. Use of put and call options could result in losses to the fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than (in the case of put options) or lower than (in the case of call options) current market values or cause the fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.

The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. Futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with which the fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. The leverage offered by trading in options could cause the fund’s NAV to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuations than would be the case if the fund did not invest in options.

As is the case with futures and options strategies, the effective use of swaps and related transactions by the fund may depend, among other things, on the fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the subadviser deems it desirable to do so. To the extent the fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction.

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the fund is engaging in proxy hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is

 

21


relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.

Credit Default Swaps Risk. In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation, as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty.

Losses resulting from the use of derivatives will reduce the fund’s NAV, and the losses can be greater than if derivatives had not been used.

Risks of Derivatives Outside the United States. When conducted outside the United States, derivatives transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees and will be subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. derivatives also could be adversely affected by: (1) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States, (3) delays in the fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during nonbusiness hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (5) lower trading volume and liquidity.

Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts. Use of many derivatives by the fund will require, among other things, that the fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or sub-custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the fund, for example, will require the fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid assets sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the fund on an index will require the fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid assets equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the fund will require the fund to segregate liquid assets equal to the exercise price. Except when the fund enters into a foreign currency forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a foreign currency forward contract that obligates the fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid assets denominated in that currency equal to the fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid assets equal to the amount of the fund’s obligations.

OTC options entered into by the fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an

 

22


election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery. If the fund enters into OTC option transactions, it will be subject to counterparty risk.

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin with its futures commission merchant or custodian in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the fund’s net obligation, if any.

Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related derivatives. The fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or foreign currency forward contract, the fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or foreign currency forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

Investors should note that the fund’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the SEC, the CFTC and the federal income tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

Firm Commitments. Securities may be purchased on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities. Securities purchased on a firm commitment basis are purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a firm commitment basis prior to delivery. Such securities are recorded as an asset and are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. Purchasing a security on a firm commitment basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. The fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. The fund will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain liquid assets in an amount at least equal in value to the fund’s commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis. If the value of these assets declines, the fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

Floating and Variable Rate Instruments. Floating or variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indexes, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer at par value prior to maturity. Such obligations include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The fund will limit its purchases of floating and variable rate obligations to those of the same quality as the fixed income securities which the fund is otherwise permitted to purchase. The manager will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

 

23


Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments purchased by the fund are not traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, the fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and, therefore, illiquid.

The fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the fund between that bank and the fund’s custodian.

Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers. The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets (at the time of investment) in foreign securities, including securities of emerging market issuers. The fund may invest directly and through depositary receipts. Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. The returns of the fund may be adversely affected by fluctuations in value of one or more currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. There may be limitations on the use or removal of funds or other assets of the fund, including the withholding of dividends. Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include risks resulting from revaluation of currencies; future adverse political and economic developments; possible imposition of currency exchange blockages or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; reduced availability of public information concerning issuers; differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions; the possibility of expropriation, nationalization or confiscatory taxation; possible withholding taxes and limitations on the use or removal of funds or other assets, including the withholding of dividends; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Additionally, foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility and be less liquid. The foreign securities may not be registered with, nor the issuers thereof be subject to the reporting requirements of, the SEC. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information about the securities and about the foreign company issuing them than is available about a U.S. company and its securities. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions. These risks are intensified when investing in countries with developing economies and securities markets, also known as “emerging markets.” Moreover, transactions in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to less efficient settlement practices, including extended clearance and settlement periods.

The costs associated with investment in the securities of foreign issuers, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions and custodial fees, may be higher than those associated with investment in domestic issuers. In addition, foreign investment transactions may be subject to difficulties associated with the settlement of such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return can be earned on them. The inability of the fund to make intended investments due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in liability to the purchaser.

 

24


Since the fund may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and since the fund may hold foreign currencies, it may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rates between such currencies and the U.S. dollar. Changes in the currency exchange rates may influence the value of the fund’s shares and may also affect the value of dividends and interest earned by the fund and gains and losses realized by the fund. Exchange rates are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments, other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the domestic market. Usually issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, ADRs are receipts that demonstrate ownership of underlying foreign securities. For purposes of the fund’s investment policies and limitations, ADRs are considered to have the same characteristics as the securities underlying them. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored; issuers of securities underlying unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the United States. Accordingly, there may be less information available about such issuers than there is with respect to domestic companies and issuers of securities underlying sponsored ADRs. The fund may also invest in GDRs, EDRs and other similar instruments, which are receipts that are often denominated in U.S. dollars and are issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. bank evidencing ownership of underlying foreign securities. Even where they are denominated in U.S. dollars, depositary receipts are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is denominated in a foreign currency. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, very negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging markets. Economies in emerging markets generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by economic conditions, trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.

While some emerging market countries have sought to develop a number of corrective mechanisms to reduce inflation or mitigate its effects, inflation may continue to have significant effects both on emerging market economies and their securities markets. In addition, many of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced steady devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major devaluations have occurred in certain countries.

Because of the high levels of foreign-denominated debt owed by many emerging market countries, fluctuating exchange rates can significantly affect the debt service obligations of those countries. This could, in turn, affect local interest rates, profit margins and exports, which are a major source of foreign exchange earnings.

To the extent an emerging market country faces a liquidity crisis with respect to its foreign exchange reserves, it may increase restrictions on the outflow of any foreign exchange. Repatriation is ultimately dependent on the ability of the fund to liquidate its investments and convert the local currency proceeds obtained from such liquidation into U.S. dollars. Where this conversion must be done through official channels (usually the central bank or certain authorized commercial banks), the ability to obtain U.S. dollars is dependent on the availability of such U.S. dollars through those channels and, if available, upon the willingness of those channels to allocate those U.S. dollars to the fund. The fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may be adversely affected by any increased restrictions imposed on the outflow of foreign exchange. If the fund is unable to repatriate any amounts due to exchange controls, it may be required to accept an obligation payable at some future date by the central bank or other governmental entity of the jurisdiction involved. If such conversion can legally be done outside official channels, either directly or indirectly, the fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may not be affected

 

25


as much by any increased restrictions except to the extent of the price which may be required to be paid for the U.S. dollars.

Many emerging market countries have little experience with the corporate form of business organization and may not have well-developed corporation and business laws or concepts of fiduciary duty in the business context.

The securities markets of emerging markets are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the securities markets of the United States and other more developed countries. Disclosure and regulatory standards in many respects are less stringent than in the United States and other major markets. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets; enforcement of existing regulations has been extremely limited. Investing in the securities of companies in emerging markets may entail special risks relating to the potential political and economic instability and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investment, convertibility of currencies into U.S. dollars and on repatriation of capital invested. In the event of such expropriation, nationalization or other confiscation by any country, the fund could lose its entire investment in any such country.

Some emerging markets have different settlement and clearance procedures. In certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The inability of the fund to make intended securities purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of a portfolio security caused by settlement problems could result either in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, in possible liability to the purchaser.

The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for the fund’s portfolio securities in such markets may not be readily available. Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act permits a registered investment company to suspend redemption of its shares for any period during which an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC. Accordingly, if the fund believes that appropriate circumstances warrant, it will promptly apply to the SEC for a determination that an emergency exists within the meaning of Section 22(a) of the 1940 Act. During the period commencing from the fund’s identification of such conditions until the date of SEC action, the portfolio securities in the affected markets will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board.

Although it might be theoretically possible to hedge for anticipated income and gains, the ongoing and indeterminate nature of the risks associated with emerging market investing (and the costs associated with hedging transactions) makes it very difficult to hedge effectively against such risks.

Investments by Funds of Funds. Certain investment companies, including those that are affiliated with the fund because they are managed by an affiliate of the manager, may invest in the fund as part of an asset allocation strategy. These investment companies are referred to as “funds of funds” because they invest primarily in other investment companies.

From time to time, the fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to rebalancings of the assets of a fund of funds invested in the fund. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so. If this were to occur, the effects of the rebalancing trades could adversely affect the fund’s performance. Redemptions of fund shares due to rebalancings could also accelerate the realization of taxable capital gains in the fund and might increase brokerage and/or other transaction costs.

 

26


The fund’s subadviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in connection with investments by affiliated funds of funds. For example, the subadviser may have an incentive to permit an affiliated fund of funds to become a more significant shareholder (with the potential to cause greater disruption to the funds) than would be permitted for an unaffiliated investor. The subadviser has committed to the Board that it will resolve any potential conflict in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund in accordance with its fiduciary duty to the fund. As necessary, the subadviser will take such actions as it deems appropriate to minimize potential adverse impacts, including redemption of shares in-kind, rather than in cash. Similar issues may result from investment in the fund by Section 529 plans.

High Yield Securities. Under rating agency guidelines, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium- and lower-rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be likely to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Such securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors could reduce the value of securities held by the fund with a commensurate effect on the NAV of the fund’s shares.

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities. Ratings of a non-U.S. debt instrument, to the extent that those ratings are undertaken, are related to evaluations of the country in which the issuer of the instrument is located. Ratings generally take into account the currency in which a non-U.S. debt instrument is denominated. Instruments issued by a foreign government in other than the local currency, for example, typically have a lower rating than local currency instruments due to the existence of an additional risk that the government will be unable to obtain the required foreign currency to service its foreign currency-denominated debt. In general, the ratings of debt securities or obligations issued by a non-U.S. public or private entity will not be higher than the rating of the currency or the foreign currency debt of the central government of the country in which the issuer is located, regardless of the intrinsic creditworthiness of the issuer.

The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of the fund to dispose of particular portfolio investments, may adversely affect the fund’s NAV per share and may limit the ability of the fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating NAV. If the fund is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will become more difficult to value the fund’s portfolio securities, and a greater degree of judgment may be necessary in making such valuations. Less liquid secondary markets may also affect the ability of the fund to sell securities at their fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield securities contract due to adverse economic conditions or for other reasons, certain liquid securities in the fund’s portfolio may become illiquid and the proportion of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may significantly increase.

Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect the fund’s NAV and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities.

 

27


High Yield Corporate Securities. While the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, such securities present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The fund also may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

The development of a market for high yield non-U.S. corporate securities has been a relatively recent phenomenon. On the other hand, the market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is more established than that for high yield non-U.S. corporate debt securities, but has undergone significant changes in the past and may undergo significant changes in the future.

High yield non-U.S. and U.S. corporate securities in which the fund may invest include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and preferred stock and will generally be unsecured. Most of the debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates. However, the fund may also invest in corporate debt securities with variable rates of interest or which involve equity features, such as contingent interest or participations based on revenues, sales or profits (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).

High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities. Investing in fixed and floating rate high yield foreign sovereign debt securities, especially in emerging market countries, will expose the fund to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries or the governmental authorities that control repayment of their external debt to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Certain countries in which the fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors that may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”), the World Bank and other international agencies.

The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor, especially in emerging market countries, to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest

 

28


when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates that are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluation may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt. The risks enumerated above are particularly heightened with regard to issuers in emerging market countries.

As a result of the foregoing, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging market country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements, converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, or obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which the fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect the fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may, therefore, have access to information not available to other market participants.

Distressed Debt Securities. Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are purchased in the secondary market and are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the fund or are rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s and CC or lower by S&P) or which, if unrated, are in the judgment of the subadviser of equivalent quality. Investment in distressed debt securities is speculative and involves significant risk. The risks associated with high yield securities are heightened by investing in distressed debt securities.

The fund will generally make such investments only when the subadviser believes it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the distressed debt securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the fund will receive new securities (e.g., equity securities). However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which the fund makes its investment in distressed debt securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that the fund will receive any interest payments on the distressed debt securities, the fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan will be completed and the fund may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect or recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan of reorganization is adopted with respect to the distressed debt securities held by the fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by the fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan of reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by the fund upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of the

 

29


fund’s participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of distressed debt securities, the fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities.

The fund will generally not invest more than 5% of its assets in securities that are already in default or subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities. Up to 15% of the net assets of the fund may be invested in illiquid securities. An illiquid security is any security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security. Illiquid securities may include (a) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days; (b) futures contracts and options thereon for which a liquid secondary market does not exist; (c) TDs maturing in more than seven calendar days; (d) securities subject to contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments that lack readily available markets; and (e) securities of new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded.

Under SEC regulations, certain securities acquired through private placements can be traded freely among qualified purchasers. The SEC has stated that an investment company’s board of directors, or its investment adviser acting under authority delegated by the board, may determine that a security eligible for trading under these regulations is “liquid.” The fund intends to rely on these regulations, to the extent appropriate, to deem specific securities acquired through private placement as “liquid.” The Board has delegated to the manager the responsibility for determining whether a particular security eligible for trading under these regulations is “liquid.” Investing in these restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the fund’s illiquidity if qualified purchasers become, for a time, uninterested in buying these securities.

Restricted securities are securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on their resale, such as private placements. Such restrictions might prevent the sale of restricted securities at a time when the sale would otherwise be desirable. Restricted securities may be sold only (1) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or another exemption (such securities are referred to herein as “Rule 144A securities”); (2) in privately negotiated transactions; or (3) in public offerings with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A securities, although not registered in the United States, may be sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. As noted above, the manager, acting pursuant to guidelines established by the Board, may determine that some Rule 144A securities are liquid for purposes of limitations on the amount of illiquid investments the fund may own. Where registration is required, the fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the fund is able to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the fund might obtain a less favorable price than expected when it decided to sell.

Illiquid securities may be difficult to value and the fund may have difficulty disposing of such securities promptly. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing illiquid investments than those securities for which a more active market exists. The fund does not consider non-U.S. securities to be restricted if they can be freely sold in the principal markets in which they are traded, even if they are not registered for sale in the United States.

To the extent required by applicable law and SEC guidance, no securities for which there is not a readily available market will be acquired by a fund if such acquisition would cause the aggregate value of illiquid securities to exceed 15% of the fund’s net assets.

The manager, under the supervision of the fund’s Board, will monitor fund investments in Rule 144A securities and will consider appropriate measures to enable the fund to meet any investment limitations and to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.

Inverse Floating Rate Obligations. Inverse floating rate obligations, or “inverse floaters,” have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple of a designated floating rate (which typically is determined by reference to an

 

30


index rate, but may also be determined through a dutch auction or a remarketing agent) (the “reference rate”). Inverse floaters may constitute a class of CMOs with a coupon rate that moves inversely to a designated index, such as London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. In addition, like most other fixed income securities, the value of inverse floaters will generally decrease as interest rates increase.

Inverse floaters exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater CMOs exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage pass-through securities or CMOs. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

Investment Company Securities. Subject to the applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies, which can include open-end funds, closed-end funds and unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risks of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or ETFs. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index, the NASDAQ-100 Index, the Barclays Capital Treasury Bond Index or more narrow sector or foreign indexes, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout the trading day, bought and sold based on market prices rather than NAV. Shares can trade at either a premium or discount to NAV. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day and an approximation of actual NAV is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index-based ETFs tend to closely track the actual NAV of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs and, therefore, may be more likely to trade at a larger discount or premium to actual NAVs.

The fund may invest in closed-end funds that hold securities of U.S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end funds may entail the additional risk that the discount from NAV could increase while the fund holds the shares.

Loan Participations and Assignments. Loan participations and assignments are interests in loans and therefore are considered to be investments in debt securities. If the fund purchases a loan participation, the fund typically will have a contractual relationship only with the lender that sold the participation, and not with the borrower. The fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing loan participations, the fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has

 

31


purchased the participation. As a result, the fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. The fund will acquire loan participations only if the lender interpositioned between the fund and the borrower is determined by the subadviser to be creditworthy. When the fund purchases assignments from lenders, the fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning lender.

The fund may have difficulty disposing of assignments and loan participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid and, therefore, the fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on the fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or loan participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

The fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether holdings are liquid or illiquid. The determination as to whether a particular loan participation or assignment is liquid or illiquid, depends upon the frequency of quotes, the number of dealers willing to sell and the number of potential purchasers, the nature of the loan participation or assignment, the time needed to dispose of it and the contractual provisions of the relevant documentation. To the extent that liquid assignments and loan participations that the fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

In valuing a loan participation or assignment held by the fund for which a secondary trading market exists, the fund will rely upon prices or quotations provided by banks, dealers or pricing services. To the extent a secondary trading market does not exist, the fund’s loan participations and assignments will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the fund’s Board, taking into consideration, among other factors: (i) the creditworthiness of the borrower under the loan and of the lender; (ii) the current interest rate, the period until next rate reset and the maturity of the loan; (iii) recent prices in the market for similar loans; and (iv) recent prices in the market for instruments of similar quality, rate, period until next interest rate reset and maturity.

Money Market Instruments. Money market instruments are short-term debt obligations, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”) and CDs issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such CDs are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a CD agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Company, the maximum insurance payable as to any one CD is $250,000; therefore, CDs purchased by the fund may not be fully insured. Money market instruments also include commercial paper and bankers’ acceptances and bank time deposits. Bankers’ acceptances are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity. Bank TDs are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such TDs, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. The following describes certain characteristics of mortgage-backed securities. It should be noted that new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and marketed from time to time and that the fund may invest in those new types of mortgage-backed securities to the extent consistent with its investment objectives.

 

32


Interest and principal payments on mortgage-backed securities are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if the fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.

Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. On the other hand, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments tend to be reduced, effectively extending the maturities of the securities, at a time when the securities may have a lower yield than other available instruments. As a result, mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities only runs to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the fund and not to the shares issued by the fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.

The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), Fannie Mae (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and Freddie Mac (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’

 

33


Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value thereof, will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

In September 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed into conservatorship by their regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency. It is unclear what effect this conservatorship will have on the securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Although the U.S. government has provided financial support to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, there can be no assurance that it will support these or other government-sponsored enterprises in the future.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. In mortgage “dollar rolls” the fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month, realizing a gain or loss, and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the fund forgoes interest paid on the securities. The fund is compensated by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale and by the lower repurchase price at the specified future date. At the time the fund enters into a mortgage “dollar roll,” it will establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of dollar rolls. Mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy, becomes insolvent or defaults on its obligations, the fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the fund’s obligation to repurchase

 

34


the securities. Dollar roll transactions may result in a form of leverage that increases the fund’s sensitivity to interest rate changes and may increase its overall risk of investing in the fund.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock pays dividends at a specified rate and generally has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of the issuer’s assets, but is junior to the debt securities of the issuer in those same respects. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, dividends on preferred stock are generally payable at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Shareholders of preferred stock may suffer a loss of value if dividends are not paid. The market prices of preferred stocks are subject to changes in interest rates and are more sensitive to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than are the prices of debt securities. Generally, under normal circumstances, preferred stock does not carry voting rights.

Privately-Issued Mortgage Securities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers and may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit support falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

The ratings of mortgage securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage-backed securities can meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security.

Real Estate Investment Trusts. The fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage (hybrid) REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. A mortgage REIT can make construction, development

 

35


or long-term mortgage loans, which are sensitive to the credit quality of the borrower. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage trusts, generally by holding both ownership interests and mortgage interests in real estate. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. Debt securities issued by REITs, for the most part, are general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs. Like mutual funds, REITs have expenses, including advisory and administration fees paid by REIT shareholders and, as a result, an investor is subject to a duplicate level of fees if the fund invests in REITs.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to shareholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees and borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to industry related risks.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed income obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans (the interest rates on which are reset periodically), yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, REITs have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500 Index.

Repurchase Agreements. The fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. The fund may agree to purchase securities from a bank or recognized securities dealer and simultaneously commit to resell the securities to the bank or dealer at an agreed-upon date and price reflecting a market rate of interest unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased securities (“repurchase agreements”). Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed-upon price and time, thereby determining the yield during the fund’s holding period. If the value of such securities were less than the repurchase price, plus interest, the other party to the agreement would be required to provide additional collateral so that at all times the collateral is at least 102% of the repurchase price plus accrued interest. The financial institutions with which the fund may enter into repurchase agreements will be banks and non-bank dealers of U.S. government securities that are on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s list of reporting dealers, if such banks and non-bank dealers are deemed creditworthy by the fund’s manager. Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its right to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. The manager, acting under the supervision of the Board, reviews on an ongoing basis the value of the collateral and creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate potential risks.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U.S. government securities. Each joint repurchase agreement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and

 

36


principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the sale of fund securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowings, as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary or emergency purposes. Since the proceeds of borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements are invested, this would introduce the speculative factor known as “leverage.” The securities purchased with the funds obtained from the agreement and securities collateralizing the agreement will have maturity dates no later than the repayment date. Generally the effect of such a transaction is that the fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases it will be able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if the fund has an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the cash derived from the transaction than the interest cost of obtaining that cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and the fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when the manager believes it will be advantageous to the fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s assets. The fund’s custodian bank will maintain a separate account for the fund with securities having a value equal to or greater than such commitment of the fund.

Securities Lending. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. The fund will not lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the manager unless it has applied for and received specific authority to do so from the SEC. From time to time, the fund may pay to the borrower and/or a third party that is unaffiliated with the fund or Legg Mason and is acting as a “finder” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned. Although the borrower will generally be required to make payments to the fund in lieu of any dividends the fund would have otherwise received had it not loaned the shares to the borrower, such payments will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the fund’s regular dividends (as defined below) received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

Requirements of the SEC, which may be subject to future modification, currently provide that the following conditions must be met whenever the fund lends its portfolio securities: (a) the fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (c) the fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (d) the fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (e) the fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower. However, if a material event adversely affecting the investment in the loaned securities occurs, the fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities.

The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. The fund could also lose money if its short-term investment of the cash collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

Such loans will not exceed 33 1/3% of the fund’s total assets, taken at value.

 

37


Short Sales. The fund may sell securities short. A short sale is effected when it is believed that the price of a particular security will decline, and involves the sale of a security which the fund does not own in the hope of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. There can be no assurance that the fund will be able to close out a short position (i.e. purchase the same security) at any particular time or at an acceptable or advantageous price. To make delivery to the buyer, the fund must borrow the security from a broker/dealer through which the short sale is executed and the broker/dealer must deliver the security, on behalf of the fund, to the buyer. The broker/dealer is entitled to retain the proceeds from the short sale until the fund delivers to such broker/dealer the security sold short. In addition, the fund is required to pay to the broker/dealer the amount of any dividends or interest paid on shares sold short.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risks beyond the initial capital necessary to secure each transaction. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those losses that could arise from a cash investment in a security because losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security. Whenever the fund sells short, it must segregate assets held by its custodian as collateral to cover its obligation and maintain the collateral in an amount at least equal to the market value of the short position. To the extent that the liquid securities segregated by the fund’s custodian are subject to gain or loss, and the securities sold short are subject to the possibility of gain or loss, leverage is created. The liquid securities utilized by the fund in this respect will normally be primarily composed of equity securities that are subject to gains or losses and, accordingly, when the fund executes short sales, leverage will normally be created.

There is also a risk that a borrowed security will need to be returned to the broker/dealer on short notice. If the request for the return of a security occurs at a time when other short sellers of the security are receiving similar requests, a “short squeeze” can occur, meaning that the fund might be compelled, at the most disadvantageous time, to replace the borrowed security with a security purchased on the open market, possibly at prices significantly in excess of the proceeds received earlier.

The fund has a short position in the securities sold short until it delivers to the broker/dealer the securities sold, at which time the fund receives the proceeds of the sale. The fund will normally close out a short position by purchasing on the open market and delivering to the broker/dealer an equal amount of the securities sold short.

As a hedging technique, the fund may purchase call options to buy securities sold short by the fund. Such options would lock in a future price and protect the fund in case of an unanticipated increase in the price of a security sold short by the fund.

The fund may also make short sales “against the box,” meaning that at all times when a short position is open the fund owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, for securities of the same issues as, and in an amount equal to, the securities sold short. Short sales “against the box” result in a “constructive sale” and require the fund to recognize any gain unless an exception to the constructive sale rule applies.

The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for short sales at any one time.

Smaller Market Capitalization Companies. Investments in securities of companies with small and medium market capitalizations are generally considered to offer greater opportunity for appreciation but involve special risks. The securities of those companies may be subject to more abrupt fluctuations in market price than larger, more established companies. Small to medium capitalization companies may have limited product lines, markets

 

38


or financial resources, or they may be dependent upon a limited management group. In addition to exhibiting greater volatility, small and medium capitalization company stocks may, to a degree, fluctuate independently of larger company stocks, i.e., small and medium capitalization company stocks may decline in price as the prices of large company stocks rise or vice versa.

Sovereign Debt. Sovereign debt is debt issued or guaranteed by foreign governments (including countries, provinces and municipalities) or their agencies and instrumentalities. Sovereign debt may trade at a substantial discount from face value. Emerging market country sovereign debt involves a high degree of risk, is generally lower-quality debt, and is considered speculative in nature. The issuer or governmental authorities that control sovereign-debt repayment (“sovereign debtors”) may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash-flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy towards the IMF, and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearage on their debt. The commitment of these third parties to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the sovereign debtor’s implementation of economic reforms or economic performance and the timely service of the debtor’s obligations. The sovereign debtor’s failure to meet these conditions may cause these third parties to cancel their commitments to provide funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair the debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts.

Stand-by Commitments. A stand-by commitment involves the purchase of securities by the fund together with the right to resell them to the seller or a third party at an agreed-upon price or yield within specified periods prior to their maturity dates. Such a right to resell is commonly known as a stand-by commitment and the aggregate price which the fund pays for securities with a stand-by commitment may increase the cost, and thereby reduce the yield, of the security. The primary purpose of this practice is to provide the fund with liquidity as needed. Stand-by commitments involve certain expenses and risks, including the inability of the issuer of the commitment to pay for the securities at the time the commitment is exercised, non-marketability of the commitment, and differences between the maturity of the underlying security and the maturity of the commitment.

Stripped Mortgage Securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the fund may fail to fully recoup its initial

 

39


investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.

Structured Notes, Bonds or Debentures. Typically, the value of the principal and/or interest on these instruments is determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indexes or other financial indicators (the “Reference”) or the relevant change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of the structured securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result in the loss of the fund’s entire investment. The value of structured securities may move in the same or the opposite direction as the value of the Reference, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, the change in interest rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the change in the value of the Reference so that the security may be more or less volatile than the Reference, depending on the multiple. Consequently, structured securities may entail a greater degree of market risk and volatility than other types of debt obligations.

Supranational Debt Obligations. Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities and international banking institutions and related government agencies to promote economic reconstruction or development. Examples include the World Bank, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational issued instruments may be denominated in multi-national currency units. Obligations of the World Bank and certain other supranational organizations are supported by subscribed but unpaid commitments of member countries. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future.

TBA Purchase Commitments. TBA or “To Be Announced” purchase commitments are commitments to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date, typically not exceeding 75 to 90 days. TBA purchase commitments may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to settlement date. Unsettled TBA purchase commitments are valued at the current market value of the underlying securities and the fund will set aside cash or other liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to dispose of the TBA security prior to its settlement, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation.

U.S. Government Obligations. The fund may hold a portion of its assets in short-term fixed-income securities (U.S. government obligations or investment grade debt securities) or cash or cash equivalents. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities include obligations that are supported by: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (e.g., Ginnie Mae direct pass-through certificates); (b) the limited authority of the issuer or guarantor to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks); or (c) only the credit of the issuer or guarantor (e.g., obligations of Freddie Mac). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation is principally responsible for ultimate repayment.

Agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee debt securities and that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government include, in addition to those identified above, the Bank for Cooperatives, the Export-Import Bank, the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association.

Warrants. Warrants are securities which permit, but do not obligate, their holder to subscribe for other securities. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants do not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities, and they do not

 

40


represent any rights in assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

When-Issued Securities. Securities purchased on a “when-issued” or on a “delayed-delivery” basis means that delivery of the securities occurs beyond customary settlement times. Delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on when-issued and delayed-delivery securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. When-issued securities may include securities purchased on a “when, as and if issued” basis, under which the issuance of the security depends on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation during this period and no interest or income, as applicable, accrues to the fund until settlement takes place.

At the time the fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its NAV and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, the fund will identify on its books cash or liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. When the fund engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered advantageous.

Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities. The fund may invest in zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities. A zero coupon bond is a security that makes no fixed interest payments but instead is sold at a discount from its face value. The bond is redeemed at its face value on the specified maturity date. Zero coupon bonds may be issued as such, or they may be created by a broker who strips the coupons from a bond and separately sells the rights to receive principal and interest. The prices of zero coupon bonds tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than do the prices of interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The market values of zero coupon securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically.

The fund also may purchase PIK bonds. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals.

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although these instruments are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, they are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to such extent, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of the fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security, certain PIK bonds, deferred payment securities and certain other securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income

 

41


with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, the fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

Recent Market Events. The fixed income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage- and asset-backed and other fixed income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power of the fund present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund. The Board may change non-fundamental investment policies at any time.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

(1) The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(2) The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(3) The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(4) The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

42


(5) The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(6) The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(7) Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of the fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate the fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently, the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending

 

43


more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to the fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits the fund from issuing senior securities, except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. The fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by the fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of the fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from owning real estate; however, the fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits the fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, the fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits the fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If the fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There may also be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in ETFs that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be

 

44


particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s non-fundamental investment policies are as follows:

1. The fund may not invest in other registered open-end management investment companies and registered unit investment trusts in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraphs (G) or (F) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act. The foregoing investment policy does not restrict the fund from (i) acquiring securities of other registered investment companies in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or acquisition of assets, or (ii) purchasing the securities of registered investment companies, to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

2. The fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short- term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the portfolio turnover rates were 41% and 25%, respectively.

 

45


In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”), and executive officers of the Trust, their years of birth, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

 

Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Trust
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past 5 Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

              

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

   Trustee    Since 1983    Law Firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)    53    None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

   Trustee    Since 1991    President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)    53    None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1981   

Professor Emeritus, Harvard Business School (since 2007); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007); Independent Consultant (since 1969)

   53    None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1993    President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)    53    None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

   Trustee    From 1981
to 1998
and 2000
to Present
   Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)    53    None

 

46


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Trust
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past 5 Years

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

   Trustee    Since 1983    Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1992)    53    None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

   Trustee    Since 1995    Retired    53    None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

   Trustee    Since 1983   

President, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer), division of Li & Fung (since 1963)

   53    None

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 2002   

Founder and Senior Principal, Murphy Capital Management (investment management) (since 1983)

   53   

Trustee, UBS Funds (52 funds) (since 2008); Director, Nicholas Applegate Institutional Funds (12 funds) (since 2005); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (since 2002); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); formerly, Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (1983 to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

   Trustee    Since 1983   

President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (brewery) (since 1989); Partner, Thompson Coburn LLP (law firm) (since 2009); formerly, Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) and its predecessor firms (prior to May 2009)

   53    Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 1993    Retired    53    None

 

47


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Trust
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past 5 Years

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

              

R. Jay Gerken, CFA†

Born 1951

   Trustee,
President,
Chairman
and Chief
Executive
Officer
   Since 2002   

Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 146 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Chairman, President and CEO, Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (formerly, registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

   133    Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (2002 to 2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with LMPFA and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

48


Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position(s) with

Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002   

Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 146 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and CEO of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, SBFM and Chairman, President and CEO, CFM (formerly, registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of CGMI (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (since 2006); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”) (a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management, CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005)

 

49


Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position(s) with

Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

John Chiota

Born 1968

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer and Identity Theft Prevention Officer    Since 2006 and 2008    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Identity Theft Prevention Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2008); formerly, Vice President at CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse (prior to 2004)

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003); formerly, Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (2000 to 2005); formerly, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004)

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (1992 to 2005)

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); formerly, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004)

 

50


Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005)

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2007    Vice President of Legg Mason (since 2008); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); formerly, Accounting Manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005)

Jeanne M. Kelly

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Senior Vice President    Since 2005    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director of Global Fund Administration, CAM (1996 to 2005)

 

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the Trust receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings. The Board has six standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Contract Committee, the Governance Committee, the Performance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Hubbard, Johnson, Maryatt, J. Miller, K. Miller, Murphy, Schlafly and Viscione. The Compensation Committee is composed of three Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Maryatt, J. Miller and K. Miller. The Contract Committee is composed of four Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Hubbard, Johnson, Murphy and Schlafly. The Performance Committee is composed of five Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Murphy and Viscione, and the Chairman of the Board. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund, the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s

 

51


independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management arrangement.

The function of the Compensation Committee is to recommend to the Board the appropriate compensation for serving as a Trustee on the Board.

The Contract Committee is charged with assisting the Board in requesting and evaluating such information from the manager and subadviser as may reasonably be necessary to evaluate the terms of the fund’s investment management agreement and subadvisory agreement.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems it appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution that the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution that the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

 

52


The Performance Committee is charged with assisting the Board in carrying out its oversight responsibilities over the fund and fund management with respect to investment management, objectives, strategies, policies and procedures, performance and performance benchmarks.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on boards of predecessors to the Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met eight times during the fund’s last fiscal year. Each of the Audit, Compensation, Contract, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met four, one, one, four, four and four times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal period.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
in the Fund ($)
   Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities in
Registered
Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee ($)

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

   None    Over 100,000

Andrew L. Breech

   None    Over 100,000

Dwight B. Crane

   None    Over 100,000

Frank G. Hubbard

   10,001-50,000    Over 100,000

Howard J. Johnson

   10,001-50,000    Over 100,000

David E. Maryatt1

   None    None

Jerome H. Miller

   None    Over 100,000

Ken Miller

   None    Over 100,000

John J. Murphy

   None    Over 100,000

Thomas F. Schlafly

   None    Over 100,000

Jerry A. Viscione

   None    Over 100,000

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

   Over 100,000    Over 100,000

 

 

1

As of December 31, 2009, Mr. Maryatt had between $10,001-$50,000 invested in Legg Mason funds not overseen by him as a Trustee.

As of January 29, 2009, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustees’ fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $120,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for each telephonic Board meeting in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee receives an additional $25,000 per year, the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional $15,000 per year and the Chairs of the Performance, Compensation and Contract Committees each receive an additional $12,500 per year. Other members of the Performance, Compensation and Contract Committees each receive an additional $10,000 per year.

 

53


Information regarding compensation paid to the Trustees is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the

Fund(1) ($)
   Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid as
Part of Fund
Expenses(2) ($)
   Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee(3) ($)
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee(3)

Independent Trustees

           

Paul R. Ades

   $ 4,627    None    193,000    53

Andrew L. Breech

     4,669    None    195,000    53

Dwight B. Crane

     5,460    None    218,000    53

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.(4)

     4,855    None    193,000    53

Frank G. Hubbard

     4,855    None    193,000    53

Howard J. Johnson

     5,335    None    190,500    53

David E. Maryatt

     4,855    None    193,000    53

Jerome H. Miller

     4,950    None    194,500    53

Ken Miller

     4,855    None    192,000    53

John J. Murphy

     5,157    None    205,500    53

Thomas F. Schlafly

     4,855    None    193,000    53

Jerry A. Viscione

     4,627    None    193,000    53

Interested Trustee

           

R. Jay Gerken(5)

     None    None    None    133

 

(1) Information is for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009.
(2) Pursuant to prior retirement plans, the fund made payments of $349 to former Trustees for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009.
(3) Information is for the calendar year ended December 31, 2009.
(4) Mr. Frayn retired from the Board effective December 31, 2009.
(5) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

As of January 29, 2010, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the fund.

As of January 29, 2010, to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or “groups” (as the term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”)) owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Shares

Class 1

   PFPC Brokerage Services    100.00%
   Main Office   
   FBO Primerica Financial Services   
   760 Moore Road   
   King of Prussia PA 19406-1212   

Class A

   PFPC Brokerage Services    23.92%
   Main Office   
   FBO Primerica Financial Services   
   760 Moore Road   
   King of Prussia PA 19406-1212   

Class A

   Hartford Life Insurance Company    5.87%
   Separate Account   
   Attn Uit Operations   
   PO Box 2999   
   Hartford CT 06104-2999   

 

54


Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Shares

Class A

   Citigroup Global Markets    21.50%
   House Account   
   700 Red Brook Blvd   
   Owings Mills MD 21117-5184   

Class A

   ING    5.97%
   K-Choice   
   Trustee: Reliance Trust Company   
   400 Atrium Drive   
   Somerset NJ 08873-4162   

Class B

   PFPC Brokerage Services    82.49%
   Main Office   
   FBO Primerica Financial Services   
   760 Moore Road   
   King of Prussia PA 19406-1212   

Class B

   Citigroup Global Markets    8.36%
   House Account   
   700 Red Brook Blvd   
   Owings Mills MD 21117-5184   

Class C

   Citigroup Global Markets    26.63%
   House Account   
   700 Red Brook Blvd   
   Owings Mills MD 21117-5184   

Class C

   MLPF&S for the Sole Benefit of its    7.40%
   Customers   
   Attn Fund Administration   
   4800 Deer Lake Drive East 3rd Fl   
   Jacksonville FL 32246-6484   

Class FI

   Hartford Life Separate Account    99.90%
   Attn UIT Operations   
   PO Box 2999   
   Hartford CT 06104-2999   

Class I

   PIMS/Prudential Retirement    6.58%
   As Nominee for the TTEE/CUST PL 008   
   Everest Reinsurance   
   Westgate Corporate Center   
   477 Martinsville RD PO Box 830   
   Liberty Corner NJ 07938-0830   

Class I

   Commerce FBO    56.09%
   Mori & Co   
   911 Main St STE 201   
   Kansas City MO 64105-5304   

Class I

   Montgomery County Deferred    11.86%
   Compensation Plan   
   Attn Siobhan Reynolds/Rob Decker   
   101 Monroe St   
   Rockville MD 20850-2580   

 

55


Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Shares

Class I

   Citigroup Global Markets    6.91%
   House Account   
   700 Red Brook Blvd   
   Owings Mills MD 21117-5184   

Class IS

   State of Colorado    6.87%
   Collegeinvest Portfolio 4   
   Scholars Choice College Saving Prg   
   55 Water St Fl 31   
   New York NY 10041-3299   

Class IS

   Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle    5.53%
   Series Inc Allocation 50   
   Attn Michael Zinkiewicz   
   55 Water Street 31st Fl   
   New York NY 10041-3299   

Class IS

   State of Colorado    12.86%
   Collegeinvest Equity Portfolio   
   Scholars Choice College Saving Prg   
   55 Water St Fl 31   
   New York NY 10041-3299   

Class IS

   Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle    23.83%
   Series Inc Allocation 85   
   Attn Michael Zinkiewicz   
   55 Water Street 31st Fl   
   New York NY 10041-3299   

Class IS

   State of Colorado    9.11%
   Collegeinvest Portfolio 1   
   Scholars Choice College Savings Prg   
   55 Water St Fl 31   
   New York NY 10041-3299   

Class IS

   State of Colorado    8.00%
   Collegeinvest Portfolio 3   
   Scholars Choice College Savings Prg   
   55 Water St Fl 31   
   New York NY 10041-3299   

Class IS

   Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle    12.88%
   Series Inc Allocation 70   
   Attn Michael Zinkiewicz   
   55 Water Street 31st Fl   
   New York NY 10041-3299   

Class R

   Hartford Life Separate Account    63.51%
   Attn UIT Operations   
   PO Box 2999   
   Hartford CT 06104-2999   

Class R

   ING National Trust    10.41%
   151 Farmington Ave   
   Hartford CT 06156-0002   

 

56


Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Shares

Class R

   ING    10.39%
   Enhanced K-Choice   
   Trustee: Reliance Trust Company   
   400 Atrium Drive   
   Somerset NJ 08873-4162   

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA (or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the fund, pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term instruments of the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion. LMPFA is a wholly owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

The manager has agreed, under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision of the fund’s Board, to provide the fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision; furnish a continuous investment program for the fund’s portfolio of securities and other investments consistent with the fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions; and place orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The manager is permitted to enter into contracts with subadvisers or subadministrators, subject to the Board’s approval. The manager has entered into a subadvisory agreement, as described below.

The manager performs administrative and management services as reasonably requested by the fund necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence; and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Management Agreement is not assignable by the Trust except with the consent of the manager. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

 

57


As compensation for investment management services, the fund pays LMPFA a fee computed daily and paid monthly at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets.

For each of the past three fiscal years, LMPFA was entitled to receive gross fees under the Management Agreement of which certain amounts were voluntarily waived, and has reimbursed the fund for certain expenses as follows:

 

     Gross Fees ($)    Net Fees ($)    Expenses
Reimbursed ($)

Year Ended December 31, 2007

   7,474,140    6,220,383    1,253,757

Year Ended December 31, 2008

   6,165,800    5,736,840    428,960

Period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009

   3,790,924    3,776,244    14,680

Subadviser

ClearBridge serves as the subadviser to the fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement between the manager and ClearBridge (the “Subadvisory Agreement”). ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018. ClearBridge is a wholly owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. As of December 31, 2009, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $53.5 billion.

Under the Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will, except for the management of cash and short-term instruments that is performed by LMPFA, manage the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Subadvisory Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its subadvisory services, the manager pays the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $4,350,087, $4,015,789 and $2,643,371, respectively.

 

58


Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of October 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies the portfolio managers, the number of accounts for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and, if applicable, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Registered Investment
Companies

 

Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles

 

Other Accounts

Aram E. Green   1 registered investment company with approximately $0.11 billion in total assets under management   1 other pooled investment vehicle with $0.00 in total assets under management   1 other account with $0.00 in total assets under management
Jeffrey J. Russell   1 registered investment company with approximately $0.11 billion in total assets under management   None   2,047 other accounts with approximately $0.57 billion in total assets under management

Investment Professional Compensation

Portfolio Manager Compensation

ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio managers and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

Incentive Compensation

Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. A portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3 and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the applicable product benchmark (e.g., a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s Prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data (e.g., primarily Lipper or Callan).

 

59


The 1, 3 and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by ClearBridge’s Chief Investment Officer and Chief Operating Officer based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an annual incentive compensation plan with a combined scorecard based on portfolio manager questionnaires/surveys, stock picking performance and contribution to the firm. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through FactSet and make up a portion of the analyst’s overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indexes.

Deferred Award

Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For portfolio managers, one-quarter of this deferral is invested in their primary managed product, one-quarter in a composite portfolio of the firm’s new products and one-quarter in up to 14 elected proprietary ClearBridge managed funds. Consequently, portfolio managers potentially could have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. The final one-quarter of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, one-half of their deferral is invested in up to 14 elected proprietary funds, while one-quarter is invested in the new product composite and the remaining one-quarter is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the proprietary ClearBridge-managed funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees in shares upon vesting over a four year deferral period.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager or the subadviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, the manager and the subadviser each seek to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

 

60


Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Broker/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the manager and/or subadviser determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee (and the percentage paid to the subadviser) and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities. The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by the portfolio managers as of October 31, 2009. These holdings are in addition to the shares held for the portfolio managers’ benefit under the subadviser’s incentive compensation program.

 

Portfolio Managers

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities ($)

Aram E. Green

   50,001-100,000

Jeffrey J. Russell

   100,001-500,000

 

61


Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, Trustees and employees of the fund, if any; the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Trustees and employees; and litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and any legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Trustees and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to implement an expense cap, forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares. Any such forgone and/or reimbursed fees are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The expense caps and forgone and/or reimbursed fees do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Trustees or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

In order to implement an expense cap, the manager will, as necessary, forgo management fees or reimburse operating expenses. However, the manager is permitted to recapture amounts previously forgone or reimbursed by the manager to the fund during the same fiscal year if the fund’s total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the expense cap shown in the fund’s Prospectus. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular fund business day, in the fund’s total annual operating expenses exceeding the expense cap.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202 serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “distribution agreement”). LMIS serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

 

62


For the period from January 1, 2007 through November 30, 2007, LMIS, CGMI, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, and PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”), located at 3120 Breckinridge Boulevard, Duluth, Georgia 30099, served as co-distributors of the fund.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act. The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares.

The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

Initial Sales Charge

The aggregate dollar amounts of initial sales charges on Class A shares received by the distributors were as follows:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:

   LMIS ($)    CGMI ($)

October 31, 2009

   46,663    N/A

December 31, 2008

   62,185    25,127

December 31, 2007

   18,798    10,712

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The aggregate dollar amount of contingent deferred sales charges on Class A, Class B and Class C shares received by distributors were as follows:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:

   LMIS ($)    CGMI ($)

October 31, 2009

   1,178    N/A

December 31, 2008

   130    N/A

December 31, 2007

   70    N/A

Class B Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:

   LMIS ($)    CGMI ($)    PFS ($)

October 31, 2009

   6,719    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2008

   25,874    N/A    N/A

December 31, 2007

   46,048    N/A    22,773

Class C Shares

 

For the fiscal year or period ended:

   LMIS ($)    CGMI ($)

October 31, 2009

   829    N/A

December 31, 2008

   1,957    N/A

December 31, 2007

   2,611    N/A

 

63


Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan

The Trust, on behalf of the fund, has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class B, Class C, Class R and Class R1 shares and service fees for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class B, Class C and Class R1 shares at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each such class and with respect to the Class R shares at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, Service Agents, and other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund may also make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B and Class C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution-related expenses out of their own resources, including profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1

 

64


Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the fund in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Dealer reallowances, if any, are described in the fund’s Prospectus.

The following service and distribution fees were paid by the fund pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009:

 

Class of Shares

   Fees ($)

Class A

   746,033

Class B

   284,266

Class C

   420,401

Class R

   14,488

Class FI

   1,224

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS during the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009 for compensation to Service Agents, accruals for interest on expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares, marketing materials and printing costs of prospectuses are expressed in the following table.

 

Class of Shares

   Third
Party
Fees ($)
   Amortization ($)    Marketing ($)    Printing ($)    Total
Current
Expenses ($)

Class A

   737,864    0    0    N/A    737,864

Class B

   240,739    56,404    5,629    7,840    310,612

Class C

   195,691    89,338    48,086    4,467    337,582

Class FI

   1,187    0    0    0    1,187

Class R

   8,264    0    12,590    0    20,854

No information is presented for Class R1 shares because no shares of that class were outstanding for the fiscal period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund, receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund, and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges,

 

65


including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement with BFDS, BFDS maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, BFDS receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as co-transfer agent with BFDS with respect to shares purchased by clients of certain service providers. Under the co-transfer agency agreement with PNC, PNC maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, PNC receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves as counsel to the Trust and the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2010.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility. Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

 

66


LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a copy of which is attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3)  on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I or Class IS shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 positions (excluding reinvestments of dividends and distributions).

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s Prospectus.

There are minimum investment requirements of $1,000 for initial investments and $50 for subsequent investments for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA or its affiliates (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its affiliates, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Purchase orders received by the fund prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s transfer agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

 

67


Class I Shares. The following persons are permitted to purchase Class I shares of the fund: 1) current employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates; 2) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Legg Mason; 3) current and former board members of Legg Mason; and 4) the immediate families of such persons. For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50.1

Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases fund shares pursuant to a fee-based advisory account program of an Eligible Financial Intermediary as authorized by LMIS may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion between one or more share classes owned by the investor in the same fund to Class I shares of that fund. Such a conversion in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $50 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. The Systematic Investment Plan authorizes the distributor to apply cash held in the shareholder’s brokerage account to make additions to the account. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the NAV plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s Prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and Class C Shares. Class B and Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class FI, Class I, Class R, Class R1 and Class IS Shares. Class FI, Class I, Class R, Class R1 and Class IS shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

 

 

1

Employees who leave the employment of Legg Mason will be able to retain ownership of their Class I shares but will not be able to purchase additional shares.

 

68


Class 1 Shares. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another fund sold by the distributor that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

All existing retirement plan shareholders who purchased Class A shares at NAV prior to November 20, 2006, are permitted to purchase additional Class A shares at NAV. Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries approved by LMIS prior to November 20, 2006 will also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

Accumulation Privilege — Please see the fund’s Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent — Helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1) $25,000

   (5) $500,000

(2) $50,000

   (6) $750,000

(3) $100,000

   (7) $1,000,000

(4) $250,000

  

 

69


Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to pay the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the funds sold by the distributor.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a fund sold by the distributor may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

The eligible funds may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then-current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

 

70


Cancellation of Letter of Intent. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal whether because you made insufficient Eligible Fund Purchases, redeemed all of your holdings or cancelled the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares, (b) Class C shares and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the NAV at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase . In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the Prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders.

 

Year Since Purchase Was Made

   Contingent
Deferred
Sales Charge (%)

First

   5.00

Second

   4.00

Third

   3.00

Fourth

   2.00

Fifth

   1.00

Sixth and thereafter

   0.00

 

71


Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholder as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other funds sold by the distributor. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70 1/2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59 1/2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other funds sold by the distributor may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs authorized prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”) to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason fund are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program Class C shares may be purchased by plans investing less than $3,000,000. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

 

72


If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason funds equal at least $3,000,000, at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase plus, for Class A shares, an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. The public offering price for Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shares (and Class A share purchases, including applicable rights of accumulation, equaling or exceeding $1,000,000) is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase and no sales charge is imposed at the time of purchase. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class B and Class C shares, and on Class A shares when purchased in amounts equaling or exceeding $1,000,000.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the NAV of a share of the fund as of October 31, 2009.

 

Class A (based on a NAV of $12.25 and a maximum initial
sales charge of 5.75%)

   $ 13.00

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of NAV is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange.

 

73


Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program. Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds sold by the distributor or classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at NAV in additional shares of the fund.

For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan should be sent to the transfer agent. Withdrawals may be scheduled on any day of the month; however, if the shareholder does not specify a day, the transfer agent will schedule the withdrawal on the 25th day (or the next business day if the 25th day is a weekend or holiday) of the month.

Distributions in-Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in-kind of fund

 

74


securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the fund’s Prospectus. Because redemption in-kind may be used at times of unusual illiquidity in the markets, these valuation methods may include fair value estimations. Securities issued as a distribution in-kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities and the market price of those securities will be subject to fluctuation until they are sold. A redemption in-kind may be considered the sale of securities by the fund to the party receiving the securities (except for tax purposes). Redemptions in-kind will not be done with LMIS or other affiliated persons of the fund except as permitted by SEC rules or orders, or other interpretive guidance from regulators

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in another fund sold by the distributor. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current NAV, and the proceeds are immediately invested, in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current NAV. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS Exchanges. Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges. Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class 1 Exchanges. Class 1 shareholders who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares may exchange Class 1 shares for Class A shares of certain funds available for exchange. Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. See “Grandfathered Retirement Programs with Exchange Features” for additional information.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares” in the Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components — redemption orders

 

75


with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined NAV but the purchase order would be effective only at the NAV next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the NAV next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The NAV per share of each class is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday except in the event of an emergency or for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share NAV of each class will differ. Please see the Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions, except that the manager manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker/dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The purchase by the fund of participations or assignments may be pursuant to privately negotiated transactions pursuant to which the fund may be required to pay fees to the seller or forego a portion of payments in respect of the participation agreement. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for the three most recent fiscal years or periods are set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement, each of the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those

 

76


terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or their affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. Investment research services include information and analysis on particular companies and industries as well as market or economic trends and portfolio strategy, market quotations for portfolio evaluations, analytical software and similar products and services. If a research service also assists the manager or the subadviser in a non-research capacity (such as bookkeeping or other administrative functions), then only the percentage or component that provides assistance to the manager or the subadviser in the investment decision making process may be paid in commission dollars. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadviser do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or subadviser, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or the subadviser by brokers that effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which each manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or the subadviser manages may be used by the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund paid commissions to brokers that provided research services as follows:

 

            Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Transactions            
Related  to Research Services ($)
  Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Commissions
            Paid on Transactions Related to Research Services  ($)            
78,002,040   171,758

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The fund’s Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions as set out below.

 

Fiscal Year or Period Ended:

   Aggregate Broker
Commissions ($)

December 31, 2007

   2,317,249

December 31, 2008

   1,005,037

October 31, 2009

   455,271

 

77


The fund’s brokerage commissions declined from the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 to the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009 because of a decline in the number of shares traded during the shorter fiscal period.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the fiscal period ended October 31, 2009, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or the subadviser, if applicable, occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

At October  31, 2009, the fund held no securities issued by the regular broker/dealers of the fund.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason family of funds, the funds’ boards have adopted policies and procedures developed by the fund’s manager with respect to the disclosure of a fund’s portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of the fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of the manager, the distributor or their affiliates be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding the fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional) or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

The manager’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by the fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, the fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter-end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the fund’s Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

 

  1. The fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

78


  2. The fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by portfolio managers (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

 

  4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

 

  5. The fund’s sector weightings, performance attribution (e.g., analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

 

  6. The fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either the party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of the information must be subject to restrictions on sharing non-public information with any unauthorized source and on trading upon non-public information. None of the funds, Legg Mason or any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by the fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to the release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with the manager’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to each fund’s board.

Generally, the fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. As an exception to the policy, a fund may disclose its complete portfolio holdings earlier on that website.

 

79


Set forth below is a list, as of December 31, 2009, of those parties with whom the manager, on behalf of each fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, in accordance with the policy, as well as the frequency of the release under such arrangements and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay Before Dissemination  

State Street Bank and Trust Company
(Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

RiskMetrics Group (formerly Institutional Shareholder Services)
(Proxy Voting Services)

   As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Thomson/Vestek

   Daily    None

FactSet

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York Mellon

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

SunGard/Protegent (formerly Dataware)

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

 

80


Portfolio holdings information for the fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

  Frequency  

  

  Delay Before Dissemination  

Baseline

   Daily    None

Frank Russell

   Monthly    1 Day

Callan

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Rogerscasey (Equest)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Nelsons Information

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

   Daily    None

Advent

   Daily    None

BARRA

   Daily    None

Plexus

   Quarterly (Calendar)    Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

   Quarterly (Calendar)    Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily    None

AMBAC

   Daily    None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End    None

Sun Trust

   Weekly and Month End    None

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night    1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily    None

Cabot Research

   Weekly    None

Goldman Sachs

   Daily    None

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

   Daily    None

Canterbury Consulting

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Broadridge

   Daily    None

DST International

   As necessary    Varies

Interactive Data Corp

   Daily    None

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   Daily    None

 

81


THE TRUST

The Trust.

The certificate of trust to establish the Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the “Trust”) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. The fund was redomiciled as a series of the Trust on April 16, 2007. Prior to the reorganization, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a series of Salomon Brothers Series Funds Inc., a Maryland corporation.

The fund is a series of the Trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the “Trustees”) and shareholders of the Trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Trustees and the shareholders are determined by the Trustees as set forth in the Trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the “Declaration”). Some of the more significant provisions of the Declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting.

The Declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the Trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The Trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the Declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the Trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the Trust or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity or terminate the Trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the Declaration. The Declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting,” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares the shareholder owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the Trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the Trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares rather than all series or classes.

Election and Removal of Trustees.

The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish the number of Trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining Trustees, except when election of Trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two thirds of the Trustees and that Trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the Trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. The provisions of the Declaration relating to the election and removal of Trustees may not be amended without the approval of two thirds of the Trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration.

The Trustees are authorized to amend the Declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the Declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, or that limits the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the Declaration prior to the amendment.

 

82


Issuance and Redemption of Shares.

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the Trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the Trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the Trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings.

The Declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts.

The Declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the Trustees from time to time. Alternately, the Declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes.

The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges and other features of the series and classes. The Trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the Trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the Trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the Trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability.

The Declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The Declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the Trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission or obligation of the Trust. Further, a Trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a Trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The Declaration also permits the limitation of a Trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause

 

83


of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The Declaration requires the Trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The Declaration provides that any Trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent Trustee or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions

The Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on a fund’s Trustees. The Declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the Trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the Trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the Trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the Trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The Declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand if, in the judgment of the independent Trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the Declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The Declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The Declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its Prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or self-employed retirement plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

 

84


TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund intends to continue to qualify to be treated as a regulated investment company under the Code each taxable year. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the fund and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

 

85


If, in any taxable year, the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. However, such dividends will be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

On October 31, 2009, the unused capital loss carryovers by the fund were approximately $(133,494,361). For federal income tax purposes, this amount is available to be applied against future capital gains of the fund, if any, that are realized prior to the expiration of the applicable carryover. The amount and year of expiration for each carryforward loss is indicated below. Expiration occurs on October 31 of each year indicated below.

 

      

        2010 ($)        

  

        2016 ($)        

  

        2017 ($)        

Carryforward Amounts

     (27,223,062)    (19,455,473)    (86,815,826)

The fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

The fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or

 

86


loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss. The tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain.

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market or constructive sale rules or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. The fund may therefore be required to obtain cash to be used to satisfy these distribution requirements by selling securities at times that it might not otherwise be desirable to do so or borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses. In certain situations, the fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The fund will not be eligible to elect to treat any foreign taxes it pays as paid by its shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits or deductions for such taxes on their own tax returns. Foreign taxes paid by the fund will reduce the return from the fund’s investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts and certain foreign currency options or futures contracts are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the fund were to elect otherwise.

Tax Credit Bonds. If the fund holds (directly or indirectly) one or more “tax credit bonds” (defined below) on one or more specified dates during the fund’s taxable year, and the fund satisfies the minimum distribution requirement, the fund may elect for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to pass through to shareholders tax credits

 

87


otherwise allowable to the fund for that year with respect to such bonds. A tax credit bond is defined in the Code as a “qualified tax credit bond” (which includes a qualified forestry conservation bond, a new clean renewable energy bond, a qualified energy conservation bond, or a qualified zone academy bond, each of which must meet certain requirements specified in the Code), a “build America bond” (which includes certain qualified bonds issued before January 1, 2011) or certain other specified bonds. If the fund were to make an election, a shareholder of the fund would be required to include in income and would be entitled to claim as a tax credit an amount equal to a proportionate share of such credits. Certain limitations may apply on the extent to which the credit may be claimed.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. If the fund is held through a qualified retirement plan entitled to tax-deferred treatment for federal income tax purposes, distributions will generally not be taxable currently. Special rules apply to such retirement plans. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of distributions (which may include amounts attributable to fund distributions) which may be taxable when distributed from the retirement plan. Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year.

The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a

 

88


portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. All other dividends of the fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Special rules apply, however, to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund; or (ii) the portion of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) which are not PFICs. Dividend income will not be treated as qualified dividend income unless the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. Qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a REIT or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such REIT or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income. For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the long-term capital gain rate is scheduled to return to 20%.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or

 

89


exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Dividends paid by the fund that are attributable to dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to the record date for a taxable dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Under current law, the fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund if shares in the fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Certain types of income received by the fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To fund shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Code Section 664) has UBTI for a tax year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in his shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares and, to the extent not disallowed, will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or

 

90


deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. The fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.

Dividends paid by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund.

For foreign shareholders of the fund, a distribution attributable to the fund’s sale or exchange of U.S. real property or an interest in a U.S. real property holding corporation will be subject to 35% withholding and taxed

 

91


to the shareholder as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business if the distribution is attributable to distributions from a REIT to the fund. In addition, foreign shareholders may be subject to certain tax filing requirements if 50% or more of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations.

Disposition of fund shares by foreign shareholders will be subject to withholding tax and treated as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations and the foreign shareholder owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the fund at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition.

The rules laid out in the previous two paragraphs, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding the fund’s participation in a wash sale transaction or its payment of a substitute dividend.

Shares of the fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the United States and subject to the U.S. estate tax, if applicable.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund, including the applicability of non-U.S. taxes.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

LEGAL MATTERS

Beginning in May 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI and a number of its then affiliates, including SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”) and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended

 

92


Complaint under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, and against CAM, SBAM and SBFM, as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Defendant Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. The appeal was fully briefed and oral argument before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit took place on March 5, 2009. The parties currently are awaiting a decision from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

* * *

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds, and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-

 

93


transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

* * *

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM, based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against CGMI and SBFM by the SEC as described above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the adviser for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

The five actions were subsequently consolidated, and a consolidated complaint was filed. On September 26, 2007, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint, and judgment was entered. An appeal was filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. After full briefing, oral argument before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit took place on March 4, 2009. On February 16, 2010, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued its opinion affirming the dismissal, in part, and vacating and remanding, in part. The opinion affirmed the dismissal with prejudice of plaintiffs’ claim pursuant to Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act but vacated the dismissal of the Section 10(b) securities fraud claim. The case has been remanded to Judge Pauley of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York.

As of the date of this SAI, the fund’s investment manager believes that resolution of the pending lawsuit will not have a material effect on the ability of the fund’s investment manager and its affiliates to continue to render services to the fund under their respective contracts.

* * *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of October 31, 2009, including the Schedule of Investments as of October 31, 2009, Statement of Operations for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2008, Financial Highlights for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 and for each of the years or periods in the five-year period ended December 31, 2008, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Information (filed on December 30, 2009; Accession Number 0001103125-09-261954).

 

94


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A

Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa

Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba

Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

A-1


Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa

Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa

Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A

Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa

Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Ba

Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B

Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Caa

Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca

Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

 

A-2


C

Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels—“MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

A-3


VMIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

 

A-4


AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C

A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

A-5


D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

A-6


t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

— Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

— Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1

Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2

Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3

Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1

Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2

Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3

Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

A-7


B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

 

A-8


pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1

This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2

Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

A-3

Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

 

A-9


B

Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C

This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D

Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA

Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA

Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A

High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

A-10


BBB

Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB

Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B

Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, ‘B’ ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

CCC

For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC

For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C

For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

RD

Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D

Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

 

A-11


Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1

Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2

Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3

Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B

Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C

High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D

Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

 

A-12


Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’: Paid-in -Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

 

A-13


APPENDIX B

CLEARBRIDGE ADVISORS

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2009

 

I. TYPES OF ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH CLEARBRIDGE VOTES PROXIES

 

II. GENERAL GUIDELINES

 

III. HOW CLEARBRIDGE VOTES

 

IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

  (1) Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

 

  (2) Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

  (3) Third Party Proxy Voting Firm — Conflicts of Interest

 

V. VOTING POLICY

 

  (1) Election of Directors

 

  (2) Proxy Contests

 

  (3) Auditors

 

  (4) Proxy Contest Defenses

 

  (5) Tender Offer Defenses

 

  (6) Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

 

  (7) Capital Structure

 

  (8) Executive and Director Compensation

 

  (9) State of Incorporation

 

  (10) Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

 

  (11) Social and Environmental Issues

 

  (12) Miscellaneous

 

VI. OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

 

  (1) Share Blocking

 

  (2) Securities on Loan

 

VII. DISCLOSURE OF PROXY VOTING

 

VIII. RECORDKEEPING AND OVERSIGHT

 

B-1


CLEARBRIDGE ADVISORS’1

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

I. TYPES OF ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH CLEARBRIDGE VOTES PROXIES

ClearBridge votes proxies for each client that has specifically authorized us to vote them in the investment management contract or otherwise and votes proxies for each ERISA account unless the plan document or investment advisory agreement specifically reserves the responsibility to vote proxies to the plan trustees or other named fiduciary. These policies and procedures are intended to fulfill applicable requirements imposed on ClearBridge by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations adopted under these laws.

II. GENERAL GUIDELINES

In voting proxies, we are guided by general fiduciary principles. Our goal is to act prudently, solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts we manage and, in the case of ERISA accounts, for the exclusive purpose of providing economic benefits to such persons. We attempt to provide for the consideration of all factors that could affect the value of the investment and will vote proxies in the manner that we believe will be consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values.

III. HOW CLEARBRIDGE VOTES

Section V of these policies and procedures sets forth certain stated positions. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position, we generally vote in accordance with the stated position. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in Section V that we consider in voting on such issue, we consider those factors and vote on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of factors that we consider in voting on such issue, we vote on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. We may utilize an external service provider to provide us with information and/or a recommendation with regard to proxy votes but we are not required to follow any such recommendations. The use of an external service provider does not relieve us of our responsibility for the proxy vote.

For routine matters, we usually vote according to our policy or the external service provider’s recommendation, although we are not obligated to do so and an individual portfolio manager may vote contrary to our policy or the recommendation of the external service provider. If a matter is non-routine, e.g., management’s recommendation is different than that of the external service provider and ClearBridge is a significant holder or it is a significant holding for ClearBridge, the issues will be highlighted to the appropriate investment teams and their views solicited by members of the Proxy Committee. Different investment teams may vote differently on the same issue, depending upon their assessment of clients’ best interests.

ClearBridge’s proxy voting process is overseen and coordinated by its Proxy Committee.

 

 

1

These policies and procedures pertain to ClearBridge Advisors, LLC and ClearBridge Asset Management Inc (collectively, “ClearBridge”).

 

B-2


IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

In furtherance of ClearBridge’s goal to vote proxies in the best interests of clients, ClearBridge follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients.

 

(1) Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

ClearBridge relies on the following to seek to identify conflicts of interest with respect to proxy voting:

 

  A ClearBridge’s employees are periodically reminded of their obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of ClearBridge with respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of their personal relationships or personal or business relationships relating to another Legg Mason business unit, and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  B. ClearBridge’s finance area maintains and provides to ClearBridge Compliance and proxy voting personnel an up- to-date list of all client relationships that have historically accounted for or are projected to account for greater than 1% of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

 

  C. As a general matter, ClearBridge takes the position that relationships between a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason unit and an issuer (e.g., investment management relationship between an issuer and a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason affiliate) do not present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting proxies with respect to such issuer because ClearBridge operates as an independent business unit from other Legg Mason business units and because of the existence of informational barriers between ClearBridge and certain other Legg Mason business units. As noted above, ClearBridge employees are under an obligation to bring such conflicts of interest, including conflicts of interest which may arise because of an attempt by another Legg Mason business unit or non-ClearBridge Legg Mason officer or employee to influence proxy voting by ClearBridge to the attention of ClearBridge Compliance.

 

  D. A list of issuers with respect to which ClearBridge has a potential conflict of interest in voting proxies on behalf of client accounts will be maintained by ClearBridge proxy voting personnel. ClearBridge will not vote proxies relating to such issuers until it has been determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for resolving the conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented, as described in Section IV below.

 

(2) Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

  A. ClearBridge maintains a Proxy Committee which, among other things, reviews and addresses conflicts of interest brought to its attention. The Proxy Committee is comprised of such ClearBridge personnel (and others, at ClearBridge’s request), as are designated from time to time. The current members of the Proxy Committee are set forth in the Proxy Committee’s Terms of Reference.

 

  B. All conflicts of interest identified pursuant to the procedures outlined in Section IV. (1) must be brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for resolution. A proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated ClearBridge position on such issue or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party generally is not brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for a conflict of interest review because ClearBridge’s position is that any conflict of interest issues are resolved by voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party.

 

  C. The Proxy Committee will determine whether a conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear to influence, ClearBridge’s decision-making in voting the proxy. All materiality determinations will be based on an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. A written record of all materiality determinations made by the Proxy Committee will be maintained.

 

B-3


  D. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is not material, ClearBridge may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.

 

  E. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is material, the Proxy Committee will determine an appropriate method to resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination shall be based on the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc. Such methods may include:

 

  i. disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent before voting;

 

  ii. suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the proxy on their behalf;

 

  iii. in the case of a conflict of interest resulting from a particular employee’s personal relationships, removing such employee from the decision-making process with respect to such proxy vote; or

 

  iv. such other method as is deemed appropriate given the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc.*

A written record of the method used to resolve a material conflict of interest shall be maintained.

 

(3) Third Party Proxy Voting Firm — Conflicts of Interest

With respect to a third party proxy voting firm described herein, the Proxy Committee will periodically review and assess such firm’s policies, procedures and practices with respect to the disclosure and handling of conflicts of interest.

 

V. VOTING POLICY

These are policy guidelines that can always be superseded, subject to the duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts, by the investment management professionals responsible for the account holding the shares being voted. There may be occasions when different investment teams vote differently on the same issue. A ClearBridge investment team (e.g., ClearBridge’s Social Awareness Investment team) may adopt proxy voting policies that supplement these policies and procedures. In addition, in the case of Taft-Hartley clients, ClearBridge will comply with a client direction to vote proxies in accordance with Institutional Shareholder Services’ (ISS) PVS Proxy Voting Guidelines, which ISS represents to be fully consistent with AFL-CIO guidelines.

 

(1) Election of Directors

 

  A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections.

 

  1. We withhold our vote from a director nominee who:

 

  (a) attended less than 75 percent of the company’s board and committee meetings without a valid excuse (illness, service to the nation/local government, work on behalf of the company);

 

  (b) were members of the company’s board when such board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of a majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years;

 

  (c) received more than 50 percent withheld votes of the shares cast at the previous board election, and the company has failed to address the issue as to why;

 

 

* Especially in the case of an apparent, as opposed to actual, conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee may resolve such conflict of interest by satisfying itself that ClearBridge’s proposed vote on a proxy issue is in the best interest of client accounts and is not being influenced by the conflict of interest.

 

B-4


  (d) is an insider where: (1) such person serves on any of the audit, compensation or nominating committees of the company’s board, (2) the company’s board performs the functions typically performed by a company’s audit, compensation and nominating committees, or (3) the full board is less than a majority independent (unless the director nominee is also the company CEO, in which case we will vote FOR);

 

  (e) is a member of the company’s audit committee, when excessive non-audit fees were paid to the auditor, or there are chronic control issues and an absence of established effective control mechanisms.

 

  2. We vote for all other director nominees.

 

  B. Chairman and CEO is the Same Person.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals that would require the positions of the Chairman and CEO to be held by different persons. We would generally vote FOR such a proposal unless there are compelling reasons to vote against the proposal, including:

 

   

Designation of a lead director

 

   

Majority of independent directors (supermajority)

 

   

All independent key committees

 

   

Size of the company (based on market capitalization)

 

   

Established governance guidelines

 

   

Company performance

 

  C. Majority of Independent Directors

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Generally that would require that the director have no connection to the company other than the board seat. In determining whether an independent director is truly independent (e.g. when voting on a slate of director candidates), we consider certain factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: whether the director or his/her company provided professional services to the company or its affiliates either currently or in the past year; whether the director has any transactional relationship with the company; whether the director is a significant customer or supplier of the company; whether the director is employed by a foundation or university that received significant grants or endowments from the company or its affiliates; and whether there are interlocking directorships.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.

 

  D. Stock Ownership Requirements

We vote against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.

 

  E. Term of Office

We vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors.

 

  F. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

  1. Subject to subparagraphs 2, 3, and 4 below, we vote for proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection.

 

B-5


  2. We vote for proposals to limit and against proposals to eliminate entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

  3. We vote against indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

 

  4. We vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage noted in subparagraph 3 above in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if: (1) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and (2) if only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

 

  G. Director Qualifications

 

  1. We vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Considerations include how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

 

  2. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.

 

(2) Proxy Contests

 

  A. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

We vote on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. Considerations include: chronology of events leading up to the proxy contest; qualifications of director nominees (incumbents and dissidents); for incumbents, whether the board is comprised of a majority of outside directors; whether key committees (ie: nominating, audit, compensation) comprise solely of independent outsiders; discussion with the respective portfolio manager(s).

 

  B. Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest. Considerations include: identity of persons who will pay solicitation expenses; cost of solicitation; percentage that will be paid to proxy solicitation firms.

 

(3) Auditors

 

  A. Ratifying Auditors

We vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position or there is reason to believe the independent auditor has not followed the highest level of ethical conduct. Specifically, we will vote to ratify auditors if the auditors only provide the company audit services and such other audit-related and non-audit services the provision of which will not cause such auditors to lose their independence under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

  B. Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports

We generally vote for management proposals seeking approval of financial accounts and reports and the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors or directors.

 

  C. Remuneration of Auditors

We vote for proposals to authorize the board or an audit committee of the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.

 

B-6


  D. Indemnification of Auditors

We vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.

 

(4) Proxy Contest Defenses

 

  A. Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

 

  1. We vote against proposals to classify the board.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

  B. Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

 

  1. We vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

  3. We vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

  4. We vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

  C. Cumulative Voting

 

  1. If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections, we vote for proposals to permit or restore cumulative voting.

 

  2. If majority voting is in place for uncontested director elections, we vote against cumulative voting.

 

  3. If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections, and proposals to adopt both cumulative voting and majority voting are on the same slate, we vote for majority voting and against cumulative voting.

 

  D. Majority Voting

 

  1. We vote for non-binding and/or binding resolutions requesting that the board amend a company’s by-laws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of the votes cast, provided that it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. In addition, all resolutions need to provide for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats (i.e. contested election). In addition, ClearBridge strongly encourages companies to adopt a post-election director resignation policy setting guidelines for the company to follow to promptly address situations involving holdover directors.

 

  E. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

  1. We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

 

  2. We vote for proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

 

  F. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

  1. We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

 

B-7


  G. Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

 

  1. We vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.

 

  2. We vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

  H. Advance Notice Proposals

We vote on advance notice proposals on a case-by-case basis, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

 

  I. Amendment of By-Laws

 

  1. We vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the by-laws.

 

  2. We vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the by-laws in addition to shareholders.

 

  J. Article Amendments (not otherwise covered by ClearBridge Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures).

We review on a case-by-case basis all proposals seeking amendments to the articles of association.

We vote for article amendments if:

 

   

shareholder rights are protected;

 

   

there is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;

 

   

management provides adequate reasons for the amendments; and

 

   

the company is required to do so by law (if applicable).

 

(5) Tender Offer Defenses

 

  A. Poison Pills

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill. Considerations include: when the plan was originally adopted; financial condition of the company; terms of the poison pill.

 

  3. We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to ratify a poison pill. Considerations include: sunset provision — poison pill is submitted to shareholders for ratification or rejection every 2 to 3 years; shareholder redemption feature -10% of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the rights plan.

 

  B. Fair Price Provisions

 

  1. We vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.

 

B-8


  C. Greenmail

 

  1. We vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

 

  D. Unequal Voting Rights

 

  1. We vote against dual class exchange offers.

 

  2. We vote against dual class re-capitalization.

 

  E. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws

 

  1. We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

 

  F. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

 

  1. We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

  G. White Squire Placements

We vote for shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues.

 

(6) Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

 

  A. Confidential Voting

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request corporations to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: in the case of a contested election, management is permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

 

  2. We vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting subject to the proviso for contested elections set forth in sub-paragraph A.1 above.

 

  B. Equal Access

We vote for shareholder proposals that would allow significant company shareholders equal access to management’s proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.

 

  C. Bundled Proposals

We vote on a case-by-case basis on bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests and therefore not in

 

B-9


the best interests of the beneficial owners of accounts, we vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, we support such proposals.

 

  D. Shareholder Advisory Committees

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee. Considerations include: rationale and cost to the firm to form such a committee. We generally vote against such proposals if the board and key nominating committees are comprised solely of independent/outside directors.

 

  E. Other Business

We vote for proposals that seek to bring forth other business matters.

 

  F. Adjourn Meeting

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals that seek to adjourn a shareholder meeting in order to solicit additional votes.

 

  G. Lack of Information

We vote against proposals if a company fails to provide shareholders with adequate information upon which to base their voting decision.

 

(7) Capital Structure

 

  A. Common Stock Authorization

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue, except as described in paragraph 2 below.

 

  2. Subject to paragraph 3, below we vote for the approval requesting increases in authorized shares if the company meets certain criteria:

 

  a) Company has already issued a certain percentage (i.e. greater than 50%) of the company’s allotment.

 

  b) The proposed increase is reasonable (i.e. less than 150% of current inventory) based on an analysis of the company’s historical stock management or future growth outlook of the company.

 

  3. We vote on a case-by-case basis, based on the input of affected portfolio managers, if holding is greater than 1% of an account.

 

  B. Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the split.

 

  C. Reverse Stock Splits

We vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the reverse split.

 

B-10


  D. Blank Check Preferred Stock

 

  1. We vote against proposals to create, authorize or increase the number of shares with regard to blank check preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

 

  3. We vote for proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

 

  4. We vote for proposals requiring a shareholder vote for blank check preferred stock issues.

 

  E. Adjust Par Value of Common Stock

We vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

 

  F. Preemptive Rights

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking to establish them and consider the following factors:

 

  a) Size of the Company.

 

  b) Characteristics of the size of the holding (holder owning more than 1% of the outstanding shares).

 

  c) Percentage of the rights offering (rule of thumb less than 5%).

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking the elimination of pre-emptive rights.

 

  G. Debt Restructuring

We vote on a case-by-case basis for proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt-restructuring plan. Generally, we approve proposals that facilitate debt restructuring.

 

  H. Share Repurchase Programs

We vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

  I. Dual-Class Stock

We vote for proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

 

   

It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

 

   

It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

 

  J. Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

We vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

 

B-11


  K. Debt Issuance Requests

When evaluating a debt issuance request, the issuing company’s present financial situation is examined. The main factor for analysis is the company’s current debt-to-equity ratio, or gearing level. A high gearing level may incline markets and financial analysts to downgrade the company’s bond rating, increasing its investment risk factor in the process. A gearing level up to 100 percent is considered acceptable.

We vote for debt issuances for companies when the gearing level is between zero and 100 percent.

We view on a case-by-case basis proposals where the issuance of debt will result in the gearing level being greater than 100 percent. Any proposed debt issuance is compared to industry and market standards.

 

  L. Financing Plans

We generally vote for the adopting of financing plans if we believe they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

 

(8) Executive and Director Compensation

In general, we vote for executive and director compensation plans, with the view that viable compensation programs reward the creation of stockholder wealth by having high payout sensitivity to increases in shareholder value. Certain factors, however, such as repricing underwater stock options without shareholder approval, would cause us to vote against a plan. Additionally, in some cases we would vote against a plan deemed unnecessary.

 

  A. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals

 

  1. Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grant or Amend Administrative Features

We vote for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. Amendments to Added Performance-Based Goals

We vote for amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  3. Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA

We vote for amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  4. Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans

We vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  B. Expensing of Options

We vote for proposals to expense stock options on financial statements.

 

  C. Index Stock Options

We vote on a case by case basis with respect to proposals seeking to index stock options. Considerations include whether the issuer expenses stock options on its financial statements and whether the issuer’s compensation committee is comprised solely of independent directors.

 

B-12


  D. Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information. Considerations include: cost and form of disclosure. We vote for such proposals if additional disclosure is relevant to shareholder’s needs and would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.

We have a policy of voting to reasonably limit the level of options and other equity-based compensation arrangements available to management to reasonably limit shareholder dilution and management compensation. For options and equity-based compensation arrangements, we vote FOR proposals or amendments that would result in the available awards being less than 10% of fully diluted outstanding shares (i.e. if the combined total of shares, common share equivalents and options available to be awarded under all current and proposed compensation plans is less than 10% of fully diluted shares). In the event the available awards exceed the 10% threshold, we would also consider the % relative to the common practice of its specific industry (e.g. technology firms). Other considerations would include, without limitation, the following:

 

   

Compensation committee comprised of independent outside directors

 

   

Maximum award limits

 

   

Repricing without shareholder approval prohibited

 

  E. Golden Parachutes

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals to have golden parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. Considerations include: the amount should not exceed 3 times average base salary plus guaranteed benefits; golden parachute should be less attractive than an ongoing employment opportunity with the firm.

 

  F. Golden Coffins

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request a company not to make any death benefit payments to senior executives’ estates or beneficiaries, or pay premiums in respect to any life insurance policy covering a senior executive’s life (“golden coffin”). We carve out benefits provided under a plan, policy or arrangement applicable to a broader group of employees, such as offering group universal life insurance.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals that request shareholder approval of survivor benefits for future agreements that, following the death of a senior executive, would obligate the company to make payments or awards not earned.

 

  G. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

We vote for proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is “excessive” (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).

 

  H. 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

We vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

 

B-13


  I. Stock Compensation Plans

 

  1. We vote for stock compensation plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis for stock compensation plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange using a quantitative model.

 

  J. Directors Retirement Plans

 

  1. We vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

  K. Management Proposals to Reprice Options

We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options. Considerations include the following:

 

   

Historic trading patterns

 

   

Rationale for the repricing

 

   

Value-for-value exchange

 

   

Option vesting

 

   

Term of the option

 

   

Exercise price

 

   

Participation

 

  L. Shareholder Proposals Recording Executive and Director Pay

 

  1. We vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

 

  2. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

 

  3. We vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricing to a shareholder vote.

 

  4. We vote for shareholder proposals that call for a non-binding advisory vote on executive pay (“say-on-pay”). Company boards would adopt a policy giving shareholders the opportunity at each annual meeting to vote on an advisory resolution to ratify the compensation of the named executive officers set forth in the proxy statement’s summary compensation table.

 

  5. We vote on a case-by-case basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking unto account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

 

(9) State/Country of Incorporation

 

  A. Voting on State Takeover Statutes

 

  1. We vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

 

  B. Voting on Re-incorporation Proposals

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to change a company’s state or country of incorporation. Considerations include: reasons for re-incorporation (i.e. financial, restructuring, etc); advantages/benefits for change (i.e. lower taxes); compare the differences in state/country laws governing the corporation.

 

B-14


  C. Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

  1. We vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

 

  3. We vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

 

  4. We vote for proposals to opt out of control share cashout statutes.

 

(10) Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

 

  A. Mergers and Acquisitions

We vote on a case-by-case basis on mergers and acquisitions. Considerations include: benefits/advantages of the combined companies (i.e. economies of scale, operating synergies, increase in market power/share, etc…); offer price (premium or discount); change in the capital structure; impact on shareholder rights.

 

  B. Corporate Restructuring

We vote on a case-by-case basis on corporate restructuring proposals involving minority squeeze outs and leveraged buyouts. Considerations include: offer price, other alternatives/offers considered and review of fairness opinions.

 

  C. Spin-offs

We vote on a case-by-case basis on spin-offs. Considerations include the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.

 

  D. Asset Sales

We vote on a case-by-case basis on asset sales. Considerations include the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

 

  E. Liquidations

We vote on a case-by-case basis on liquidations after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

 

  F. Appraisal Rights

We vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

 

  G. Changing Corporate Name

We vote for proposals to change the “corporate name”, unless the proposed name change bears a negative connotation.

 

  H. Conversion of Securities

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals regarding conversion of securities. Considerations include the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

 

  I. Stakeholder Provisions

We vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

 

B-15


(11) Social and Environmental Issues

 

  A. In general we vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder social and environmental proposals, on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. In most cases, however, we vote for disclosure reports that seek additional information, particularly when it appears the company has not adequately addressed shareholders’ social and environmental concerns. In determining our vote on shareholder social and environmental proposals, we also analyze the following factors:

 

  1. whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value;

 

  2. the percentage of sales, assets and earnings affected;

 

  3. the degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing;

 

  4. whether the issues presented should be dealt with through government or company-specific action;

 

  5. whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in a proposal;

 

  6. whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;

 

  7. what other companies have done in response to the issue;

 

  8. whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

 

  9. whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal; and

 

  10. whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board.

 

  B. Among the social and environmental issues to which we apply this analysis are the following:

 

  1. Energy and Environment

 

  2. Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination

 

  3. Product Integrity and Marketing

 

  4. Human Resources Issues

 

(12) Miscellaneous

 

  A. Charitable Contributions

We vote against proposals to eliminate, direct or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.

 

  B. Operational Items

 

  1. We vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

  2. We vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

  3. We vote for by-law or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

 

  4. We vote for management proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

 

  5. We vote against shareholder proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

 

  6. We vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting item.

 

B-16


  C. Routine Agenda Items

In some markets, shareholders are routinely asked to approve:

 

   

the opening of the shareholder meeting

 

   

that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory requirements

 

   

the presence of a quorum

 

   

the agenda for the shareholder meeting

 

   

the election of the chair of the meeting

 

   

regulatory filings

 

   

the allowance of questions

 

   

the publication of minutes

 

   

the closing of the shareholder meeting

We generally vote for these and similar routine management proposals.

 

  D. Allocation of Income and Dividends

We generally vote for management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the amount of the distribution is consistently and unusually small or large.

 

  E. Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives

 

  1. We vote for most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

 

  2. We vote against proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

ClearBridge has determined that registered investment companies, particularly closed end investment companies, raise special policy issues making specific voting guidelines frequently inapplicable. To the extent that ClearBridge has proxy voting authority with respect to shares of registered investment companies, ClearBridge shall vote such shares in the best interest of client accounts and subject to the general fiduciary principles set forth herein without regard to the specific voting guidelines set forth in Section V. (1) through (12).

The voting policy guidelines set forth in Section V may be changed from time to time by ClearBridge in its sole discretion.

VI. OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

In certain situations, ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on behalf of a client because ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting shares is outweighed by countervailing considerations. Examples of situations in which ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on behalf of a client include:

 

  (1) Share Blocking

Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking.” This means that shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting (e.g. one week) with a designated depositary. During the blocking period, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares have been returned to client accounts by the designated depositary. In deciding whether to vote shares subject to share blocking, ClearBridge will consider and weigh, based on the particular facts and circumstances, the expected benefit to clients of voting in relation to the detriment to clients of not being able to sell such shares during the applicable period.

 

B-17


  (2) Securities on Loan

Certain clients of ClearBridge, such as an institutional client or a mutual fund for which ClearBridge acts as a sub-adviser, may engage in securities lending with respect to the securities in their accounts. ClearBridge typically does not direct or oversee such securities lending activities. To the extent feasible and practical under the circumstances, ClearBridge will request that the client recall shares that are on loan so that such shares can be voted if ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting such shares outweighs the detriment to the client of recalling such shares (e.g., foregone income). The ability to timely recall shares for proxy voting purposes typically is not entirely within the control of ClearBridge and requires the cooperation of the client and its other service providers. Under certain circumstances, the recall of shares in time for such shares to be voted may not be possible due to applicable proxy voting record dates and administrative considerations.

VII. DISCLOSURE OF PROXY VOTING

ClearBridge employees may not disclose to others outside of ClearBridge (including employees of other Legg Mason business units) how ClearBridge intends to vote a proxy absent prior approval from ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer, except that a ClearBridge investment professional may disclose to a third party (other than an employee of another Legg Mason business unit) how s/he intends to vote without obtaining prior approval from ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer if (1) the disclosure is intended to facilitate a discussion of publicly available information by ClearBridge personnel with a representative of a company whose securities are the subject of the proxy, (2) the company’s market capitalization exceeds $1 billion and (3) ClearBridge has voting power with respect to less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the company.

If a ClearBridge employee receives a request to disclose ClearBridge’s proxy voting intentions to, or is otherwise contacted by, another person outside of ClearBridge (including an employee of another Legg Mason business unit) in connection with an upcoming proxy voting matter, he/she should immediately notify ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer.

If a portfolio manager wants to take a public stance with regards to a proxy, s/he must consult with ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer before making or issuing a public statement.

VIII. RECORDKEEPING AND OVERSIGHT

ClearBridge shall maintain the following records relating to proxy voting:

 

  a copy of these policies and procedures;

 

  a copy of each proxy form (as voted);

 

  a copy of each proxy solicitation (including proxy statements) and related materials with regard to each vote;

 

  documentation relating to the identification and resolution of conflicts of interest;

 

  any documents created by ClearBridge that were material to a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for that decision; and

 

  a copy of each written client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by ClearBridge to any (written or oral) client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

Such records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in an appropriate office of the ClearBridge adviser.

 

B-18


To the extent that ClearBridge is authorized to vote proxies for a United States Registered Investment Company, ClearBridge shall maintain such records as are necessary to allow such fund to comply with its recordkeeping, reporting and disclosure obligations under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

In lieu of keeping copies of proxy statements, ClearBridge may rely on proxy statements filed on the EDGAR system as well as on third party records of proxy statements and votes cast if the third party provides an undertaking to provide the documents promptly upon request.

 

B-19